# LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. # 
 
 i # 
 
 ! UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.! 
 
FIRST 
 
 LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 AN INTRODUCTION 
 
 PRACTICAL AND INTELLECTUAL METHOD 
 OF LEARNING FRENCH. 
 
 PROFESSOR JEAN B. SUE, 
 
 FOBMER PUPIL OF THE ROYAL SCHOOL OF SOREZE : INSTRUCTOR IN THE FRENCH LANGUAGTE 
 Am) LITERATURE IX THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 REVISED EDITION. 
 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 J. B. LIPPIlsrCOTT & CO, 
 
 1871. 
 

 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871, by 
 JEAN B. SUE, 
 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. 
 
PKEFACE. 
 
 At the pressing invitation of several Frencli Teachers who have used suc- 
 cessfully our Complete Course with advanced classes, and in order to popu- 
 larize a system of instruction highly recommended by competent judges, we 
 publish this little treatise as an introduction to the practical intellectual 
 METHOD FOR LEARNING French. It will be fouud to Contain, in a few pages, 
 clear and comprehensive views of the ten essential elements of the French 
 language. 
 
 By means of graduated oral exercises based on accurate orthoëpic prin- 
 ciples, which are fully developed at the beginning of this volume, the 
 primitive Gallic sounds, interpreted by practical teachers, do not 
 undergo the pernicious process of assimilation to English ones — the Gallic 
 and Anglo-Saxon idioms, in this respect, differing entirely. Guided, after- 
 wards, by the syllabic division of words — the first element of a pure pro- 
 nunciation of the French tongue, — by the simple practice of our primary 
 reading-lessons, in which the Orthoëpic element — (the division op words 
 INTO syllables) is introduced, — learners cannot fail to acquire correct 
 principles of enunciation. 
 
 Entirely free from those intricate theories based on grammatical fallacies ; 
 adopted by the most prominent French grammarians of the day, our defi- 
 nitions of the ten parts of French speech, their nature, and the office 
 each performs in it, will be easily understood by the youngest classes of 
 learners, who, afterwards, in our complete course, will be taught what 
 place, in figurative constructions, French Syntax assigns to these rudi- 
 ments of the French tongue. 
 
 It is believed that theory and practice, in this elementary text-book, 
 are so intimately connected, that beginners cannot help getting clear con- 
 ceptions of the cases presented in it,- nor can they lose sight of the leading 
 principles which guide them in the composition of French sentences. 
 
 Contrary to other methods, all, so far as we are aware, without excep- 
 tion, based on erroneous conceptions of the French subjunctive mode,-'-' we 
 
 * Que j'aie, que j'eusse, expressions without determinate meaning, answer literally 
 to: that I have, that 1 had, though translated into English by: that I may have, that I 
 might have, expressions in French, answering to : que je puisse avoir, que je pusse avoir. 
 
 3 
 
4 PREFACE. 
 
 ojETer to beginners a complete and rational study of French verbs, either 
 REGULAR or IRREGULAR. Developed by simple theories, going hand in 
 hand with the practical application of mode, tense, person and number, 
 our system of teaching that most important part of a language — the verb — 
 renders easy what is incomprehensible and not practically taught by other 
 text-books. 
 
 Followed by examples of grammatical parsing placed at the end of this 
 elementary course, simple as they are, our models of primary French con- 
 structions constitute a characteristic feature of our system which aims, 
 principally, at the cultivation and gradual development of the student's 
 mind ; reproducing in their grammatical parsing the precepts of our pre- 
 ceding lessons, step by step, and surely initiating learners to the more 
 arduous but not less useful task of French composition, those models will 
 free them from the passive process of translation, which characterizes 
 former methods. 
 
 Words and expressions, we must remark, are the true images of our 
 ideas : therefore, translations are mere copies. On the contrary : " Le style 
 c'est l'homme," as has been judiciously said by the naturalist BufiFon, one 
 of the most elegant French prose writers. We may thus see how prejudi- 
 cial, to our schools, are systems of teaching based on rules without meaning, 
 and cultivating exclusively the memory at the expense of a nobler faculty — 
 tk^è understanding. 
 
 Although devoid of that mental faculty — special gift of the human race — 
 by dint of repeated teachings Parrots and Mag-pies will utter sentences, 
 which, however logically constructed and properly articulated, are never- 
 theless HOLLOW sounds, no thought having set them in motion. 
 
 To parents solicitous about the education of their children, and to honest 
 instructors understanding the nobleness of their duties, we call attention to 
 the great evil signalized in the foregoing lines; adding, with conviction, 
 that the general failure of French studies is due to the incomplete and 
 FAULTY systems of teaching, which unqualified French teachers, through 
 ignorance, introduce into our schools. 
 
 To appreciate the foregoing, see, in our complete course, the critical 
 strictures on the French text-books used actually in our schools and uni- 
 versities. 
 
 J. B. S. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Introduction to the Orthoëpical Part 7 
 
 Vowels or Simple Sounds 8 
 
 Articulations or Simple Consonants 10 
 
 Exceptional Sounds of some Letters H 
 
 Compound Sounds and Articulations in the form only , 12 
 
 Compound Sounds or Diphthongs 13 
 
 Compound Articulations in the form only 13 
 
 Compound Articulations 13 
 
 Simple Sounds Preceded by Simple or Compound Articulations in the form only 13 
 
 Sounds followed by one or two Articulations 18 
 
 Sounds preceded and followed by an Articulation 20 
 
 Sounds preceded by Compound Articulations 22 
 
 Equivalent Sounds 26 
 
 Exceptions and Difficulties 27 
 
 L or LL Mouillés, (liquid) 28 
 
 Pronunciation of Nasal Vowels and Double Consonants, etc 29 
 
 Vowels and Articulations which are not Sounded 31 
 
 Orthographical Signs and their Use 33 
 
 Synoptical Table of Primitive French Sounds 34 
 
 Division of Words and their Connection with each other 36 
 
 Parts of the Human Body, used for Exercises on Pronunciation 40 
 
 Heaven, Earth, and Time, with some of its Divisions, " 41 
 
 Metals, Stones, and Mineral Substances, " 42 
 
 Principal Trees, " 43 
 
 Cities of Europe, and of other parts of the World, " 43 
 
 Maxims taken from the Bible for Reading Lessons, " 44 
 
 GRAMMATICAL PART. 
 
 Verb — Auxiliary Avoir, to have, and practice 49 
 
 Example of Orthoëpic Parsing 52 
 
 Auxiliary Etre, to he, and Practice 55 
 
 Conjugations of French verbs, and Formation of their Tenses 60 
 
 Conjugations of Chanter, to sing, 1st Conjugation in er 62 
 
 Conjugation of Finir, to Finish, 2d Conjugation in ir 67 
 
 Conjugation of Recevoir, to receive, 3d Conjugation in om 72 
 
 Verbs Conjugated with Negations Express Affirmations 78 
 
 Conjugation of Vendre, to sell, 4th Conjugation in re 79 
 
 Remarks on Verbs of the Four Conjugations 84 
 
 1 - - 5 
 
6 CONTENTS. 
 
 PAQB 
 
 Synoptical Table of the Four Regular Conjugations 89 
 
 Use of the Tenses with French Verbs 91 
 
 Conjugation of Passive Verbs 94 
 
 Conjugation of Neuter or Intransitive Verbs 95 
 
 Conjugation of Pronominal or Reflective 96 
 
 Conjugation of Unipersonal 99 
 
 Subjects and Complements of Verbs 100 
 
 Irregular Verbs of the Four Conjugations 102 
 
 Substantives or Nouns with Practice Ill 
 
 Formation of Plural in Substantives 115 
 
 Complements of Substantives 118 
 
 Determinate Article and its Practical Uses 119 
 
 Qualifying Adjective, and Formation of its Feminine Form 122 
 
 Formation of the Plural Number in French Adjectives 124 
 
 Complements of Adjectives 126 
 
 Numeral Adjectives 127 
 
 Demonstrative Adjectives 129 
 
 Possessive Adjectives 130 
 
 Indefinite Adjectives 131 
 
 Personal Pronouns 133 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns 134 
 
 Possessive Pronouns 134 
 
 Relative Pronouns 135 
 
 Indefinit3 Pronouns 136 
 
 Complements of Pronouns 137 
 
 Place of Pronouns Complements of French Verbs 150 
 
 Adverb audits Practice 151 
 
 Preposition and its Practice 155 
 
 Conjunction and its Practice 158 
 
 Interjection and its Practice 160 
 
 Models of Sentences for Graduate Compositions 161 
 
 Models of Grammatical Parsing 171 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In the Frencli language, as in the Englisli, there are two kinds 
 of letters — ^vowels and consonants. 
 
 The VOWELS are six in number: A, E, I, 0, U, Y. They are 
 called vowels, because they represent simple sounds without the 
 help of other letters. 
 
 The CONSONANTS in French are nineteen in number : B, C, D, 
 F, G, H, J, K, L, M, N, P, Q, R, S, T, V, X, Z. They have 
 received that name, because, without the help of vowels, they 
 cannot produce sounds. 
 
 Besides the sounds represented by the six vowels, there are in 
 the French language others as simple in their nature, which are 
 represented by combinations of letters, and by vowels modified by 
 certain signs called ACCENTS: AI, AU, EU, OU, EN, ON, UN, 
 though composed of more than one letter, must be considered as 
 mere vowels, each of them representing a simple sound. 
 
 AN, IN, ON, UN, etc., etc., being pronounced through the 
 nose, represent what are called nasal sounds. 
 
 The ACCENTS in the French language are the acute (^), the 
 grave (^), and the circumflex {^), 
 
 The Acute Accent is used only with the letter e (é), which, 
 when so modified, is denominated the closed E^ because the mouth 
 is nearly closed in sounding it. 
 
 The Grave Accent when used with the letter e (e), indicates 
 the open sound ; so-called, because the mouth is wide open in the 
 pronunciation. 
 
 7 
 
8 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 It is also used as a mark of distinction of different parts of 
 speech. (See " Complete Course, ' ' N. 428-433. ) 
 
 The CiRCUiviFLEX Accent indicates a prolongation of the sound 
 of the vowels over which it is used, and shows that some letter 
 has been dropped. 
 
 EXEECISE I. 
 
 EXAMPLES OF VOWELS OR SIMPLE SOUNDS. 
 
 Teachers should pronounce the several elementary sounds repre- 
 sented by each letter, and have the same repeated by the pupils. 
 
 A a a 
 
 A* à a 
 
 AatJ 
 
 a-mi, 
 friend. 
 
 à. 
 at. 
 
 a-me, 
 soul. 
 
 Eee 
 
 
 Eé^ 
 
 de-mi, 
 
 half. 
 
 
 é-té, 
 
 summer. 
 
 Eèe^ 
 
 
 Eêé 
 
 mè-re, 
 mother. 
 
 
 tê-te, 
 head. 
 
 I 1 % 
 
 i-ma-ge, 
 image. 
 
 lîi 
 
 Me, 
 island. 
 
 ly-YQ, 
 lyre. 
 
 Goo 
 
 
 Otô 
 
 0-bo-le, 
 oholus. 
 
 
 o-té, 
 taken. 
 
 J] ViU 
 
 
 TT A A 
 
 \j u u 
 
 m?^-tin, 
 head-strong. 
 
 
 m^-re, 
 mulberry. 
 
 ' Capital letters in French take no accent. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. & 
 
 There are three kinds of E : 
 
 E mute (e) ill pronunciation is scarcely audible, as in me, me, 
 DE, 0/] LIVRE, hook, TABLE, table, etc. Sometimes it is not sounded 
 at all : such is the case with the following words : JE PRie, I 
 pray; JE prierai, Iioillpray; PAle^iENT, payment 
 
 E closed (É) as in é-té, summer; PAR-LÉ, spohen; A-3rÉ-Ni-TE, 
 amenity. It also takes the close sound when followed by R or Z, 
 as RO-CHER, rock; nez, nose, 
 
 E open (È) as in suc-CES, success; mo-DE-le, model; zê-le, 
 zeal; imè-re, mother; PÈ-RE, father. The circumflex accent (^) 
 indicates the same prolonged sound, as in ]ME-j^ie, same; te-te, head. 
 
 Vowels are long or short. 
 
 Long vowels are those on which we dwell a long time when 
 pronouncing them ; short ones, those which we pass over rapidly, 
 therefore : 
 
 A is long as in pa-te, paste, or short as in pat-te, paio, 
 
 E is long as in be-che, spade, or short as in bre-che, breach. 
 
 I is long as in e-pi-tre, epistle, or short as in pe-ti-te, small. 
 
 is long as in mo-tion, motion, or short as in mo-de, fashion. 
 
 TJ is long as in flit -te, flute, or short as in cul-bu-te, somerset. 
 
 Y is sometimes used for a simple I, sometimes for a double I. 
 On that account it is placed among vowels. 
 
 It is used for double I after vowels in the middle of words, thus : 
 PA-ys, counting; ES-su-YER, to wipe; mo-yen, means; pronounced 
 as if they were written : pai-is, es-sui-ier, moi-ien. 
 
 It is used for single I, at the beginning or the end of words : as 
 in yacht, yacht; dey, dey, etc. 
 
 examples for practice in the pronunciation of vowels. 
 
 IVIÈ-RE, mother. PÈ-RE, father, FRÈ-RE, brother, 
 
 TA-BLE, tahle. â-:me, soul. Li-VRE, book. 
 
 ]ME, me. PRie, pray. é-GLI-se, church. 
 
 FER-3IER, to shut JE PRi-e-RAl, IwiUpray. PA-YS, country. 
 
 MO-DÈ-LE, model, yacht, yacht. isiè-che, wick. 
 
 BE-CHE, spade. pat-te, paw. pa-te, paste. 
 
 MO-YEN, means. AY-EZ, have, A-mi-tié, friendship, 
 
 IMU-LE, mule. SUR, on. SÛ-RE, sure. 
 
 MO-tton, motion, pe-ti-te, small, gî-te, retreat 
 
 AC-CÈS, access. pro-ces, law-suit a-ne, donkey. 
 
 A* 
 
10 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 EXEECISE II. 
 
 ARTICULATIONS OR SIMPLE CONSONANTS. 
 
 Bbô 
 
 Ppi> 
 
 TO-he^ 
 gown. 
 
 
 pa-pe, 
 pope. 
 
 CCG 
 
 Kk^ 
 
 Qq? 
 
 roc, 
 rock. 
 
 ki-lo-gram-me, 
 a weight. 
 
 l>i-que (at cards), 
 
 Grë9 
 
 
 Jji 
 
 &-giie, 
 
 fig- 
 
 
 * 
 
 J)àd 
 
 
 Ttt 
 
 mo-de, 
 mode. 
 
 
 pâ-<e, 
 
 Ff/ 
 
 
 V V i) 
 
 gi-ra/-/6, 
 cameleopard. 
 
 
 ri-ve, 
 shore. 
 
 LU 
 
 
 Rrr 
 
 pô-?e, 
 pole. 
 
 
 ma-rg, 
 
 M m m 
 
 
 N n 7^ 
 
 da-me, 
 lady. 
 
 
 moo?i. 
 
 Sss 
 
 Zzz, 
 
 X X or 
 
 en-tor-se, 
 
 gsi-ze, 
 gause. 
 
 steady. 
 
 HhA 
 
 
 Khh 
 
 har-pe, (aspirate), 
 harp. 
 
 
 Aa-bi-tu-de, (mute), 
 custom. 
 
 Remarks. — The final 
 of these articulations or 
 
 syllables, in italics^ give exactly the sound 
 consonants — C, in roc, sounds like K. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 11 
 
 Though the consonant H is said to be aspirated in French, it 
 never requires that hard expulsion of breath, which characterizes 
 the same letter in English. 
 
 H, aspirate^ forbids the elision of the article; H, mute^ requires 
 the dropping of a or c. Therefore, say: la harpe^V habitude, H, 
 after T, is always silent in French. 
 
 EXAIkCPLES FOR PRACTICE. 
 
 soc, plougTishare, croc, hooh BE-soiN, want 
 
 CA-RA-FE, tankard, KI-LO-MÊ-TRE, Mlometer NAP-PE,^ table-cloth, 
 
 HAR-PE, harp, PAT-TE, paw. PLU-JSIE, pen, 
 
 PRU-NE, p7^une, co-MO-DE, bureau, LA-3IE, blade, 
 
 TA-PE, knock. LI-GUE, league. RÔ-LE, part, 
 
 PA-RO-LE, word. É-CO-LE, School, TIN-TA-]MAR-RE,7l02!s6. 
 
 B1-XJË, Jight, A-FRI-QTIE, Africa, 'MiO-Bi-QTm^ modicum, 
 
 A-MOR-CE, priming. RA-RE, scarce, VI- VE, alive, 
 
 TO-PA-ZEj topaz, MOR-SE, sca-cow, U-NE, One, 
 
 EXEECISE III. 
 
 EXCEPTIONAL SOTJNDS OF SO^IE LETTERS. 
 
 (In this exercise, teachers should require pupils to pronounce 
 the exceptional sounds, and should explain in what cases those 
 sounds occur). 
 
 E, sounds like È before B, P, C, G, D, T, F, L, K, S, when 
 they stand at the end of words, or when these consonants are fol- 
 lowed by another. E, adopts also the same sound when pre- 
 ceding X, or N. See Ex. XH. 
 
 Ho-REB, Horeb; REP-Ti-LE, reptile; PEC-TO-RAL, pectoral; FLEG- 
 ]yiA-Ti-QUE, phlegmatic; Ed-mond, Edmund; net, neat; nef, 
 nave; Ba-bel, Babel; er-imi-te, hermit; PES-te, plague; EX- 
 TRÊ-:me, extreme. 
 
 C, sounds like S, before 6, i, y; CE-LA, that; CI-TÉ, dty ; CY-GNE, 
 swan; before a, o, u^ that consonant sounds like K. 
 
 * See XV. Exercise, remark 4. 
 
12 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Ç, sounds like S, before a, o, u: fa-ça-de, front; FA-ÇON, 
 fashion; RE-çu, receipt; without cedilla (5) it sounds like K. 
 
 G, sounds like J, before e, î, y; it sounds hard before a^ o^u. 
 JJJ-GE, judge ; ROXJ-GI, reddened; E-gyp-te, Egypt, 
 
 S, sounds like Z, between two vowels: RO-SÉ, rosy; dé-sir, 
 desire; RE-PO-SOIR, repository, 
 
 T, sounds like S, before ieux^ ion^ ial: Mi-NTJ-TiEUXj minute] 
 NA-TION, nation; IMAR-TIAL, martial, 
 
 X, sounds like GZ : Xé-no-phon, XenopTion ; EX-IL, exile, 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 CA-LEB, Caleb, i-nep-te, idiot, 
 
 sec-tion, section, fleg-me, phlegmatic, 
 
 ED-GARD, Edgard, cet-te, this, 
 
 ef-fet, effect. bel-le, bel, handsome. 
 
 SER-PENT, snake, cer-tain, certain, 
 
 res-te, remnant, les-te, light, 
 
 ex-po-si-tion, exposition, ce-la, that. 
 
 Ci-MENT, cement, scy-the, Scythian, 
 
 JTJ-G^'lsiE^T J judgment, LE-ÇON, lesson, 
 
 fa-çon-ner, to model, nous re-çû-imes, we received. 
 
 GYP-SE, gypsum, ro-se, rose. 
 
 É-CLO-SE, blooming, LOI-SIR, leisure, 
 
 PLAI-SANT, pleasing, re-ser-voir, reservoir, 
 
 PRÉ-TEN-TIEUX, pretentious, NA-TIO-NAL, national. 
 
 PAR-TIAL, partial. A-LEX-AN-DRE, Alexander, 
 
 EX-Eivi-PLE, example, A-LEX-AN-DRié, Alexandria. 
 EX-OR-Bl-TANT, exorbitant. 
 
 EXEECISE IV. 
 
 COMPOUND SOUNDS AND ARTICULATIONS. 
 
 Compound sounds (vowels) in the form only, 
 AT, AU, EU, 
 
 j'ai, I have, é-TAU, screw, NE-VEU, nephew, 
 
 OU, lE,^ UE, 
 
 m-BOU, owl. Pie, magpie, RU6, street, 
 
 • E, in pie and rue is not sounded at all ; it is a silent vowel. (See E mute, p. 9.) 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 13 
 
 AN, IN, ON, UN, 
 
 MA-MAN, mamma, LA-PiN, rabbit SA-VON, soap, A-LUN, alum^ 
 
 COMPOUND SOUNDS OR DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 lA, 
 
 IE, 
 
 IE, 
 
 DIA-BLE, devil. 
 
 Pl-TiÉ, pity. 
 
 FIÈ-VRE, fever. 
 
 10, 
 
 01, 
 
 lEU, 
 
 PIO-LE, vial. 
 
 ROT, king. 
 
 DiEU, God, 
 
 IAN, 
 
 lEN, 
 
 lEN,^ 
 
 VIAN-DE, meat. 
 
 BIEN, good. 
 
 PA-TTEN-CE, patience. 
 
 ION, 
 
 OUA, 
 
 OUI, 
 
 PION, pawn. 
 
 OUA-TE, wadding. 
 
 OUI. yes. 
 
 QUA, 
 
 ui. 
 
 UIN, 
 
 GOUA-CHJi!, apainting. 
 
 LUI, Mm, 
 
 JUIN, June, 
 
 COMPOUND ARTICULATION IN THE FORM ONLY. 
 
 CH, PH, GN, 
 
 VA-CHE, COW, VA-RA-VWE, flourish, VI-GNE, vine, 
 
 QU, GU, GE, 
 
 PÂ-QUE, Easter, VA-GUE, sea, GA-geu-re, bet, 
 
 COMPOUND ARTICULATIONS. 
 
 BL, PR, GL, 
 
 BLAN-CHE, white, PRIN-CE, prùicc, GLAN-DE, gland. 
 
 ST, SCR, 
 
 STAN-CE, stanza, scru-pu-le, scruple. 
 
 EXEECISE V. 
 
 simple sounds 
 
 Preceded by Simple or Compound Articulations in the form only. 
 
 BA, BE, BE, 
 
 BA-GUE, nng, RO-be, goicn, BÉ-NIR, to bless, 
 
 ^ See the Synoptical Table and its Remarks, page 35. 
 2 
 
14 PIKST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 BE, BE, BI, 
 
 BÈ-GUE, stammerer, BÊ-TE, heast BI-JOV, jewel. 
 
 BO, BU, BÂ, 
 
 BO-BI-NE, spool, BXJ-TIN, spotls. BA-TON, Stlck. 
 
 BÛ, PE, PÉ, 
 
 BtJ-CHE, fire-wood, PE-LTJ-RE, paring, PÉ-CHÉ, sin, 
 
 PÈ, PÊ, PI, 
 
 PÊ-RE, father, PÊ-CHE, fishing, PI-LON, pestle, 
 
 PO, PU, PA, 
 
 PO-Lij polite, PU-RE-TÉ, purity, PÂ-TE, paste, 
 
 PA, PY, CE, 
 
 PA-PA, papa, VY-B.A'Mi'DE^ pyramid PLA-CE, place, 
 
 CÉ, CÈ, CI, 
 
 CÉ-LÈ-RI, celery, CÈ-DRE, cedar, CI-TÉ, city, 
 
 CY, CO, CO, 
 
 CY-GNE, swan, CO-TON, cotton, co-te, coast, 
 
 CA, CU, CA, 
 
 CA-EÉ, coffee, cu-VE, vat, CA-Lm^ flatterer. 
 
 KA, KI, KO, 
 
 MO-KA, mocJia. KI-L0-MÈ-TRE, kilometer, KO-RAN, horan, 
 
 GÂ, GA, GO, 
 
 GÂ-CHE, lock, GA-LON, lace, GO-BE-LET, tumbler* 
 
 GU, GÉ, GE, 
 
 LÉ-GIJ-ME, vegetable, GÉ-Nle, genius, GE-NOU, knee, 
 
 GÎ, JO, JU, 
 
 GÎ-TE, shelter, JO-LI, pretty, JU-PON, petticoat, 
 
 JA, JE, JE, 
 
 JA-LON, stake, JE-TON, counter, JÉ-RÔ-ME, Jerome. 
 
 EXEKCISE v.— Continued. 
 
 DI, DO, DY, 
 
 Di-RE, to tell, I-DO-LE, idol, DY-NAS-Tic, dynasty. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FKENCH. 
 
 15 
 
 DU, 
 
 DTT-PE, dupe. 
 
 DE, 
 DIN-DE, turlcey. 
 
 DA, 
 
 DA-ME, ?aJy. 
 
 DÉ, 
 DÉ-MON, demon. 
 
 DÈ, 
 MO-DÈ-LE, modd. 
 
 DO, 
 DÔ-ME, cupola. 
 
 DÎ, 
 DÎ-ME, dime. 
 
 TA, 
 TA-PE, «Zap. 
 
 TI, 
 
 TI-ROIR, drawer. 
 
 TO, 
 
 TO-TAL, tot^l.' 
 
 TY, 
 
 TY-RAN, tyrant. 
 
 TU, 
 TU-iruL-TE, uproar 
 
 TE, 
 TE-NIR, to hold. 
 
 TA, 
 
 TA-CHE, spot 
 
 TÉ, 
 TÉ-MOIN, witness. 
 
 TO, 
 TO-TiE, sheet iron. 
 
 TÊ, 
 TÊ-TE5 Aead 
 
 FU, 
 
 FU-TI-LE, tmvial. 
 
 FÂ, 
 
 FiL-CHÉ, son-y. 
 
 FE-MEL-LE, female. 
 
 FA, 
 FA-TAL, ominous. 
 
 FÉ, 
 FÉ-CU-LE, fecula. 
 
 FÈ, 
 FÈ-VE, &ean. 
 
 FE, 
 
 FÊ-TE, feast. 
 
 IT, 
 DÉ-FI, challenge. 
 
 FO, 
 
 FO-Lie, folly. 
 
 VA, 
 
 VA-NI-TÉ, vanity. 
 
 vo, 
 
 VO-LiiUR, «Aïe/ 
 
 VI, 
 VI-PÈ-RE, viper. 
 
 vu, 
 
 POUR- vu, providec 
 
 VE, 
 
 VE-NIB, to come. 
 
 VE, 
 
 VÉ-RI-TÉ, ^?*M^7l. 
 
 VÊ, 
 
 VÉ-TIRj to cZo^Ae. 
 
 LE, 
 
 LE-VTJ-RE, yeast. 
 
 LA, 
 
 LA-lviE, hlade. 
 
 T.E, 
 LÉ-GAL, legal. 
 
 LÈ, 
 
 É-LÈ-VE, pupU. 
 
 LO, 
 
 LO-CAL, p?ace. 
 
 LI, 
 
 LI-ISIE, J^k 
 
 LY, 
 
 LT-RE, Zl/J-e. 
 
 LU, 
 LU-TIN, mischievous. 
 
 LA, 
 LA-CHE, coward. 
 
 EE, 
 EE-DI-RE, to repeat. 
 
 RI, 
 
 Rl-DE, fun^ow. 
 
 RO, 
 
 RO-SE, rose. 
 
 RU, 
 RTT-RAi, rural. 
 
 EA, 
 
 RA-RE, scarce. 
 
 RE, 
 RÊ-YE, dream. 
 
16 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 RE, 
 CU-RÉj parson* 
 
 ME, 
 ME-LON, melon. 
 
 ME, 
 MÈ-RE, mother. 
 
 ME, 
 MÉ-RI-TE, merit. 
 
 EXERCISE v.— Concluded. 
 
 ME, 
 MÊ-ME, same. 
 
 MI, 
 
 A-MI, friend. 
 
 MO, 
 
 MO-DU-LE, Standard, 
 
 MU, 
 
 »IU-TIN, stubborn. 
 
 MA, 
 
 MA-TIN, morning. 
 
 NÈ, 
 NÊ-GRE, negro. 
 
 NI, 
 
 NI-CHE, recess. 
 
 NO, NU, 
 NO-TE, Tio^e. NT-QUE, 6acÀ; 0/ ^Ae Aeod!, 
 
 NE, 
 
 NA, 
 
 NÉ, 
 
 LU-NE, moon. 
 
 NA-TU-RE, nature. 
 
 IÎÉ-GA-TION, negation. 
 
 SU, 
 su-REAU, elder. 
 
 SA, 
 SA-ME-Di, Saturday, 
 
 SE, 
 SE-RIN, canary bird. 
 
 SÉ, 
 SÉ-VÈ-RE, severe. 
 
 SÈ, 
 
 SÈ-CHE, dn/. 
 
 SI, 
 SI-GNE, sign. 
 
 SO, 
 
 SO-LI-DE, solid. 
 
 ST, 
 SY-Rie, Syria. 
 
 ZÉ, 
 ZÉ-EO, naught. 
 
 zo, 
 
 ZO-NE, zone. 
 
 ZÈ, 
 
 ZÈ-LE, 2;ea?. 
 
 ZU, 
 
 A-ZTT-KÉ, bluish. 
 
 ZE, 
 
 ZI, ZA, 
 
 ZY, 
 
 GA-ZE, gause. 
 
 ZI-ZA-NI6, dissension. 
 
 A-ZY-ME, a^yme. 
 
 XA, XE, 
 IL FI-XA, he fixed. TA-XÉ, tasked. 
 
 COIMPOUND ARTICULATIONS IN THE FORM ONLY. 
 
 CHA, CHE, CHI, 
 
 CHA-RI-TÉ, charity. che-min, road, cm-CA-iHB, pettifogging, 
 
 CHÊ, CHO, CHU, 
 
 CHÊ-NE, oalc. CHO-QUÉ, shocked. chu-te, fall. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 17 
 
 CHY, PHI, PHA, 
 
 CHT-LEy chyle, VBl-LO-SO-VKE, philosopher. VBA-RE JightJiome. 
 
 PHO, PHE, GNA, 
 
 PHO-QUE, seal, PHÉ-NIX, phénix, IL GA-GNA, he gained. 
 
 GNÉ, GNI, GNO, 
 
 RO-GNÉ, shaved. Bt-JUl-Gl^l-TÉ^ goodness. I-GNO-RÉ, ignored, 
 
 QUA, QUI, QUO, 
 
 QUA-Li-TE, quality. QUI-CON-QUE, wJioever. qtio-ti-dien, daily. 
 
 QUE, GUB, GUE, 
 
 QFÊ-TE, collection. BA-GTJE, ring. GUÉ-RI-TE, sentry-hox. 
 
 GUI, GEO, GEU, 
 
 GUT-DE, guide. geo-le, jail, C3A-GEU-BE, het. 
 
 GEA, 
 XL RAN-GEA, he fixed. 
 
 EXEECISE VI- 
 
 COMPOUND SOUNDS. 
 
 Preceded hy a Simple or Compound Articulation in the form only. 
 
 FEU, 
 
 FEU, /re. 
 
 MOU, 
 
 MOU-LIN, mill. 
 
 RUE, 
 RUe, sti-eet. 
 
 VUE, 
 
 RE-vue, parade. 
 
 TIE, 
 
 OR-Tle, nettle. 
 
 MIE, 
 A-Mie, friend. 
 
 TAN, 
 TAN-TE, aunt. 
 
 TIN, 
 
 ^ru-TiN, obstinate. 
 
 VIN, 
 DI-VIN, divine. 
 
 MON, 
 
 MON-DE, world. 
 
 LOI, 
 
 LOI, law. 
 
 LIEU, 
 MI-LTEU, middle. 
 
 PIEU, 
 PIEU, stake,, 
 2* 
 
 TIEN, 
 
 TIEN, thine. 
 
 LIEN, 
 JJEN, binding. 
 
18 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 TUI, 
 
 É-TUI, case, 
 
 FIA, 
 
 FIA-CRE, hack. 
 
 MOIN, 
 TÉ-MOIN, witness. 
 
 SUI, 
 
 SUI-yi, followed. 
 
 CUN, 
 CHA-CUN, each, 
 
 COIN, 
 COIN, comer. 
 
 RUT, 
 
 RUI-NÉ, ruined. 
 
 SOIN, 
 SOIN, care, 
 
 JOIN, 
 JOIN-TU-RE, joint. 
 
 COMPOUND ARTICULATIONS IN THE FORM ONLY. 
 
 CHOU, CHAN, CHON, 
 
 CHOU, cabbage, CHAN-soN, song. BOU-CHON, corJc. 
 
 CHIEN, CHOI, GNON, 
 
 CHIEN, dog. MA-CHOI-RE, Jawbone. MI-GNON, smaE. 
 
 GNAN, QUAN, QUIN, 
 
 VOi-G^AN-TE, poignant. QUAN-TIÈ-ME, date. Qvm-ZE, fifteen. 
 
 GEOI, QU'UN, 
 
 NA-GEOi-RE, ^71. quelqu'un, somebody. 
 
 GEAK 
 
 CHAN-GEAN^,^fBan^6a6?e. 
 
 EXERCISE VII. 
 
 SOUNDS FOLLOWED BY ONE OR TWO ARTICULATIONS. 
 
 AB, AP, AC, 
 
 AB-JECT, abject AP-PEL, call. AC-CA-BLÉ, crushed. 
 
 AD, AF, AL, 
 AD-MI-RÉ, admired, AF-FI-CHE, play-bill. AL-CO-VE, recess, 
 
 AE, AG, AS, 
 AR-DU, hard. AG-NA«, agnate. AS-SU-RÉ, assured. 
 
 AT, IP, IG, 
 
 AT-MQS-PHE-REj atmosphere. IF, yew^ ÎO-NÉ, igneous. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 19 
 
 IE, IL, IM, 
 
 Ir-lan-de, Ireland, IL, he, evi-mo-bi-le, stiU, 
 
 IS, OB, OC, 
 
 Is-LAN-DE, Iceland, OB- jet, ohject oc-to-bre, October, 
 
 OF, OL, OP, 
 
 OF-Fi-CE, office, OL-FAC-TIP, olfactory, op-té, chosen, 
 
 OR, OS, OX, 
 
 OR-DRE, order, OS, hone. Ox-ford, Oxford, 
 
 UL, UP, UR, 
 
 UL-TÉ-REEUR, _p05^e?W. Up-SAL, Vpsal, UR-NE, wm, 
 
 US, UT, EF, 
 
 US-TEN-SI-LE, utensil, TJT, ut, EF-FI-CA-CE, effixXtClOUS. 
 
 EL, EP, 
 
 EL-LÉ-BO-RE, hellebore, hep-ta-GO-ne, heptagonal, 
 
 ER, ES, TE, 
 
 ER-REUR, error, es-CA-dre, squadron, ET C-^-té-ra, etc, 
 
 EX, OURS, ONC, 
 
 EX-TA-SE, trance, OURS, bear, onc-tion, unction, 
 
 ACT, ARS, EOT, 
 
 EX-ACT, exoA^t, MARS, March, di-rect, direct, 
 
 ERF, URC, use, 
 
 CERF,^ dear, TURC, Turh, BUSC, stay, 
 
 ISC, AP, ARC, 
 
 FISC, treasury, re-laps, relapser, ARC,t bow. 
 
 ALC, EST, 1ST, 
 
 TALC, talc (slate), Ou-est, west Christ, J Christ, 
 
 * F, is mute and not sounded in Cerf. See Complete Course, N. 960. 
 f C, sounds in arc ; Complete Course, 957. 
 J T, sounds in Christ; Complete Course, 977. 
 
20 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 EXEKCISE VIII. 
 SOUNDS PRECEDED AND FOLLOWED BY AN ARTICULATION. 
 
 BAL, 
 
 BAB, 
 
 BER, 
 
 BAL, haL 
 
 BAR-QUE, boat. 
 
 BER-GE, shore. 
 
 BEC, 
 
 BIB, 
 
 BIS, 
 
 BEC, hill 
 
 FOUR-BIR, to furbish. 
 
 BIS, tmce. 
 
 BOB, 
 
 BOL, 
 
 BOUR, 
 
 BOR-NE, post 
 
 BOL, bowl. 
 
 BOTJR-DON, great hel 
 
 BUS, 
 
 PAL, 
 
 PAR, 
 
 BUS-TE, bust 
 
 PAL-iviE, palm. 
 
 PAR-DON, pardon. 
 
 PEL, 
 
 PEB, 
 
 PES, 
 
 PEL-LE, shovel. 
 
 PER-TE, loss. 
 
 PES-TE, plague. 
 
 PIR, 
 
 PIS, 
 
 POL, 
 
 SOU-PIR, sigh. 
 
 MS-TO-LET, pistol 
 
 POL-TRON, poltroon. 
 
 PONC, 
 
 POR, 
 
 POS, 
 
 PONC-TU-EL, punctvAxL 
 
 POR-TE, door. 
 
 POS-TE, post. 
 
 PUIS, 
 
 PUR, 
 
 CAL, 
 
 PUIS-QUE, since. VJm-GA-TiON^purgatioïi 
 
 I. CAL-ME, calm. 
 
 CAP, 
 
 CAR, 
 
 CER, 
 
 CAP, cape. 
 
 CAR-TE, card. 
 
 CER-TAIN, certain. 
 
 cm, 
 
 CINQ, 
 
 COL, 
 
 cm-cuiT, circuit. 
 
 CINQ, five. 
 
 RÉ-COL-TE, crop. 
 
 COR, 
 
 QUES, 
 
 KIOS, 
 
 COR-DE, rope. 
 
 QTJES-TION, question. 
 
 Kios-QUE, pavUion. 
 
 GAB, 
 
 GEL, 
 
 GER, 
 
 GAR-DE, guard. 
 
 DÉ-GEL, thaw. 
 
 GER-JIE, germ. 
 
 JAR, 
 
 JUS, 
 
 DET, 
 
 JAR-DIN, garden. 
 
 Jtrs-TE, just. 
 
 DET-TE, debt. 
 
 Die, 
 
 DIF, 
 
 DOR, 
 
 DIC-TER, to dictate. 
 
 TAB-DIF, late. 
 
 DOR-MIR, to sleep. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 21 
 
 DUR, 
 
 DUR-CIR, to harden, 
 
 TOUR, 
 AU-TOUR, round. 
 
 TOC, 
 
 TOC-siN, alarum. 
 
 TAL, 
 MÉ-TAL, metal, 
 
 TEL, 
 AU-TEL, altar. 
 
 TAR, 
 
 TAR-DER, to delay, 
 
 TIR, 
 PAR-TIR, to leave, 
 
 TOR, 
 
 TOR-DRE, to tvnst. 
 
 EXERCISE VIII.— CoNTDOJED. 
 
 FAR, 
 FAR-CE, farce, 
 
 FIL, 
 FIL-TRE, Jilter, 
 
 VAS, 
 
 VAS-TE, vast, 
 
 VIC, 
 
 VIC-TI-ME, Victim. 
 
 VOIR, 
 DE-VOIR, duty. 
 
 LEC, 
 LEC-TU-RE, reading. 
 
 FER, 
 
 FER-IilER, to shut, 
 
 FOR, 
 FOR-CE, strength, 
 
 VER, 
 
 VER-TU, Virtue, 
 
 VIF, 
 
 VTF, quick, 
 
 LAC, 
 
 LAC, lake, 
 
 LES, 
 LES-TE, quick. 
 
 FES, 
 
 FES-TIN, fea^t, 
 
 VAL, 
 
 CHE- VAL, horse. 
 
 VEUF, 
 
 VEUF, widower. 
 
 VIR, 
 VER-GU-LE, comma. 
 
 LAR, 
 LAR-GE, large. 
 
 LIR, 
 
 PO-LIR, to polish. 
 
 RIR, 
 
 MOU-RIR, to die. 
 
 MAR, 
 
 MAR-CHÉ, market, 
 MUL, 
 
 RES, 
 
 RES-TE, remnant, 
 
 MAL, 
 
 A-NI-MAL, animal, 
 
 MOR, 
 MER-LE, hlackhird. MOR-TEL, mortal, mul-ti-PLE, multiple. 
 
 NIF, 
 
 CA-NIF, penknife, 
 
 NIR, NOUR, 
 
 JAU-NTR, to stain in yellow, NOUR-RI-CE, 7iW7^se. 
 
 NUL, NEL, SAL, 
 
 nul, none, é-ter-nel, eternal, sal-pê-tre, saltpetre. 
 
 LER, 
 A-LER-TE, smart. 
 
 ROC, 
 
 ROC, rock. 
 
 MER, 
 
 NAL, 
 JOUR-NAL, journal. 
 
22 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 SAR, SER, SOO, 
 
 SAR-DI-NE, sardine, ^^^-v^^ pruning -knife, SOC, plowshare. 
 
 SOL, SOR, SUR, 
 
 SOL, soil, SOR-TIR, to go ouL SUR-VE-NIR, to happen. 
 
 sue, SUR, SIEURS, 
 
 SJJG^ juice. SUR-PRI-SE, surprise. PLXJ-SIEIJRS, several. 
 
 ZUR, CHAR, CHEF, 
 
 A-ZUR, azure. char-bon, charcoal^ chef, chief. 
 
 CHER, PHAR, GNAL, 
 
 CHER, dear. phar-ma-cie, drug store. SI-gnal, signal. 
 
 GNOL, 
 
 Es-PA-GNOL, Spaniard. 
 
 EXERCISE IX. 
 
 SOUNDS PRECEDED BY COMPOUND ARTICULATIONS. 
 
 BLA, BLE, BLE, 
 
 SEM-BLA-BLE, r6se??i6Zm^. BLÉ, wheat. 
 
 BLI, 
 
 OU-BLI, forgetfulness. 
 
 BLOU, 
 BLOU-SE, blouse. 
 
 BRÈ, 
 
 BRÈ-CHE, breach. 
 
 BRU, 
 
 BRU-TAL, rough. 
 
 BRIE, 
 Brie,^ Brie. 
 
 PLÉ, 
 
 DÉ-CU-PLÉ, tenfold. 
 
 BLO, 
 
 BLO-CUS, blocus. 
 
 BRE, 
 
 AR-BRE, tree. 
 
 BRI, 
 
 BRI-QUE, brîcîc. 
 
 BRA, 
 BRA-VE, brave. 
 
 BRUN, 
 BRUN, brown. 
 
 PLÈ, 
 PLÈ-VRE, pleura. 
 
 BLE, 
 
 BLÊ-ME, pale. 
 
 BLU, 
 BLU-TOiR, bolter. 
 
 BRÉ, 
 A-BRÉ-GÉ, shortened. 
 
 BRO, 
 
 BRO-CHE, spit. 
 
 BREU, 
 He-breu, Hebrew. 
 
 PLA, 
 PLA-CE, place. 
 
 PLI, 
 
 pli, fold. 
 
 * Ancient Province of France. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 23 
 
 PLO, PLU, PLIE, 
 
 EX-PLO-RÉ, explored. PLU-ME, feather, REM-PLle, filled, 
 
 PLON, PEA, PRE, 
 
 PLON-GER, to dive, PRA-TI-QUE, customer, PRE-MIER, first. 
 
 PEE, PEE, PEI, 
 
 PRÉ, meadow, prê-tre, priest, pri-ve, deprived. 
 
 PEO, PEU, PEEU, 
 
 PRO-ble-me, problem. pru-ne, prune. preu-ve, proof, 
 
 PEIN, PEOU, PNEU, 
 
 PRIN-CE, pnVi ce. VROJJ-YI^B,, to prove. VKEU-MO-^ie, pneumonia. 
 
 PSAU, CLA, CLE, 
 
 PSAU-ME, psalm, CLA-MEUR, clamor, obs-ta-cle, obstacle. 
 
 CLÉ, CLI, CLO, 
 
 Clé-ment, Clement, cli-3IAT, climate. clo-che, beU. 
 
 CLÔ, CLU, 
 
 CLÔ-TU-RE, enclosure, CON-CLU, concluded» 
 
 CLAN, CLOI, CLOU, 
 
 CLAN-DES-TIN, clandestine, CLOI-SON, partition, CLOU, nail. 
 
 CLIN, CEA, 
 
 CLIN-QUAN^, pinchbeck, CRA-VA-TE, cravat. 
 
 EXERCISE IX.— Continued. 
 
 CEI, CEO, CEÛ, 
 
 CRI, screech. CRO-CO-DI-LE, crocodile, CRÛ-CHE, pitcher. 
 
 CEE, CEE, CEOI, 
 
 CRÉ-DIT, credit. CRÈ-3IE, cream, CROl-sÉe, window. 
 
 CEUE, GLA, GLI, 
 
 RE-CRUe, recruit. gla-ce, ice. é-GLI-se, church. 
 
 GLU, GLE, GLÉ, 
 
 GLU, ghte, SAN-GLE, strap. RÉ-GLÉ, regulated. 
 
 GLÈ GLO, GLAN, 
 
 GLÊ-BE, soil. GLO-BE, globe, GLAN-DE, gland. 
 
24 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 GRI, 
 
 GRI-YE, thrush. 
 
 GRU, 
 GRU-GER, to swindle. 
 
 GRE, GRE, 
 
 A-GRÉ- A-BLE, agreeable, GRÊ-YE,. sAore. 
 
 GRÂ, 
 
 GRA-CE, grace, 
 
 GROIN, 
 
 GROIN, snout, 
 
 DRÔ, 
 
 DRÔ-LE, queer, 
 
 DRÊ, 
 DRÊ-CHE, malt. 
 
 DRAN, 
 
 CA-DRAN, dial, 
 
 MNÉ, 
 
 GRE, 
 
 GRÊ-LE, hail, 
 
 DRA, 
 
 DRA-GÉe, sugar plum, 
 
 DRU, 
 
 DRU, rough, 
 
 DRÉ, 
 POU-DRÉ, powdered, at-ten-dri, softened. 
 
 DRON, DROI, 
 
 CHAU-DRON, kettle, DROi-TU-RE, honesty. 
 
 GRE, 
 
 MAI-GRE, thin, 
 
 GRA, 
 
 GRA-VE, grave, 
 
 GRUE, 
 
 GRUe, storh, 
 
 DRO, 
 DRO-GUE, drug. 
 
 DRE, 
 FOII-DRE, thunder. 
 
 DRI, 
 
 TRE, 
 
 MNÉ-MO-Ni-QUE, mnemonic, mon-tre, watch. 
 
 TRO, 
 tro-pi-que, tropic, 
 
 TRA, 
 
 TRA-3IE, weft, 
 
 TRON, 
 POL-TRON, coward. 
 
 FLÈ, 
 FLÈ-CHE, arrow, 
 
 FLU, 
 
 FLU-XION, swelling. 
 
 TRO, 
 TRÔ-NE, throne, 
 
 TRI, 
 TRI-CO-TER, to hait. 
 
 TRUI, 
 
 AU-TRUI, Others, 
 
 FLO, 
 FLO-RE, flora, 
 
 FLEU, 
 FLEU-YE, Hver, 
 
 FRÊ, 
 FRÊ-NE, heech tree. 
 
 TRE, 
 
 TRÈ-FLE, chve, 
 
 TRU, 
 TRU-EL-LE, trowel. 
 
 TROU, 
 
 TROU, hole, 
 
 FLA, 
 
 FLA-CON, flash. 
 
 FLI, 
 IN-FLI-GER, to inflict. 
 
 FRÈ, 
 FRÈ-RE, brother. 
 
 EXERCISE IX.— Continued. 
 
 FRO, 
 
 FR0-]\IA-GE, cheese. 
 
 FRA, 
 FRA-CAS, uproar. 
 
 FRI, 
 
 FRI-IVIAS, cold. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 25 
 
 FEU, PRE, VRÉ, 
 
 FRU-GAL, frugal. sou-FRE, sulphur. RE-COU-VRÉ, recovered. 
 
 VRO, VEA, 
 
 CHE-VRO-TER, to he tremulous. OU-YRA-GE, work. 
 
 VRI, SBI, SCO, 
 
 AP-PAU-VRI, reduced. sbi-re, sbirro. sco-lai-re, academic. 
 
 SCA, SCY, 
 
 SCA-PU-LAI-RE, scapulary. Scy-the, Scythian. 
 
 SPO, SPA, SPI, 
 
 SPO-LI-A-TION, spoliation, spa-tu-le, spatula. spi-ra-le. spiral. 
 
 SPÉ, SPU, SPHÈ, 
 
 SPÉ-ciALj special. spu-:meux, spumous. sphe-re, sphere. 
 
 SQUE, STÈ, STO, 
 
 SQUE-LET-TE, skeleton. STE-RE, stera. sto-RE, hlind. 
 
 STA, STI, STÉ, 
 
 STA-TiON, station. sti-]MU-ler, to stimulate, ste-ri-le, barren. 
 
 STY, STU, CHLA, 
 
 STY-LE, style. STU-DIEUX, studious. chla-:my-de, chlamys. 
 
 CHLO, CHRÊ, CHRÉ, 
 
 CHLO-RE, chlorine. chrê-:\ie, unction, chre-tien, Christian. 
 
 CHEI, CHEO, CHEY, 
 
 Christ, Christ. chro-3ie, chrome, cetry-sa-li-de, chrysalis. 
 
 PHEA, PHEE, PHEY, 
 
 PHRA-se, phrase. CA]tf-PHRE, camphor. PHRY-Gle, Phrygia, 
 
 PHLÉ, PHTHI, 
 
 Phlé-gé-ton, Phlegethon. phthi-si-que, phthisic. 
 
 SCEU, SCEI, SCEO, 
 
 SCRU-TIN, hallot. SCRI-BE, scrihe. SCRO-FU-LEUX, scro/\iZoz«5. 
 
 SCEIP, STEA, 
 
 INS-CRIP-TION, inscription. STRA-ta-GE-jVIE, stratagem. 
 
 STEI, STEAN, 
 
 stri-den^, strident. stran-gxj-la-tion, strangulation. 
 
 STEO, STEU, SPLEN, 
 
 stro-phe, stanza, struc-tu-re, structure, splen-deur, splendor. 
 3 B 1^ 
 
26 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 EXEECISE X. 
 EQUIVALENT SOUNDS. 
 
 pron. 
 like 
 
 EU, Œ, ENT, ) J, , J. 
 
 AI, ER, ET, 
 
 J' Sii-mai^ I loved, ^(m-^er^ supper, et, and. 
 
 EI, AI,^ EY, AIE, 
 
 m-ne, qiœen. ai-de, JieJp. le c?ez/, cZe?/. aïe, have 
 
 ET, EST, (E, 
 
 ca-de^, cadet. est, is, (Z7-di-pe, Œdipus. ^ 
 
 1ER, lEZ, 
 
 pre-m/er, first. vous vou-lies;, ^/ow loanted, 
 
 AU, EAU, 
 
 ai^-be, daicn. ba-teai^, 5oa^. 
 
 TJ, 
 
 rwm (ro-me), rAz^w; pen-swm; ma-xi-mwn. 
 
 AM, EM, EN, 
 
 l«?7?-pe, Za???^. (???i-pi-re, empire. ve?i-te, 5a?e. 
 
 IM, YM, AIM, 1 
 
 im-hu,t77ihriied.ty7n-i)an,fympanum.fa{nij hunger. I TN" '' 4 
 
 EIN, YN, AIN, IN, | ' 
 
 mn, bosom, syn-co-i^e, syncop. -pain, bread. îin^end. J 
 
 OM, ON, I ^^ ,, ^ 
 
 bom-be, sliell. bon, ^ooc?. J ' 
 
 UM, EUN, 
 
 •psiT-fum, perfume, à jew/i, fasting. 
 
 ^^\ , lU,Syn.Tab.2&7 
 
 eu, had. J 
 
 ^' .. .. In, 
 
 moyen (moi-ien), means; pays (pai-is), countiy j ' 
 
 I É, " " 
 
 I IE," 4. 
 
 } 0, " 1. 
 
 } 0, " " 
 
 I AN, "4. 
 
 I UN, "4. 
 
 5. 
 
 ^ AI, has the sound of è, when preceding mute syllables. Therefore, pro- 
 nounce: an-glai-se, fran-çai-se, with the open E; and AI, in J'ai, / have, 
 like E. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 27 
 
 EXEECISE XI. 
 EXCEPTIONS AND DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 C Stands for Gr. CH, stands for C. 
 
 in se-cond (se-gond), second. in ar-cAan-ge (ar-can-ge), archan- 
 gel 
 
 CII stands for G. GUI stands for GU-L 
 
 in dracli-me, (drag-me) , draclim. in ai-^ia-ser (ai-gu-i-ser) , to grind. 
 
 GUË stands for GU-E.* QU stands for CU. 
 
 in ci-guë (ci-gu-e), hemlock. in é-giâ-ta-tion (é-cui-ta-tion), 
 
 riding. 
 
 S stands for Z. TZ, stands for SS. 
 
 in bal-sa-mi-ne (bal-za-mi-ne), in Metz (Mes-se), Metz, 
 halsaiii. 
 
 X stands for SS. X stands for Z. 
 
 in Au-xon-ne (Aus-son-ne), Au- in di-xie-me (di-ziè-me), tenth, 
 xonne, 
 
 Z stands for S. U stands for OU. 
 
 in Ro-dez (Ro-dès), Rodez. in é-qwa-teur (é-coua-teur), equa- 
 
 tor. 
 
 OTHER EXAiilPLES. 
 
 CHA-OS, 
 
 SE-CON-DER, 
 
 CHO-LÉ-RA, 
 
 ca-os, 
 
 se-gon-der, 
 
 co-le-ra, 
 
 chaos. 
 
 to help. 
 
 cholera. 
 
 LI-QUE-FAC-TION, 
 
 Al-sa-ce, 
 
 san-gui-no-lent 
 
 li-cué-fac-tion, 
 
 Al-za-ce, 
 
 san-gu-i-no-lenf, 
 
 liquéfaction. 
 
 Alsace. 
 
 hloody. 
 
 Bru-xel-les, 
 
 AI-GUË, 
 
 Au-xer-re, 
 
 Brus-sel-les, 
 
 ai-gii-e, 
 
 Aus-sè-re, 
 
 BriLsseh. 
 
 sharp. 
 
 Auxeire. 
 
 * ExDlain to the learners the effect produced by the diaeresis, tréma in 
 French. 
 
28 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 QUIN-TU-PLE, 
 
 San-chez, 
 
 SI-XIÈ-IVIE, 
 
 cuin-tii-ple, 
 
 San-chès, 
 
 si-ziè-me, 
 
 fivefold. 
 
 Sanchez. 
 
 sixth. 
 
 QUES-TEUK, 
 
 AjM-BI-GUË, 
 
 SOI-XAN-TE, 
 
 cues-teur, 
 
 am-bi-gu-e. 
 
 sois-san-te, 
 
 questor. 
 
 ambiguous. 
 
 sixty. 
 
 Suez, 
 
 Cha-na-an, 
 
 DEU-XIÊ-ME, 
 
 Su-es, 
 
 Ca-na-an, 
 
 deu-ziÈ-me. 
 
 Suez, 
 
 Canaan, 
 
 second. 
 
 É-QUA-TION, 
 
 É-CU-YER, 
 
 AI-GUILL-ON 
 
 e-coua-tion, 
 
 é-cui-ié, 
 
 ai-gu-ill-on, 
 
 equation. 
 
 squire. 
 
 goad. 
 
 EXEKCISE XII. 
 L OR LL MOUILLÉS, (liquid ll). 
 
 IL, 
 
 pé-n7, 
 danger. 
 
 ILTi, 
 
 mi-e, 
 
 girl. 
 
 AIL, 
 
 hé-taily 
 cattle. 
 
 AILL, 
 
 tra-va^7?-ant 
 working. 
 
 EIL, 
 
 so-\eil. 
 sun. 
 
 EILL, 
 
 a-heill-ey 
 hee. 
 
 (EIL, 
 
 œilj 
 eye. 
 
 (EILL, 
 
 œill-et. 
 pink. 
 
 UILL, 
 
 s\-gmll-e, 
 needle. 
 
 lEIL, 
 
 \ieil, 
 old. 
 
 lEILL, 
 
 V2^i7Z-ard, 
 old man. 
 
 EUIL, 
 
 deuil, 
 mourni7ig. 
 
 EUILL, 
 
 feiiill-e, 
 leaf 
 
 OUIL, 
 
 fe-no?a7, 
 fennel. 
 
 HOUILL, 
 
 houill-e, 
 coal. 
 
 OUILL, 
 
 houill-on, 
 hroth. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 29 
 
 OTHER EXAMPLES IN WHICH L OR LL CLOSING SYLLABLES HAVE 
 THE LIQUID SOUND. 
 
 SEUIL, sill. RE-CUEIL, collection, BAILL-ON, gag. 
 
 ¥A\J-TEJJlL^arm-c7iatr. cer-feuil, chervil. CO-QUILL-E, shell 
 
 BA-BIL, talk. MIL, millet. A-YRIL, April. 
 
 AN-GUILL-E, eel. É-TRILL-E, ciirrycomh. fa-mill-e, family. 
 
 O-REILL-E, ear. BOU-TEILL-E, hottle. IMER-VEILL-E, marvel. 
 
 GRO-SEILL-E, currant. CHAR-MILL-E, hedge. J'ha-bill-e, I dress. 
 
 IL TRILL-E, he picks. OR-TEIL, toc. RE-^^EIL, Wake. 
 
 0-SEILL-E, sorrel. som-jMEIL, sleep. con-seil, advice. 
 
 POR-TAIL, coach door. CA-isiAiL, cape. ail, garlic. 
 
 GEN-TILL-E, nice. BAIL, lease. ]sru-RAiLL-E, wall. 
 
 VEILL-E, eve. maill-e, m&ih. paill-e, straw. 
 
 CAILL-E, quail. PA-TROUILL-E, patrol. FOL^LL-ER, to dig. 
 
 GRE-NOUTLL-E, frog. DOUILL-E, SOcket. ROUILL-E, TUSt. 
 
 VRILL-E, gimhlet. QUILL-E, pin^ (a play). 
 
 IL BA-BILL-E, he gossips. CHE-NILL-E, caterpillar. 
 
 QUE-NOUILL-E, spindle. CI-TROUILL-E, pumpkin. 
 
 RE-CUEILL-IR, to crop. BIEN-VEILL-AN-CE, henevolencc. 
 
 EXEKCISE XII.— Continued. 
 
 PRONUNCIATION OF NASAL VOWELS AND DOUBLE CONSONANTS, 
 WITH THE EFFECTS PRODUCED BY S0:ME OF THOSE ARTICULA- 
 TIONS UPON VOWELS PRECEDING THEM. 
 
 It has been mentioned, (page 2, Exercise III.), that E sounds 
 like E open before B, P, C, etc., etc. It adopts also that sound 
 whenever the consonants M and N, doubled in the same word, 
 e)id and begin two different syllables : Em-ma-nu-el, en-ne-mi, are 
 pronounced E-mma-nuel, è-nne-mi. 
 
 E sounds like A in fem-me, woman; hen-nir, to neigh; in- 
 dem-ni-té, indemnity; so-len-nel, solemn; e-ni-vrer, to intoxi- 
 cate; e-nor-gueill-ir, to elate, etc. Followed by N the conso- 
 nant M is not generally sounded : Dam-ner, to damn; in-dem-ni- 
 té, indemnity, etc., are pronounced: da-ner, in-da-ni-té, (see 
 Complete Course, N. 966, 967.) Yet, that consonant sounds in 
 hym-ne, hymn, ca-lom-nie, calumny. 
 
 Thence we may see, that nasal voivels or sounds, never occur in 
 words where the consonants or articulations 51 or N are doubled, 
 3^ 
 
30 FIRST LESSOXS IN FRENCH. 
 
 nor when the first precedes the last articulation. Therefore, al- 
 though we pronounce with nasal vowels the primitive words : an, 
 year; tan, tanner s harh; Jean, Julin^ etc. ; the deriA^ative, An- 
 née, year; tan-neur, tanner; Jean-ne, Joan^ will be sounded 
 as if their syllabic division was thus : 
 
 A-NNÉe, TA-NNEUR, JeA-NNE. 
 
 Hom-me, man; com-me, as; pom-me, apple; som-me, 5wm, etc., 
 are invariably pronounced: ho-mme, co-mme, po-mme, so-mme. 
 In-no-cent, in-no-cen-ce, in-né; innocent^ innocence^ innate^ etc., 
 are sounded i-nno-cent, i-nno-cen-ce, i-nné. 
 
 It would appear from this, that words such as the following 
 ought to be pronounced uniformly on the same principle, yet im- 
 mor-tel, immortal; im-mé-dia-te-ment, immediately^ are sounded 
 by some with a strong articulation of M (like him in English, less 
 the aspiration of H) ; while others, on the contrary, swelling the 
 vowel I which precedes, do not sound sensibly the articulation M. 
 Thus : I-mmor-tel, i-mmé-dia-te-ment, or im-mor-tel, etc.^ 
 
 With verbs doubling N before E mute ; E becomes E before 
 that articulation. Ex. : II faut que je pren-ne, 1 must take, is 
 pronounced : II fau que je prè-nne. 
 
 Eefore E, I, double C sounds like K: Suc-cès, ac-ci-dent; suc- 
 cess , accident, are pronounced : suk-cè, ak-ci-den. Double C does 
 not sound before A, 0, U; ac-ca-bler, to overpower; ac-co-moder, 
 to suit; ac-cu-ser, to accuse, are pronounced: a-ka-blé, a-ko-mo-dé, 
 a-ku-zé, where the second C sounds like K, while the other is 
 silent. 
 
 Double LL is sounded strongly by some in il-lus-trer, to ilhis- 
 trate; il-let-tre, illiterate; while others soften that articulation, so 
 as to render the sound of the first L nearly insensible to the ear: 
 
 I-LLiET-TRÉ, I-LLU-SION Or Il-LET-TRÉ, IL-LU-SION. 
 
 In al-ler, to go; nous al-lons, lue go, it is not sounded at all. 
 We must pronounce these words: a-Ue, nou-za-Uon. 
 
 PRACTICE ON THE SAME. 
 
 In which learners should indicate the 7iasal sounds when they 
 occur, or the exceptional sounds mentioned in the preceding lines. 
 
 HON-NÊ-TE, HOM-IVIE, AL-LER, SUC-CÈS, 
 
 IN-NO-CENT, COM-ME, Em-]\IA-NU-EL, AC-CXJ-SER, 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 31 
 
 AC-CÈS, HEN-NIR, 
 
 SO-LEN-NEL, FEM-ME, 
 
 Jean-not, E-NI-VRER, 
 
 AC-CI-DENT, AC-CU-SER, 
 
 NOUS AL-LONS, AC-CA-BLÉ, 
 DAM-NER, DAN-SER, 
 
 P03I-ME, IN-NÉ, 
 
 CET-TE, EN-FANT, 
 
 IM-PO-LI, [impolite)^ 
 AC-CES-soi-RE, (accessojy) ^ 
 Il faut que je vien-ne, (7 
 
 An-née, tan-tôt, {soon). 
 
 AN-NON-CE, Jean, 
 
 HYM-NE, IL-LET-TRE, 
 
 IN-DEM-NI-TÉ, JeAN-NE, 
 
 TAN, IM-MOR-TEL, 
 
 TAN-NEUR, DA:M-NA-TI0N, 
 
 IL-LUS-TRER, S0M-3IE, 
 
 SIM-PLE-MENT, H0M-3IA-GE, 
 
 hon-ne-te-ivient, [honestly)^ 
 Jean-net-te, [little Jane), 
 must come). e-nor-gueill-ir. 
 
 EXEECISE XIII. 
 
 VOWELS AND ARTICULATIONS WHICH ARE NOT SOUNDED. 
 
 SaÔNE, 
 
 CAeN, 
 
 AS-SeOIR, 
 
 Laon, 
 
 Sône, 
 
 Can, 
 
 as-soir. 
 
 Lan, 
 
 The Saone, 
 
 Caen, 
 
 to sit. 
 
 Laon. 
 
 PAON, 
 
 FAON, 
 
 Fife, 
 
 MO?l-SiEUK, 
 
 pan. 
 
 fan. 
 
 fis. 
 
 mo-ssieu, 
 
 peacock. 
 
 deer. 
 
 son. 
 
 sir. 
 
 POU^, 
 
 TOaST, 
 
 aouT, 
 
 CLE/, 
 
 pou. 
 
 tost, 
 
 out, 
 
 clé, 
 
 pulse. 
 
 toa^t. 
 
 august 
 
 hey. 
 
 Go-th, 
 
 AL-]yiA-NAC?i, 
 
 DOMp-TÉ, 
 
 PEN-SÉe, 
 
 Go, 
 
 al-ma-na. 
 
 don-té. 
 
 pen-sé, 
 
 Goth. 
 
 almanac. 
 
 broken. 
 
 thought. 
 
 joi-e. 
 
 SAN^-SU6, 
 
 Oi-GNON, 
 
 DÉ-VOUe-]SIENT, 
 
 joi, 
 
 san-su, 
 
 0-gnon, 
 
 dé-vou-ment, 
 
 joij. 
 
 leech. 
 
 onion. 
 
 devotedness. 
 
 IL Nie-RA, 
 
 Je pri-6, 
 
 So-PHi-e, 
 
 TEMps, 
 
 il ni-ra, 
 
 Je pri, 
 
 So-phi, 
 
 tern, 
 
 he will deny. 
 
 I pray. 
 
 Sophia. 
 
 time. 
 
 DRAj9, dra, clotJi, 
 
32 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 FINAL ARTICULATIONS PRONOUNCED ONLY WHEN FOLLOWED WLTR 
 WORDS BEGINNING WITH A VOWEL OR H JVIUTE. 
 
 ES-TO-IMAC, 
 
 BLANC, 
 
 ME-RE5, 
 
 LON^, 
 
 es-to-ma. 
 
 blan. 
 
 mè-re. 
 
 Ion, 
 
 stomach. 
 
 white. 
 
 mothers. 
 
 long. 
 
 RAN^, : 
 
 FROIcZ, 
 
 MON^, 
 
 vot, 
 
 ran, 
 
 froi. 
 
 mon. 
 
 po, 
 
 rank. 
 
 cold. 
 
 mount. 
 
 pot, 
 
 SAN^, 
 
 FRANCj 
 
 ES-PRI^ 
 
 Tout, 
 
 san, 
 
 fran, 
 
 espri. 
 
 tou, 
 
 hlood. 
 
 frank. 
 
 mind. 
 
 all. 
 
 BOVt, 
 
 SAIN^, 
 
 PE-TI^, 
 
 PLU5, 
 
 bou, 
 
 sain, 
 
 pe-ti. 
 
 plu. 
 
 end. 
 
 saint. 
 
 small. 
 
 more. 
 
 ]\IAI5, 
 
 GENS, 
 
 HEU-REUX, 
 
 HON-TEUCC, 
 
 mai, 
 
 gen, 
 
 heu-reu, 
 
 hon-teu, 
 
 but 
 
 people. 
 
 happy. 
 
 bashful. 
 
 PAIO?, 
 
 lis PEN-SE?l^, 
 
 IL YIEN^, 
 
 TIER5, 
 
 pai, 
 
 is pen-se, 
 
 il vien. 
 
 tier. 
 
 peace. 
 
 they think. 
 
 he comes. 
 
 third. 
 
 SAME ARTICULATIONS PRONOUNCED WHEN FOLLOWED WITH WORDS 
 BEGINNING WITH VOWELS OR H MUTE. 
 
 ES-TO-MAC A-VI-DE, 
 
 es-to-ma-ka-vi-de, 
 greedy stomach. 
 
 LONG É-TUI, 
 
 lon-ké-tui, 
 long needle-case. 
 
 Mont Athos, 
 Mon-tA-thoSj 
 Mount Athos, 
 
 FRANC ET BON, 
 
 fran-ke-bon, 
 frank and good. 
 
 BLANC ou NOIR, 
 
 blan-kou noir, 
 white or black, 
 
 RANG É-LE-VÉ, 
 
 ran-ké-le-vé, 
 high rank. 
 
 POT-AU-FEU, 
 
 po-tau-feu, 
 soup. 
 
 ES-PRIT É-TROIT, 
 es-pri-té-troi, 
 narrow mind. 
 
 ME-RES HEU-REU-SES, 
 
 mè-re-zlieu-reu-se, 
 happy mothers. 
 
 FROID EX-CES-SIF, 
 
 froi-tex-cè-ssif, 
 excessive cold. 
 
 SANG A-GI-TÉ, 
 
 san-ka-gi-te, 
 agitated blood, 
 
 TOUT ou RIEN, 
 
 tou-tou rien, 
 all or nothing. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 33 
 
 Saint An-dre, 
 Sain-tAn-dre, 
 Saint Andrew, 
 
 MAIS OU AL-LER ! 
 
 mai-zou-a-llé ! 
 hut where to go I 
 
 HON-TEUX A-]VnS, 
 
 hon-teu-za-mi, 
 bashful friends. 
 
 Il VIENT \ EUX, 
 
 Il vien-tà eu, 
 He comes to them. 
 
 PE-TIT EN-FANT, 
 
 pe-ti-ten-fan, 
 small child. 
 
 GENS HEU-REUX, 
 
 geii-zlieu-reu, 
 happy people, 
 
 PAIX HO-NO-RA-BLE, 
 
 pai-zho-no-ra-ble, 
 honorable peace, 
 
 VIN AI-GRE,^ 
 vin ai-gre, 
 sour wine. 
 
 PLUS OU MOINS, 
 
 plu-zou moin, 
 more or less, 
 
 HEU-REUX EN-FANTS, 
 
 heu-reu-zen-fan, 
 happy children. 
 
 Ils PEN-SENT 1 NOUS, 
 
 Is pen-se-tA nou, 
 They think of us, 
 
 LE TIERS-É-TAT, 
 
 le tier-zé-ta, 
 the third class. 
 
 TO TEACHERS. 
 
 Use the same words with the following expressions, and let 
 pupils pronounce them according to the principles indicated in the 
 preceding lines. 
 
 Fai-ble, weak; pa-na-che, feather; tendres, tender; che-min, 
 road; su-pe-rieur, superior; gl2i-Qm\, freezing ; Blanc, Blanc; de- 
 fer, iron; la-che, coward; ma-con, masson; bor-ne, 7ia')Tow; fa- 
 ci-le, easy; Jean, John; che-val, horse; sa-vant, learned; que 
 di-re? ivhat to sayf pau-vres, poor; pè-res, fathers; pro-cé-dés, 
 processes; so-li-de, solid; nous trom-per, to deceive us; dî-ner, to 
 dinner; du-pain, of the bread, 
 
 Ex. : Es-TO-]ViAC fai-ble, weak stomachy etc. , etc. 
 
 EXEECISE XIV. 
 
 ORTHOGRAPHICAL SIGNS. 
 
 point, period. virgule, comma. point et virgule, semicolon, 
 
 (:) _ (!) 
 
 deux points, colon. point d'exclamation, exclamation mark, 
 
 * See Complete Course, 955. 
 B* 
 
34 - FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 a) _ (') 
 
 point d'interrogation, interro gallon mark, apostrophe, apostrophe. 
 
 (•O . . (;) ( ) . 
 
 tréma, diœresù, trait-d'union, hyphen, parenthèse, parenthesis. 
 guillemets, quotation mailles, 
 
 EXAMPLES ON THE USE OF THOSE SIGNS. 
 
 La candeur, la docilité, la simplicité, sont les vertus de l'enfance. 
 Candor^ docility^ simplicity, are the virtues of childhood. 
 La douceur est une vertu ; elle ne doit pas dégénérer en faiblesse. 
 Gentleness is a virtue; hut it must not degenerate into weakness, 
 Diogène dit à Alexandre : " ôte-toi de mon soleil. " 
 Diogenes said to Alexander : "' Withdraw from my sun.''^ 
 Quel plaisir! quel bonheur ! quelle joie! silence! quelle heure est- 
 il? Comment allez-vous? l'ami, l'union, qu'il, qu'elle, lorsqu'on. 
 C'est, j'aime, s'occuper, l'herbe. Satil. Caïn. haï. naïf ciguë, 
 chef-d'œuvre, chef-lieu, arc-en-ciel, vingt-neuf. 
 
 What a pleasure! what happiness ! lohat a joy! tut! what time 
 
 ù it f how do you do ? Friend. Union, that he. that she. when 
 
 people. Hove, to occup>y one s self the grass. Saul, Cain, hated, 
 
 simple, hemlock. 7nasterpiece. chief place, rainhoic. twenty-nine. 
 
 Alors on aperçut (chose bien singulière!) l'ombre d'un homme. 
 
 Tlœn icas discovo'ed [thing very wonderful!) the shadow of a man, 
 
 SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF THE PRIMITIVE SOUNDS OF THE FRENCH 
 LANGUAGE — SIMPLE VOAVELS AND COMBINATIONS OF LETTERS 
 ANSWERING IN SOUND TO SIMPLE VOWELS. 
 
 1. A, A, x\ ta-ble, â-me, à, 
 
 2. E, EU, EU, ENT, Œ le, Eu-gè-ne, je4-ne, sâ-ment, œu- 
 
 vre. 
 
 3. f], AI, EZ, ER, EAI, ET...ai-mé, J'ai-mai, par-ler, geai, et, 
 
 4. È, Ê, AIE, Aïs, AIT, 
 
 AIENT,EL,ES, El, ET..suc-cès, me-me, haie, a-vais, a- 
 
 \ aient, re/-ne, ca-de^. 
 
 5. I, I, Y U-vre, gt-te, st^z-le. 
 
 6. 0, Ô, AU, AUX, EAU, 
 
 EAUX sot, a-po-tre, au^ eau, aux. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 35 
 
 7. U, U, EU, EÛ i*-ne, M-te, J'eus, qu'il eût 
 
 S. OU, OU, ou ou, où, cYoû-te. 
 
 NASAL YO^VELS. 
 
 Compound ùi the form only. 
 
 9. AM, AN, EM, EN, AN, 
 
 ANT, ENT, AON a??i-ple, a/i-tre, e?n-por-te', m, 
 
 char-ma?i^, àent, 'paoa. 
 
 10. IM, Y3I, IN, AIN, EIN....im-por-tun, n?/??i-phe, m-sul-terj 
 
 lynXy "pam. 
 
 11. OM, ON, ONS, ONT co?7i-ble, sl-yous, ont 
 
 12. UM, UN iràY-ûun, un, 
 
 Re:>l\rks. — EU lias two sounds, that of E mute in Eu-gè-ne, 
 heu-reux ; in the past participle of avoir, to have, it sounds like 
 the vowel U — eu, eu-e, (see N. 2, 7, of this table). 
 
 AI, ET, have two different sounds; that of E closed in J'en- 
 nia?*, and et, conjunction ; they sound like E open in ai-de, fai-ble, 
 ca-de^, etc. (See X. Exercise). 
 
 U sounds like in rhum, or rum pronounced ro-me. (See X. 
 Exercise). 
 
 ENT is nasal in dent, serpent, etc. ; it is pronounced E, in the 
 ending of the third person plural of present indicative : ils aiment, 
 elles iMvlent] dent, ser-peu^, etc., in the other cases. 
 
 DIPHTHONGS, OR SYLLABLES CONTAINING TWO DISTINCT SOUNDS 
 IN A SINGLE EMISSION OF VOICE. 
 
 13. AIL. (See XII. Exer.) Por-ta?7, ail, ca-mai?. 
 
 14. EIL. (See XII. Exer.) So-le?7, ver-me?7, pa-reî?. 
 
 1 5. lA, YA Di'a-cre, fia-cre, yacht 
 
 16. IE, (lEM, pronounced lA), 
 
 lEN, YEN Pi'ed, (pa-tze??i-ment, pa-t/en-ce), 
 
 chien, ci-to-yen, 
 
 17. lEU, lEUX, YEU Dieu, lieux, yeuse, 
 
 18. 10, I AU, YO I-dio-me, mîau-hr, yo-\e. 
 
 19. 01, OIDS, OIS, OIT, OIT, 
 
 OIENT, OIX Roi, -poids, lois, il re-çoi^, croi^, 
 
 Yoîent, poix. 
 
 20. OUA Oua-te, doî^a-ne, douar. 
 
36 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 21. OUI Om, 2/65, is without correlative 
 
 sound. 
 
 22. UI, UI hui-le, tm-le, "hm-tre. 
 
 23. EUIL,(EIL. (SeeXILEx.).Cer-fem7, œil, fsm-teuil, deuil 
 
 24. OUIL. (See XII. Ex.) UouiU-e, fomll-e, rouiU-e. 
 
 Re^iarks. — Combination of the diphthong IE and the articula- 
 tion N, the syllable lEN has two different nasal sounds. It is pro- 
 nounced like AN, in fien-te, pa-t2m-ce, and retains its natural 
 sound, in chz€?i, rien, Itahe?i, etc. 
 
 On account of the doubling of the consonant M, the syllable 
 lEM in the word patiehiment has no nasal sound. It is pronounced 
 as if it were written _pa-aa-me;i^, without articulation of T. (See 
 Exercise III. ) 
 
 EXERCISE XV. 
 
 DIVISION OF WORDS, AND THEIR CONNECTION WITH EACH OTHER. 
 GRAN-De AF-FAI-RE, GRAND H0M-:ME, GRANcZs CHA-GRIN5, 
 
 gran-d'a-ifai-re, gran-tho-mme, gran cha-grin, 
 
 great affair, great man. great sorrows, 
 
 RANG É-LE-VÉ, RANg SU-PÉ-RIEUR, BON A-MT,* 
 
 ran-kè-le-vé, ran su-pe-rieur, bo-na-mi, 
 
 high rank. superior rank. goodfnend. 
 
 EONS A-MIS, 
 
 bon-za-mi, 
 good friends, 
 
 IN-NO-CENT, 
 
 i-nno-cen, 
 innocent. 
 
 VIN AI-GRE, 
 
 vin ai-gre, 
 sour wine. 
 
 AL-LANT AU PA5, 
 
 a-Uan-tau-pa, 
 going slowly. 
 
 IN-OC-TA-VO, 
 
 i-noc-ta-vo, 
 in octavo. 
 
 AL-LAN^ VI-TE, 
 
 a-Uan-vi-te, 
 going fast. 
 
 ^•' Connected with vowels following it, N loses its nasal sound; it maintains 
 that sound when there is no connection between that consonant and those 
 vowels. Ex.: bo-na-mi, bon-sa-mis, vin ai-gre, vi-nai-gre, vinegar. (See 
 Complete Course, 955). 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 37 
 
 LONG ES-POIRj 
 loii-kes-poir, 
 long hope. 
 
 C'est, as-sez, 
 Cè-ta-ssé, 
 It is enough. 
 
 Us ONT EU, 
 Il-zon-tu, 
 Thei/ have had, 
 
 -^TEtS EX-CEL-LEN^5, 
 
 mè-zex-cè-llen, 
 delicioiLS foods. 
 
 NEUF FE:\r-3IES, 
 
 neu-fa-mme, 
 nine women. 
 
 Us È-TAlent CINQ, 
 Il-zè-tai-cink, 
 Tlieij icerefive. 
 
 A-MOUR E^ PA-TRle, 
 
 a-mour-ré-pa-tri, 
 love and country. 
 
 LON^ SI-LEN-CE, 
 
 lon-si-len-ce, 
 long silence. 
 
 C'est troj>, 
 
 Cè-tro, 
 
 It is too much. 
 
 LONG-TEM^S, 
 
 Ion- tan, 
 long time. 
 
 C'est TROP in-jus-te, 
 
 Cè-tro-pin-jus-te, 
 It is too unjust. 
 
 nous A-VONS FROID, IME^ EX-CEL-LEN«, 
 
 NOU-z A-YON-FROI, mè-ex-cè-llen, 
 we are cold. delicious food, 
 
 LI-REXHAU-TEYOIX, neuf H0M-]ME5, 
 
 li-ra-haii-te-voi, neu-vlio-mme, 
 
 to read aloud. nine men. 
 
 CINQ HOM-]MES, 
 
 cin-kho-mme, 
 five men. 
 
 Il -Est SIX HEU-RE5, 
 
 II e-si-zheu-re, 
 It is six o' dock. 
 
 VE-NEZ EN-FAN^5, 
 
 ve-né-zen-fan, 
 come children. 
 
 CINQ rE3I-ME5, 
 
 cin fa-mme, 
 five women, 
 
 LI-SONS X PRÉ-SEN^, 
 
 li-son-zà-pré-sen, 
 let us read now. 
 
 AL-LEZ A-YEC EL-LE, 
 
 a-Ué-za-vè-kè-lle, 
 go with her. 
 
 COM-BIEN Ê-TES YOUs? con-bien ê-te vou? how many are you? 
 
 YOUS Ê-TES AI-MA-BLE5, 
 
 vou-ze-te-zai-ma-ble, 
 you are amiable. 
 
 YOUS YOU-LEZ ]tfAN-GER, 
 
 vou-vou-lé-man-gé, 
 you want to eat. 
 
 HON-TEUX ET CON-FUS, 
 hon-teu-zé-con-fu, 
 ashamed and confused. 
 
 Je SUIS EN BUT-TE AUX IN- JU-RE5, 
 
 Je sui-zen-bu-ttau-zin-ju-re, 
 I am buffeted with insults. 
 
 MAR-CHAND COL-POR-TEUR, 
 
 mar-chan-col-por-teur, 
 pedlar. 
 
 HON-TEUX C0M-3IE EL-LE, 
 
 bon-teu-co-mmè-lle, 
 ashamed as she. 
 
 ]\IAR-CHAND-AM-BU-LANT, 
 
 mar-clian-tam-bu-lan, 
 strolling merchant. 
 
 J'ai froid aux vrnds, 
 Jai froi-tau-pié, 
 My feet are cold. 
 
38 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Ce SORi EST AF-FREUX, lis AI-IkIE7lT X PAR-LER, 
 
 Ce sor-rè-ta-fFreu, Il-zai-me-t' a-par-lé, 
 
 That fate 'Is dreadful. They like to speak. 
 
 El- LES Al-^mat LE BON PAIN, NOTTS A-VONS AS-SEZ É-CRIf, 
 
 E-lle-zai-me le bon pain, nou-za-von-za-ssè-zè-cri, 
 
 They like good bread, we have written enough. 
 
 N0U5 PEN-SONS Â EL-LE, VAIN-CRE OU MOU-RIR, 
 
 nou pen-son-zà-è-lle, vain-crou-mou-rir, 
 
 we think of her, to vanquish or die. 
 
 FAI-TES AP-PE-LER UN AMI, 3VIAR-CHEZ EN A-YAN^, 
 
 flii-te-za-ppe-ler-run-na-mi, mar-ché-zen-a-van, 
 
 have a friend to he called, go ahead. 
 
 Je SUIS PUIS-SAN^^ ET EN PR0I6 AUX CA-L0M-Nle5, 
 
 Je sui-pui-ssan-é-en-proi-au-ca-lom-ni, 
 I am poicerfid and a prey to calumny, 
 
 lis n'oN^ PAS \ SE PLAIN-DRE AU-JOUR-D'hUI, 
 Iz-non-pa-za-se plain-drau-jour-d'hui, 
 They have not to complain to-day. 
 
 Remarks. — 1. In words ending with the consonant R, and fol- 
 lowed by other words beginning with vowels or H mute, that articu- 
 lation (R) keeps a connection with the two words: 
 
 DON-NER UN PRÉ-SENT, AP-PE-LER UN A-MI, 
 
 to give a present. to call a friend, 
 
 are sounded : do-nner-run pre-sen, a-ppe-ler-run-na-mi, etc. 
 
 2. Should the final R be followed by a silent consonant, the double 
 connection is maintained. Ex. : SoR^ affreux, dreadfid fate; 
 MOR/ honteuse, shameful deaths are pronounced: Sor-ra-ffreu, 
 mor-ron-teu-se, without any articulation of T or H. 
 
 '•'" No connection between final consonants and vowels following them, 
 ■when the meaning requires a sto}:). (See Complete Course, 955). 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 39 
 
 3. Beginning syllables, and in tlie middle of words, the articula- 
 tion E has a simple connection : 
 
 VAIN-CRE ou MOU-RIR, PÉ-RIR OU SUR-YI-VRE, 
 
 vain-crou mou-rir, pe-rir-rou sur-vi-vre, 
 
 to vanquish or die, to perish or sumve, 
 
 4. In the nasal vowel UN, the articulation N has also a double 
 connection, when followed by words beginning with vowels or H 
 mute: 
 
 Un homme, un enfant, un ami, a man, a child, a fnend, are 
 sounded: Un-no-mme, Un-nen-fan, un-na-mi, H in homme being 
 mute. 
 
 5. In the pronoun IL, third person, singular, L is strongly ar- 
 ticulated in affirmations : 
 
 Il-ai-me, II parle, He loves, he speahs, 
 
 while, in the plural, that consonant is feebly articulated, and the 
 consonant S is changed into Z : 
 
 1^5 ont reçu, ils n'ont pas reçu, they have received, they have not 
 received. 
 
 With interrogative cases, the articulation L in the singular, and 
 LS in the plural are not sounded: a-t-il re-çu, has he received, 
 sounds a-t-i re-çu; and, ont-i?5 re-çu? n'ont-i?5 pas reçu? have they 
 received? have they not received f are pronounced: On-ti re-çu? 
 n'on-ti pa-re-çu? 
 
 The articulation L is never sounded in fi?s, son ; while S is always 
 sounded whenever that word is followed by vowels or H mute : 
 
 MON FI?S ABIE l'É-TU-DE, MES Fife AI-3IENT l'É-TUDE, Fife HA-BI-LE, 
 my son likes study. my sons like study. skilful son. 
 
 are pronounced: Mon fi-zai-me Te-tu-de, mè fi-zai-me l'é-tu-de, 
 fi-zha-bi-le. 
 L is strongly articulated in fil, thread, and pro-fil, profile. 
 
40 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 
 EXEECISE 
 
 XVI. 
 
 
 THE HUMAN BODY. 
 
 LA TÊ-TE, 
 
 LES CHE-VEUX, 
 
 LE CRA-NE, 
 
 the head. 
 
 the hair. 
 
 the scull. 
 
 LE CER-VEAU, 
 
 T.ES TEM-PES, 
 
 LE VI-SA-GE, 
 
 the brain. 
 
 the temples. 
 
 the face. 
 
 LE FRON^, 
 
 LES SOUR-CI&, 
 
 LES PAU-PIÈ-RES, 
 
 the forehead. 
 
 the eyebrows. 
 
 ^Ae eyelids. 
 
 LES CILS, 
 
 LES YEUX, 
 
 LE NEZ, 
 
 the eyelashes. 
 
 the eyes. 
 
 ^/le Tiose. 
 
 LES NA-RI-NE5, 
 
 LES J0U6S, 
 
 LES 0-REILL-ES, 
 
 the nostrils. 
 
 the cheeJcs. 
 
 the ears. 
 
 LA BOU-CHE, 
 
 LES LÈ-VRES, 
 
 LES MA-CHOI-RES, 
 
 the mouth. 
 
 the lips. 
 
 the jaws. 
 
 LES GEN-CI-VES, 
 
 LES DENfS, 
 
 LE PA-LAIS, 
 
 the gums, 
 
 the teeth. 
 
 the palate. 
 
 LA LAN-GUE, 
 
 LE MEN-TON, 
 
 LE COU-DE-PIE(?, 
 
 the tongue. 
 
 the chin. 
 
 ^Ae instep. 
 
 LES vmdsy 
 
 LES OR-TEILS, 
 
 LA PEAU, 
 
 the feet. 
 
 ^/le toes. 
 
 f Ae sZîm. 
 
 LES AR-TÈ-RE5, 
 
 LES VEI-NES, 
 
 LE cou, 
 
 the arteries. 
 
 ^Ae t;ei?is. 
 
 the neck. 
 
 LA GOR-GE, 
 
 LES É-PAU-LES, 
 
 LES BRAS, 
 
 the throat. 
 
 the shoidders. 
 
 the arms. 
 
 LES COU-DES, 
 
 LES POI-GNETS, 
 
 LES MAINS, 
 
 the elbows. 
 
 the wrists. 
 
 ^Ae hands. 
 
 LES DOI^^S, 
 
 LES POU-CES, 
 
 LES PHA-LAN-GES, 
 
 the fingers. 
 
 the thumbs. 
 
 <Ae bone joints. 
 
 LES ON-GLES, 
 
 LE DOS, 
 
 LES CÔ-TES, 
 
 the nails. 
 
 ^Ae bach. 
 
 ^Ae ri5s. 
 
 LA POI-TRI-NE, 
 
 LES POU-MONSj 
 
 LE CŒUR, 
 
 the chest. 
 
 ^Ae ^wïip's. 
 
 the heart. 
 
 l'es-to-mac. 
 
 LE VEN-TRE, 
 
 LES HAN-CHES, 
 
 the stomach. 
 
 the belly. 
 
 the hips. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 41 
 
 LES GE-NOUa;, 
 the knees. 
 
 LES MOL-LETS, 
 the calves, 
 
 LA VU-e, 
 the sight. 
 
 LES JAR-RETS,^ 
 the hams, 
 
 LE SAN^, 
 the hlood, 
 
 L'OU-I-6, 
 
 the hearing, 
 
 LE GOÛ^, the taste. 
 
 LES JA]^I-BE5, 
 
 the legs, 
 
 LE TOU-CHEr, 
 the touch. 
 l'o-do-ra^, 
 the smelling. 
 
 EXEECISE XVII. 
 
 HEAVEN, EARTH, AND TIME. 
 
 LE CIEL, 
 
 LE SO-LEIL, 
 
 LES É-TOI-LES, 
 
 Heaven, 
 
 the sun. 
 
 the stars. 
 
 LES PLA-NÈ TE5, 
 
 LA LU-NE, 
 
 LA TER-RE, 
 
 the planets. 
 
 the moon. 
 
 the earth. 
 
 l'air, 
 
 LES NU-A-GE5, 
 
 LES BROUTT-L-AR&, 
 
 the air. 
 
 the clouds. 
 
 the fogs. 
 
 LE VEN^, 
 
 LA PLUl-e, (Ex. 
 
 IV. ) LA GRÊ-LE, 
 
 the wind. 
 
 the rain. 
 
 the hail. 
 
 L'O-RA-GE, 
 
 l'é-clair, 
 
 LES M0N-TA-GNE5, 
 
 the storm. 
 
 the lightning. 
 
 the mountains. 
 
 LES V0L-CAN5, 
 
 LES YAL-LÉ-65, 
 
 l'eau, 
 
 the volcanoes. 
 
 the valleys. 
 
 the water. 
 
 LES 1VIER5, 
 
 LES RI-VIÈ-RES, 
 
 LES T0R-REN^5, 
 
 the seas. 
 
 the rivers. 
 
 the torrents. 
 
 LES CAS-CA-DE5, 
 
 LES LAC5, 
 
 LES É-TAN^5, 
 
 the cascades. 
 
 the lakes. 
 
 the swamps. 
 
 LES RUIS-SEAUCC, 
 
 LES Î-LES, 
 
 LES SIÈ-CLE5, 
 
 the rivulets. 
 
 the islands. 
 
 the ages. 
 
 LES AN-NÉ-es, 
 
 LES SAI-SONS, 
 
 LE PRIN-TEMpS, 
 
 the years. 
 
 the seasons. 
 
 the spring. 
 
 * Remember what has been said on the pronunciation of double conso- 
 nants. (Page 29, Exer. XII.) 
 4. ■» 
 
42 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 L' É-TÉ, 
 the summer, 
 
 LES M0I5, 
 
 the montlis. 
 
 Mars, 
 
 March. 
 
 Juin, 
 
 June. 
 
 Sep-tem-bre, 
 September, 
 
 Dé-cem-bre, 
 
 .Decemher. 
 
 LUN-DI, 
 
 Monday, 
 
 Jeu-di, 
 
 TJiursday, 
 
 LES HEU-RES, 
 
 the hours. 
 
 l'au-to-]sine,^ 
 the fall. 
 
 jAN-VIEr, 
 
 January, 
 
 A-YRIL, 
 ApHl. 
 
 Juill-e^, 
 Jidy. 
 
 OC-TO-BRE, 
 October. 
 
 LES SE-3IAI-NE5, 
 
 the weeks, 
 
 Mar-di, 
 Tuesday^ 
 
 Ven-dre-di, 
 
 Friday, 
 
 LES MI-NU-TE5, 
 
 the minutes. 
 
 L HI-VER, 
 the winter, 
 
 FÉ-VRIEr, 
 
 Februar-y, 
 
 Mai, 
 
 3Iay, 
 
 Août, (see Ex. xm.), 
 August. 
 
 NO-VEM-BRE, 
 November, 
 
 Dl-INIAN-CHE, 
 
 Sunday. 
 
 Mer-cre-di, 
 Wednesday. 
 Sa-me-di, 
 Saturday. 
 
 LES SE-C0N-DE5, 
 
 the seconds. (Ex. xi.) 
 
 EXEECISE XVIII. 
 
 1METALS, STONES, AND l^HNERAL SUBSTANCES. 
 
 l'or. 
 
 l'ar-gen^, 
 
 LE PLA-TI-NE, 
 
 LE ZINC, 
 
 gold. 
 
 silver. 
 
 platina. 
 
 zinc. 
 
 l'é-tain, 
 
 LE CUI-YRE, 
 
 LE IVIER-CU-RE, 
 
 LE PL0M6,t 
 
 pewter. 
 
 copper. 
 
 mercury. 
 
 lead. 
 
 LE FER, 
 
 L'A-Clfclbt, 
 
 LA TÔ-LE, 
 
 LE CI-MEN«, 
 
 iron. 
 
 steel. 
 
 sheet-iron. 
 
 cement. 
 
 LE PLÂ-TRE, 
 
 LA CHAUX, 
 
 LE SA-BLE, 
 
 l'ar-gi-le, 
 
 plaster. 
 
 lime. 
 
 sand. 
 
 clay. 
 
 •î- The word automne, pronounced au-to-ne, justifies completely our new 
 syllabic division, adopted only to indicate a proper pronunciation of words% 
 •\ P, in plomb, leady is never sounded; nor in drap, cloth. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 43 
 
 LA CRAI-e, 
 chalk. 
 
 LE IMAR-BRE, 
 
 marble. 
 
 LE CRIS-TAL, LE DIA-]\L\N^, 
 crystal, diamond, 
 
 LE Bl-TU-aiE, bitumen. 
 
 LE CAILL-OU,* LE GRA-NIT, 
 flint. granite. 
 
 LA TOLTl-BE, LA HOUILL-E,* 
 peat. coal. 
 
 LES SCHIS-TES, ScJlistS, 
 
 PRINCIPAL TREES. 
 
 LE CHE-NE, 
 the oak. 
 
 LE HÊ-TRE, 
 
 the beech tree. 
 
 LE BOU-LEAU, 
 the birch tree. 
 
 l'if, 
 
 the yew tree. 
 
 LE CY-PRÈS, 
 
 the cypress. 
 
 LE CHAR-]ME, 
 
 the yoke elm, 
 
 LE FRE-NE, 
 the ash tree. 
 
 L'0R-3IE, 
 the elm tree. 
 
 LE PIN, 
 the pine, 
 
 LE BUIS, 
 
 the box tree. 
 
 LE PEU-PLIER, LE TREM-BLE, 
 
 the poplar, the aspen tree. 
 
 LE TILL-EUL, 
 
 the lime tree, 
 
 LE SAU-LE, 
 the willow, 
 
 LE SA-PIN, 
 
 the fir tree. 
 
 LÉ-RA-BLE, 
 
 the maple tree, 
 
 l'aij-ne, 
 
 the alder. 
 
 LE :nÊ-LÈ-ZE, 
 the larch tree. 
 
 L 0-RAN-GER, L 0-LI-YIER, 
 the orange tree, the olive tree. 
 LE PRU-NIERj LE PÊ-CHER, 
 
 LE PLA-TA-NE, L A-CA-CIA, 
 
 the buttonwood. the locust tree, 
 
 LE POM-MIER, LE POI-RIER, 
 
 the apple tree, the pear tree, 
 
 LE NO-YER, LE CE-RI-SIER, 
 
 the plum tree, the peach tree, the walnut tree, the cheny tree. 
 
 LE 3kIAR-R0N-NIER, 
 
 the horse chestnut. 
 
 LE CHA-TAI-GNIER, 
 
 the chestnut tree. 
 
 EXEECISE XIX. 
 
 chief cities of eltiope and other parts of the world. 
 
 Ly-on, Mar-seill-e, Bor-deaux, 
 
 Lyons. Marseilles, Bordeaux, 
 
 NAN-TE5, ToU-LOU-SE, LiL-LE, 
 
 Nantes, Toulouse, Lille, 
 
 Metz, Ver-saill-es, le Ha-vre, 
 
 3Ietz. Versailles. Havre. 
 
 Pa-ris, 
 Pans. 
 
 Rou-EN, 
 Rouen. 
 
 Stras-bourp', 
 Strasbourg. 
 
 * Liquid L. (Exer. XIL) 
 
44 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Cher-bour^, 
 
 Bres^, 
 
 LO-RIEN^, 
 
 Ro-che-eor^, 
 
 Cherbourg, 
 
 Brest. 
 
 Lorient. 
 
 Rochefort. 
 
 Tou-LON, 
 
 Stock-holm, 
 
 Mos-COU, 
 
 VAR-so-VI-e, 
 
 Toulon, 
 
 Stockholm, 
 
 Moscow. 
 
 Warsaw. 
 
 LON-DRES, 
 
 DU-BLIN, 
 
 E-DIM-BOUR^, 
 
 Man-ches-ter, 
 
 London, 
 
 Dublin, 
 
 Edinburgh, 
 
 Manchester, 
 
 Glas-cow, 
 
 Ll-YER-POOL, 
 
 BrU-XEL-LE5, 
 
 AN-VER5, 
 
 Glasgow, 
 
 Liverpool, 
 
 Brussels, 
 
 Antwerp. 
 
 La-Hayc, 
 
 LiÉ-GE, 
 
 A^I-STER-DAM, 
 
 CO-LO-GNE, 
 
 the Hague. 
 
 Liege. 
 
 Amsterdam, 
 
 Cologne, 
 
 Ma-yen-ce, 
 
 Ber-lin, 
 
 Dres-de, 
 
 Vl-EN-NE, 
 
 Mentz, 
 
 Berlin. 
 
 Dresden. 
 
 Vienna. 
 
 Ham-bour^, 
 
 New- York. 
 
 Bos-TON, 
 
 Bal-ti-mo-re, 
 
 Hamburg. 
 
 New York. 
 
 Boston. 
 
 Baltimore, 
 
 Wa-shing-ton 
 
 , MO-BI-LE, 
 
 CiN-CIN-NA-TI, 
 
 De-troi^, 
 
 Washington. 
 
 Mobile. 
 
 Cincinnati. 
 
 Detroit. 
 
 Clé-ye-lancZ, 
 
 New-Hea-ven 
 
 , Ma-dricZ, 
 
 Bar-ce-lo-ne, 
 
 Cleveland. 
 
 New Haven. 
 
 Madrid. 
 
 Barcelona, 
 
 Pam-pe-lu-ne, 
 
 Sé-vi-le, 
 
 Lis-bon-ne, 
 
 Ge-ne-ve, 
 
 Pamplona. 
 
 Seville. 
 
 Lisbon, 
 
 Geneva, 
 
 TU-RIN, 
 
 NA-PLE5, 
 
 
 A-TnÈ-NE5. 
 
 Turin, 
 
 Naples. 
 
 
 Athens, 
 
 CO-PEN-HA-GUE, St. -Pe-TERS-BOUR^, CoN-STAN-TI-NO-PLE, 
 
 Copenhagen, St. Petersburg. Constantinople. 
 
 Phi-la-del-phi-c, La nou-vel-le-Or-lé-ans, 
 
 Philadelphia. New Orleans, 
 
 3IAXIMS TAKEN FROM THE BIBLE.* 
 
 Sou-ve-nez-vous de vo-tre Cre-a-teur pen-dan^ les jours de vo-tre 
 jeu-nes-se, a-van^ que le temps de l'af-flic-tion soit ar-ri-vé. 
 
 Remember your Maker during the days of your yout\ before the 
 times of sorrow be arrived. 
 
 * Now and then have learners to indicate the sounds of the synoptical 
 table, while reading these lessons. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 45 
 
 Le Sei-gneur con-ser-ve ceua; qui on^ le cœur droi^, et il pro-tè- 
 ge ceux qui Tnar-Ghent dans la sim-pli-ci-té. 
 
 The Lord maintains those who have honest hearts^ and he pro- 
 tects those who walk in simplicity. 
 
 La crain-te du Sei-gneur es^ le com-men-ce-men^ de la sa-ges-se. 
 
 The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. 
 
 Le sa-ge craint le mal et s'en dé-tour-ne; l'in-sen-sé pas-se ou- 
 tre, et se croit en sû-re-té. 
 
 The wise man fears evil and goes from it; the fool goes forward 
 and thinks himself secure. 
 
 Mon fiZs, gar-dez ma loi et ob-ser-vez mes con-seib, ils se-ron^ la 
 vie de vo-tre â-me ; et vous ne crain-drez poin^ du-ran^ vo-tre som- 
 meil ; vous re-po-se-rez tran-quil-le-men^^ et dou-ce-men^. 
 
 3ïy son^ keep my law and observe my counsels^ they will be the 
 W^ of your soul; and you shall not fear during your sleep; you 
 will repose quietly and softly. 
 
 Car le Sei-gneur con-dui-ra vos pas, et vous em-pê-che-ra de 
 tom-ber dans les pié-ges. 
 
 Because the Lord will guide your steps^ and will prevent you 
 from falling into snares. 
 
 IMAXIMS CONTINUED. 
 
 Le mé-cban^ fui^ sans ê-tre pour-sui-vi par per-son-ne ; maïs le 
 jus-te es^ har-di com-me un li-on, et ne craint rien. 
 
 The wicked man flies without being pursued by anybody; but the 
 just is bold as a lion, and fears nothing. 
 
 Mon fi?s, ne ^om-bez poin^ dans I'a-bat-te-men^ lors-que le Sei- 
 gneur vous a cbâ-tié. 
 
 3Iy son, do not fall into discouragement when the Lord has chas- 
 tised you. 
 
 Car le Sei-gneur -cbâ-tie ce-lui qu'il ai-me, et se com-plait en lui 
 com-me un pè-re dans son fi?s. 
 
 For the Lord chxistises him whom he loves, and is pleased with 
 him as a fathei^ with his son. 
 
 Les pen-sé6s mau-vai-ses sont en a-bo-mî-na-tion au Sei-gneur ; 
 la pa-ro-Ie pu-re lui se-ra très-a-gré-a-ble. 
 
 * Double L ending and beginning a syllable does not take a liquid sound. 
 It sounds like a single L : tran-qui-le-ment. 
 
46 rmsT lessons in French. 
 
 Bad thoughts are in abomination to the Lord; pure speeches will 
 he very agreeable to him, 
 
 L'in-sen-sé a di^ dans son cœur: Il n'y a poin^ de Dieu. 
 
 The fool has said in his heart : There is no God. 
 
 L'im-pie se-ra in-ter-ro-ge sur ses pen-sées, et ses dis-cour5 mon- 
 te-ron^ jus-qu'à Dieu, qui les en-ten-dra pour le pu-nir de son 
 i-ni-qui-té. 
 
 TJie impious man will he questioned upon his thoughts^ and his 
 speeches will ascend to God, who will hear them in order to punish 
 him of his iniquity. 
 
 Le cœur de l'in-sen-sé es^ com-me un va-se rom-pu: il ne peuiJ 
 rien re-te-nir de la sa-ges-se. 
 
 The heart of the wicked is like a hroJcen vase: it cannot retain 
 anything of wisdom, 
 
 IVIAXIMS CONTINUED. 
 
 Un che-val in domp-te de-vient in-trai-ta-ble, et Fen-fant a-ban- 
 don-né à sa vo-lon-té de-vient in-so-len^. 
 
 An unbroken horse becomes intractable, and the child abandoned 
 to his will becomes insolent. 
 
 Le fife qui es^ sage es^ la joie du pè-re ; le fife in-sen-sé es^ la 
 tris-tes-se de la mè-re. 
 
 The son who is good becomes the joy of his father; the wicked 
 son is the sorrow of his mother. 
 
 Ce-lui qui hai^ la ré-pri-man-de mar-elie sur les tra-ces du mé- 
 diane. 
 
 He who hates to be reproved walks on the steps of the wicked. 
 
 E-cou-tez, en-fan^5, les a-vis de vo-tre pè-re, et sui-vez-les, a-fin 
 que vous so-yez sau-vés. 
 
 Listen, children, to the advices of your father, and follow them^ 
 in order that you be saved, 
 
 Ce-lui qui craint le Sei-gneur ho-no-re-ra son pè-re et sa mè-re, 
 et il ser-vi-ra com-me ses maî-tres ceux qui lui on^ don-né la vie. 
 
 He who fears the Lord will honor his father and mother, and he 
 will serve like his masters those who have given him life, 
 
 Ce-lui qui ho-no-re son pè-re se-ra ex-au-cé au jour de sa 
 pri-è-re. 
 
 He who honors his father will be heard in the day of his prayer. 
 
FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 47 
 
 La b(3-né-dic-tion du pè-re af-fer-mi^ la mai-son des en-fan^.s, et 
 la nia-lé-dic-tion de la mè-re la dé-trui^ jus-qu'aux fon-de-ments. 
 
 The henediction of the father strengthens the house of the children, 
 and the curse of the mother destroys it to the foundations, 
 
 MAXIMS CONTINUED. 
 
 Gar-dez la fi-dé-li-té à vo-tre a-mi pen-dan^ qu'il es^ pau-vre, 
 a-fin que vou.s vous ré-jou-is-siez a-vec lui dans son bon-lieur. 
 
 Keep faithful to your friend while he is poor, in order that you 
 may rejoice with him when he is happy. 
 
 Ne di-te5 point à vo-tre a-mi: " Al-lez, et re-ve-nez, je vous don- 
 ne-rai de-main," si vous pou-vez lui don-ner sur-le-champ. 
 
 Do not say to your friend: ''^ Go^ and return, I will give you to- 
 morroiv,^^ if you can give to him at that moment. 
 
 II est bon que vous as-sis-tiez le jus-te ; mais ne re-ti-rez pas non 
 plus vo-tre main de ce-lui qui n'es^ pas jus-te: car ce-lui qui craint 
 Dieu ne né-gli-ge rien. 
 
 It is good for you to assist the just man; hut do not icitlidraio 
 your hand from him who is not just: because he who fears God 
 neglects nothing. 
 
 Si vo-tre en-ne-mi a faim, don-nez lui à man-ger ; et s'il a soif, 
 don-nez-lui à boire : le Sei-gneur vous le ren-dra. 
 
 If your enemy is hungry, give him to eat; if he is thirsty, give 
 him to drink; the Lord unll return it to you. 
 
 Ne mé-pri-sez pas ce-lui qui a faim, et n'ai-gris-sez pas le pau- 
 vre dans son in-di-gen-ce. 
 
 Do not despise him who is hungry, and do not irritate the poor 
 in his poverty. 
 
 La pri-è-re du pau-vre s'é-lè-ve-ra de sa bou-che jus-qu'aux 
 o-reill-es"^ de Dieu, et il se hâ-te-ra de lui fai-re jus-ti-ce. 
 
 The prayer of the poor man will ascend from his mouth to God^s 
 ears, and he will hasten to grant him justice. 
 
 MAXIMS CONCLUDED. 
 
 Ne fu-yez pas le travail, qui a é-té in-sti-tu-é par le Très-Hau^. 
 Do not shun work, which has been instituted hy the 3Iost High. 
 
 * Ending a syllable LL are liquid. 
 
48 FIRST LESSONS IN ERENCH. 
 
 Jus-qu*à quancZ dor-mi-rez-vons, pa-res-seucc f 
 
 How long will you sleep^ lazy one ? 
 
 Vou5 dor-mi-rez un peu; vous join-drez vos mains I'u-ne dan^ 
 Fau-tre pour vous en-dor-mir; et ce-pen-dan^ l'in-di-gence vien- 
 dra com-me un hom-me qui mar-che à grands pas, et la pau-vre-té, 
 com-me un hom-me ar-mé, se sai-si-ra de vous. 
 
 You Will sleep a little ; you loill join your hands one in the other 
 before going to sleeps and yet poverty will come as a man ad- 
 vancing with great strides, and misery as a man in armor will get 
 hold of you. 
 
 Par- tout où l'on tra-vaill-e, là es^ I'a-bon-dan-ee; mais, où Ton 
 par-le beau-coup, I'in-di-gen-ce se trou-ve sou-ven^. 
 
 Alicays tvhere tvork is found, there is plenty ; hut where is much 
 talking, often do we meet poverty. 
 
 Peu, a-vec la crain-te de Dieu, vau^ mieux que de grancfe tré- 
 sors qui ne ras-sa-sie?2i poin^/ peu, avec la jus-ti-ce, vau^ mieuoî 
 que de grancZs biens avec l'i-ni-qui-té. 
 
 A little with the fear of God, is better than great treasures which 
 cannot satisfy : a little icith justice is preferable to great possessions 
 with iniquity. 
 
 Le pau-vre qui se suf-fit à lui-même vau^ mieux qu'un hom-me 
 glo-ri-eux qui n'a poin^ de pain. 
 
 The poor man who provides for himself is better off than the 
 vaùi man wanting bread. 
 
COMPLETE STUDY OF FRENCH VERBS, 
 
 EEGULAR OR IRREGULAR. 
 
 In its practice the VERB adopts only two forms: atfiriviative 
 
 and INTERROGATIVE. 
 
 Conjugated without or with negations, verbs always express 
 affirmations. 
 
 J'affirme que cela est, I affirm tliat this is. 
 
 J'affirmerai que cela n'est pas, 1 will affirm that this ù not. 
 
 Conjugated interrogatively verbs express simple queries, 
 but contain no assertions : 
 
 Affirmez-vous cela ? Do you affirm that f 
 
 The pronouns used in the conjugation of verbs are three in number : 
 
 [Je, I. [Nous, We. ] 1 
 
 Sing. < Tu, T/iou. Plu. i Yous, You. > 2 person 
 
 ( II, elle, on. He, she, they. [ lis, elles, TJiey. ] 3 
 
 E, in JE, /, is elided or dropped before verbs beginning with a 
 vowel or an ÏÏ mute: J'ai, J'aime, J'honore; / have, I love, I 
 honor. 
 
 In those cases the dropped E is replaced by an apostrophe ('). 
 
 Conjugation of Avoir, to have, affirmatively as far as the past 
 
 anterior. 
 
 INDICATIVE MODE. 
 
 2 
 
 ^resent. 
 
 Practice. 
 
 •^ 
 
 J' ai 
 
 I have. 
 
 Yous, 
 
 avons 
 
 Tu as 
 
 Thou hast. 
 
 11, elle, on 
 
 ont 
 
 II, elle, on a 
 
 He or she has. 
 
 Nous, 
 
 ai 
 
 Nous avons 
 
 We ] 
 
 lis, elles. 
 
 as 
 
 Yous avez 
 
 You > have. 
 
 Tu, 
 
 avez 
 
 Ils, elles ont 
 
 They] 
 
 Je, 
 
 a 
 
 * With pronouns learners must find the jn-oper inflexions, and with the 
 inflexions the proper pronouns. 
 
 5 C 49 
 
50 
 
 rillST LESSONS IN FKENCH. 
 
 J' avais 
 
 Tu avais 
 
 II, elle, ou avait 
 Nous avions 
 
 Vous aviez 
 
 Ils, elles avaient 
 
 J' eus 
 
 Tu eus 
 
 II, elle, on eut 
 Nous eûmes 
 
 Vous eûtes 
 
 Ils, elles eurent 
 
 
 5i 
 
 Nous, 
 
 avait 
 
 Tu, 
 
 avions 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 avais 
 
 Je, 
 
 aviez 
 
 Vous, 
 
 avaient 
 
 II, elle, on 
 
 avais 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 eus 
 
 Vous, 
 
 eut 
 
 Je, 
 
 eûmes 
 
 II, elle, on 
 
 eurent 
 
 Tu, 
 
 eûtes 
 
 Nous, 
 
 eus 
 
 Imperfect, Practice. 
 
 I icas 
 
 Thou least 
 He ov she was 
 
 We were 
 
 You tee re 
 
 They ivere ^ 
 
 Past Definite, 
 
 I did ^ 
 
 Thou didst 
 He or she did 
 We did 
 
 You did 
 
 Tliey did ^ 
 
 To form the compound tenses use the present indicative, and the 
 past participle EU, for the past indefinite: Paieu^ etc. ; the im- 
 perfect and the same participle EU, for the pluperfect J ^ avais eu; 
 the past definite combined with same participle EU, to form 
 the past anterior J' eus eu. Follow the same practice indicated 
 for the simple tenses, and have EU added to each person of the 
 compound : 
 
 J'ai eu, I have had. J'avais eu. J'eus eu, I had had, etc. 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. J'ai. 2. Ils avaient eu. 3. J'avais. 4. Vous aviez eu. 5. Ils 
 ont eu. 6. Tu avais. 7. Nous avions eu. 8. J'eus. 9. Tu as. 
 10. Il avait eu. 11. Tu eus eu. 12. Il ou elle a. 13. Il avait. 
 14. Tu eus. 15. J'eus eu. 16. J'avais eu. 17. Il eut eu. 18. Nous 
 avons eu. 19. Ils avaient. 20. J'ai eu. 21. Tu avais eu. 22. Tu 
 as eu. 23. Nous eûmes. 24. Vous aviez. 25. Nous avons. 26. Il 
 eut. 27. Ils eurent. 28. Vous avez. 29. Nous avions. 30. Il a 
 eu. 31. Ils eurent eu. 32. Vous avez eu. 33. Nous eûmes eu. 
 34. Vous eûtes. 35. Ils ont. 36. Vous eûtes eu. 
 
 These French exercises must be pronounced correctly, with 
 reference to the primitive sounds indicated in our synoptical table, 
 or to our exercises on pronunciation. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE, 
 
 In ivhich the compound tenses are included, 
 IIeihark. — ^The past anterior and pluperfect of French verbs 
 being rendered in English under the same forms, in the following 
 exercise cases of pluperfect will be marked with P. In translating 
 
VERB. 
 
 61 
 
 into Frencli tlie following, learners must indicutc the syllabic divi 
 sion of words. 
 
 1. They had had, P. 2. I have. 3. I had liad. 4. Thou hast. 
 5. I had or was having. 6. The}^ did have. 7. I have had. 8. You 
 had had, i^. 9. Thou hadst had. 10. You did have. 11. Thou 
 wast having. 12. He has. 13. Thou hadst had, P. 14. He had 
 had. 15. We did have. 16. He was having. 17. We have. 
 18. We had had. 19. We had had, P. 20. He did have. 21. We 
 were having. 22, You have. 23. Thou didst have. 24. We 
 have had. 25. You have had. 26. You were having. 27. They 
 have. 28. He had had, P. 29. They have had. 30. I did have. 
 31. He has had. 32. They were having. 33. Thou hadst. 34. l^ou 
 had had. 35. I had had, P, 36. They had had. 
 
 Continuation of Avoir ^ to \\2i\e^ from the future indicative to the 
 suhjunctiue mode. 
 Future. 
 
 J' 
 
 Tu 
 li 
 
 Nous 
 
 Vous 
 
 Ils, elles aui'ontj 
 
 aurai, 
 
 auras, 
 
 aura, 
 
 aurons, 
 
 aurez, 
 
 / shalU 
 Thou icilt 
 He iciU 
 We shcdl 
 You will 
 They will 
 
 have 
 
 Practice 
 
 Yous, 
 II, elle, 
 Nous, 
 lis, elles, 
 Tu, 
 Je, 
 
 aurons 
 
 auras 
 
 auront 
 
 aura 
 
 aurai 
 
 aurez 
 
 CONDITIONAL MODE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 J' 
 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 
 aurais, 
 
 aurais, 
 
 aurait, 
 
 aurions, 
 
 auriez, 
 
 / should 
 
 Thou icouldst 
 He^ she icoîdd 
 We should 
 You would 
 
 Ils, elles auraient. They ivoidd 
 
 have. 
 
 Tu, 
 
 Nous, 
 Ils. elles. 
 Vous, 
 II, elle, 
 Je, 
 
 i:^IPERATIYE MODE. 
 
 Aie, 
 Aj^ons, 
 
 Ayez, 
 
 JSave [thon). 
 Let us have. 
 Have [you). 
 
 Subjects understood. 
 
 aurions 
 
 aurais 
 
 auriez 
 
 auraient 
 
 aurais 
 
 aurait 
 
 ayons 
 
 aie 
 
 ayez 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. J'aurais. 2. Es auront eu. 3. J'aurai, 4. Es auraient eu. 
 5. Ayez. 6. Tu auras. 7. Vous aurez eu. 8. Tu aurais. 9. Vous 
 auriez eu. 10. Ayons. 11. E aura. 12. Nous aurons eu. 13. Il 
 aurait. 14. Nous aurions eu. 15. Aie. 16. Nous aurons. 17. Il 
 aura eu. 18. Nous aurions, 19. Il aurait eu. 20. Vous aurez. 
 
62 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 21. Tu aurais eu. 22. Vous auriez. 23. Tu auras eu. 24. Us 
 auront. 25. J'aurais eu. 26. Ils auraient. 27. J'aurai eu. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 I. They shall or will have. 2. I should or would have. 3. They 
 should have. 4. Have (thou). 5. I will have. 6. They will 
 have had. 7. Thou wouldst have. 8. You should have. 9. Let 
 us have. 10. Thou shalt have. 11. You will have. 12. He 
 should have. 13. We will have. 14. He shall have. 15. Have 
 (ye or you). 16. We would have. 17. We would have had. 
 18. He shall have had. 19. We will have had. 20. He should 
 have had. 21. You would have had. 22. Thou wilt have had. 
 23. You will have had. 24. Thou wouldst have had. 25. I will 
 have had. 26. They would have had. 27. I should have had. 
 
 With the future and the past participle EU form the future an- 
 terior ; with the same past participle and the present conditional, 
 form the past tense of that mode. 
 
 Referring alwa^^s to the classifications of the synoptical table, 
 learners must analyze sounds in this manner, and indicate the 
 syllables of each word. 
 
 EXAMPLE OF ORTHOEPIC PARSING. 
 
 J'aurai, tu auras. J'aurais, nous aurons, nous aurions, ils 
 auraient, etc. 
 
 8th sound. 
 6 
 
 6 and 11. 
 8th sound. 
 6 
 
 18 and 11. 
 
 Liquid L, Exercise XIL 
 6th sound. 
 4 
 
 Besides these indications, teachers may introduce questions such 
 as these : 
 
 In what cases are sounds, or vowels, silent ? Ex. : prierai, li^, 
 taon, etc. 
 
 In what cases are articulations, or consonants, not sounded? 
 Ex. : en^, ais, ai^, 2Îient^ etc. 
 
 Je, 
 
 2d sound. 
 
 Nous, 
 
 Au^ 
 
 6 
 
 
 Au, 
 
 Rai^ 
 
 3 
 
 
 Rons, 
 
 Tu, 
 
 7 
 
 
 Nous, 
 
 Au, 
 
 6 
 
 
 Au, 
 
 Has, 
 
 1 
 
 
 Rions^ 
 
 Je, 
 
 2 
 
 
 Ils, 
 
 Au, 
 
 6 
 
 
 Au, 
 
 Raïs, 
 
 4 
 
 
 Raien 
 
VERB. 
 
 53 
 
 Condiision of Avoir^ to have. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
 
 To express want ; 
 
 II faut que 
 E, in que^ is dropped 
 before pronouns of 
 the third person. 
 
 U faudra que 
 
 fJ' 
 Tn 
 
 1^, elle 
 Nous 
 Yous 
 
 Present. 
 
 aie, 
 aies, 
 ait, 
 ayons, 
 ayez, 
 elles aient, 
 
 Future. 
 
 aie, 
 
 aies, 
 
 ait, 
 
 ayons, 
 
 ayez, 
 
 Tu 
 
 Tl, elle 
 Nous 
 Yous 
 
 Llls 
 
 I 
 
 Thou 
 He^ she 
 We 
 
 You 
 
 They 
 
 > must have. 
 
 
 ^ 'e 
 
 me 
 
 thee 
 
 him or her 
 
 us, 
 
 you 
 
 them 
 
 to have. 
 
 ^Ils, elles aient, 
 
 Conjugated alone, avoir, tohave, is an active verb, viz. : suscepti- 
 ble of having comi3lements. Ex. : J'ai le pain, / have the bread. 
 Conjugated with participles of other verbs in compound tenses, it 
 is called an auxiliary verb. 
 
 hnperfect, 
 
 rj' eusse, 
 
 Il fallait Tu, eusses, 
 
 ouilfau-] II, elle eût. 
 drait que 1 Nous eussions, 
 etc. Yous eussiez, 
 ^Es, elles eussent, 
 
 Re:mark. — ^With the present tense of this mode and the past 
 participle EU form the past ; with the imperfect and the same par- 
 ticiple form the pluperfect : 
 H faut, il faudra que J'ai eu; Il fallait, il faudrait que T eusse eu. 
 
 
 
 me 
 
 thee 
 
 him or her 
 
 us 
 
 you 
 
 them 
 
 ' to have. 
 
 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 
 
 Présent. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Il faut 
 
 que. 
 
 Il faiidi-a 
 
 que. 
 
 Il fallait m 
 
 il faudi-ait que. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 aie 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 ayons 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 eusse 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 ayons 
 
 Yous, 
 
 aie 
 
 Je, 
 
 eussiez 
 
 Nous 
 
 aient 
 
 Tu, 
 
 ayez 
 
 Nous 
 
 eussent 
 
 Tu, 
 
 ayez 
 
 Nous, 
 
 ait 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 eusses 
 
 Es, elles, 
 
 aies 
 
 Es, elles, 
 
 aies 
 
 Vous, 
 
 eût 
 
 Je. 
 
 ait 
 
 Je, 
 
 aient 
 
 Tu, 
 
 pussions 
 
 6* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
51 FIRST LESSONS IN FIIENCII. 
 
 The tenses of the infinitive mode must be taught on the same 
 principles, and recognized by pupils by means of inflections. 
 
 Present 
 Avoir. to have. 
 
 INFINITIVE MODE. 
 
 Past 
 Avoir eu, to have had. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present 
 Ayant, having. 
 
 Past 
 Eu, eue, had. 
 
 Compound. 
 Ayant eu, having had. 
 
 PRxiCTICE. 
 
 eu, eue. ayant. ayant eu. 
 
 avoir eu. (Name each of these tenses.) avoir. 
 
 In telling the name of each tense, learners must also indicate 
 the orthoëpic principles governing them, and refer to our synop- 
 tical table on the primitive sounds of the French language ; or to 
 the exceptional cases given in our exercises on pronunciation. 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. /Z/ai^^ que J'aie. 2. /^/ai^cZra/^ que j'eusse eu. Z. Il faut 
 qu'ils aient eu. 4. /Z/aZ?a/^ que j'eusse. 5. /Z/ai^c?ra que j'aie. 
 6. Il faut que tu aies. 7. Avoir. 8. Il faudrait que tu eusses 
 eu. 9. Il faut que vous ayez eu. 10. Il fallait que tu eusses. 
 11. Il faudra que tu aies. 12. Il faut qu'il ait. 13. Ayant. 
 14. Il faudrait qu'il eût eu. 15. Il faut que nous ayons eu. 
 16. Il fallait qu'il eût eu. 17. Il faudra qu'il ait. 18. Il faut 
 quê nous ayons. 19. Avoir eu. 20. // faudrait que nous eus- 
 sions eu. 21. Il faut qu'il ait eu. 22. Il fallait que nous eussions. 
 23. ///ai^cZra que nous ayons. 24. /Z/ait^que vous a3^ez. 25. Eu. 
 26, Il faudrait que vous eussiez eu. 27. Il faut que tu aies eu. 
 28. Il faudrait que vous eussiez. 29. Il faudra que vous ayez. 
 30, Il faut qu'ils aient. 31. Ayant eu, 82. Il faudrait qu'ils 
 eussent eu. 33. Il faut que j'aie eu. 34. Il fallait qu'ils eus- 
 sent. 35. Il faudra qu'ils aient eu. 36. Eue. 
 
 Remark. — The words in italics represent the principal proposi- 
 tion, what follows is the subjunctive, Accordingly^ in parsing 
 these exercises, say: 
 
VERB. 
 
 55 
 
 Il faut: Unipersonal verb, present indicative, third person 
 singular; que J'aie: present of the subjunctive, first person 
 singular. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. To have. 2. They must have had. 3. It will be necessary 
 for me to have. 4. It was necessary for them to have. 5. I must 
 have had. 6. It would be necessaiy for them to have had. 
 7. Having. 8. I must have. 9. It will be necessary for thee to 
 have. 10. It was necessary for you to have. 11. Thou must have 
 had. 12. It would be necessary for you to have had. 13. Had, F. 
 14. Thou must have. 15. It wiU be necessary for us to have. 
 16. It will be necessary for him to have. 17. He must have. 
 18. It would be necessary for us to have. 19. Having had. 
 20. He must have had. 21. It will be necessary for us to have. 
 22. It was necessary for him to have. 23. We must have had. 
 24. It would be necessary for him to have had. 25. To have had. 
 26. We must have. 27. It will be necessary for us to have. 
 28. It was necessary for thee to have. 29. You must have had. 
 30. It would be necessary for thee to have had. 31. Had, M. 
 32. You must have. 33. It will be necessary for you to have. 
 34. It was necessary for me to have. 35. They must have. 36. It 
 will be necessary for them to have had. 
 
 jEtre^ to be, œnjug ate from tlie pressent indicative to the past 
 anterior of the same mode. 
 
 INDICATIVE MODE. 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Je suis. 
 
 I 
 
 am. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 sommes 
 
 Tu es, 
 
 Thou 
 
 art. 
 
 II, elle, 
 
 sont 
 
 11, elle est, 
 
 He, she 
 
 is. 
 
 Nous, 
 
 suis 
 
 Nous sommes 
 
 We 
 
 are. 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 es 
 
 Vous êtes. 
 
 You 
 
 are. 
 
 Tu, 
 
 êtes 
 
 Ils, elles sont, 
 
 They 
 Imperfect, 
 
 are. 
 
 Je, 
 
 est 
 
 J' étais. 
 
 I ^ 
 
 
 Nous, 
 
 était 
 
 Tu étais, 
 
 Thou 
 
 
 Tu, 
 
 étions 
 
 II, elle était. 
 Nous étions. 
 
 He, she 
 We 
 
 ' used to he. 
 
 Us, elles. 
 Je, 
 
 étais 
 étiez 
 
 Vous étiez, 
 
 You 
 
 
 Vous, 
 
 étaient 
 
 Ils, elles étaient, 
 
 They. J 
 
 
 H, eUe, 
 
 étais 
 
66 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 
 Past Definite. 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Je 
 
 fus, 
 
 / was. 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 fus 
 
 Tu 
 
 fus, 
 
 Thou wast. 
 
 Vous. 
 
 fut 
 
 Tl, elle 
 
 fut, 
 
 He^ she was. 
 
 Je, 
 
 fûmes 
 
 Nous 
 
 fûmes. 
 
 We were. 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 furent 
 
 Vous 
 
 fûtes. 
 
 You were. 
 
 Tu, 
 
 fûtes 
 
 Ils, elles furent, 
 
 They were. 
 
 Nous, 
 
 fus 
 
 With the present indicative of avoir, to have, and the participle 
 of this verb form the past indefinite ; with the imperfect, the plu- 
 perfect, and with the past definite the past anterior: 
 
 J'ai été, I have been; J'avais été. J'eus été, I had heen, etc. 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Ils sont. 2. J'ai été. 3. Ils eurent été. 4. J'étais. 5. Ils 
 avaient été. 6. Vous êtes. 7. Tu étais. 8. Je fus. 9. Tu as 
 été. 10. Vous eûtes été. 11. Vous aviez été. 12. Nous som- 
 mes. 13. Il était. 14. Je fus. 15. Il a été'. 16. Nous eûmes 
 été. 17. Nous avions été. 18. Elle est. 19. Nous étions. 20. II 
 fut. 21. Nous avons été. 22. Il eut été. 23. Elle avait été. 
 24. Tu es. 25. Vous étiez. 26. Nous fûmes. 27. Vous avez été. 
 28. Tu eus été. 29. J'avais été. 30. Je suis. 31. Ils étaient. 
 
 32. Vous fûtes. 33. Ils ont été. 34. J'eus été. 35. Tu avais 
 été. 36. Ils furent. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. I am. 2. I used to be. 3. I was. 4. I had been. 5. They 
 had been. 6. I had been, P. 7. Thou art. 8. You used to be. 
 9. Thou wast. 10. They have been. 11. You have been. 12. Thou 
 hadst been, P. 13. She is. 14. We used to be. 15. He was. 
 16. Thou hadst been. 17. We had been. 18. He had been, P. 
 19. We are. 20. He used to be. 21. We were. 22. He has 
 been. 23. We had been. 24. You are. 25. They had been, P. 
 26. Thou used to be. 27. You were. 28. You had been. 29. We 
 have been. 30. They are. 31. They used to be. 32. They were. 
 
 33. You have been. 34. I had been. 35. You had been, P. 
 36. Thou hadst been. 
 
VERB. 
 
 57 
 
 Continuation of the verh Ètre^ to be, from the future indicative^ to 
 the siihjunctive mode. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Je 
 
 serai, 
 
 
 I shall] 
 
 
 
 Vous, 
 
 serons 
 
 Tu, 
 
 seras, 
 
 
 Thou wilt 
 
 
 I), elle. 
 
 sera 
 
 II, elle 
 
 sera. 
 
 
 He^ she icill 
 
 ^he. 
 
 Nous, 
 lis, elles, 
 
 seront 
 
 Nous 
 
 serons. 
 
 
 We shall 
 
 seras 
 
 Vous 
 
 serez. 
 
 
 You will 
 
 
 Tu, 
 
 serai 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 seront, 
 
 
 They win ^ 
 
 
 Je, 
 
 serez 
 
 
 
 
 CONDITIONAL MODE 
 
 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 
 Je 
 
 serais. 
 
 
 / should 
 
 
 Tu, 
 
 serions 
 
 Tu 
 
 serais. 
 
 
 Thou wouldst 
 
 
 Nous, 
 
 serais 
 
 II, elle 
 
 serait, 
 
 
 He^ she would 
 
 'he. 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 seriez 
 
 Nous 
 
 serions, 
 
 
 We should 
 
 Vous, 
 
 seraient 
 
 Vous 
 
 seriez, 
 
 
 You would 
 
 
 II, elle, 
 
 serais 
 
 Es, elles 
 
 seraient 
 
 » 
 
 They would 
 
 
 Je, 
 
 serait 
 
 
 
 
 IMPERATiVE MODE. 
 
 
 
 Sois, 
 
 Be 
 
 {thou). 
 
 
 f soyons 
 
 Soyons, 
 
 Let 
 
 us 
 
 he. Subjects understood. 
 
 - sois 
 
 Soyez, 
 
 Be 
 
 {ye 
 
 OT you). 
 
 
 
 
 soyez 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Je serais. 2. Us auront été. 3. Je serai. 4. Es auraient 
 été. 5. Soyez. 6. Tu seras. 7. Vous aurez été. 8. Tu serais. 
 9. Vous auriez été. 10. Soyons. 11. E sera. 12. Nous aurons 
 été. 13. Il serait. 14. Nous aurions été. 15. Sois. 16. Nous 
 serons. 17. E aura été. 18. Nous serions. 19. E aurait été. 
 20. Vous serez. 21. Tu aurais été. 22. Vous seriez. 23. Tu 
 auras été. 24. Es seront. 25. J'aurai été. 26. Es seraient. 
 27. J'aurais été. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 In translating tbe English exercises into Frencb, learners must 
 indicate with hyphens (-), in their copy^ the syllabic division of 
 each polysyllabic word : 
 
 lis au-raient é-té ; nous som-mes ; vous é-tiez. 
 This is most important to obtain a good pronunciation. 
 
 1. I shall be or will be. 2. They will be. 3. Be (you). 4. They 
 would or should have been. 5. I would be. 6. Thou wilt be. 
 
 c» 
 
68 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 7. "You will have been. 8. Thou wouldst be. 9. You would have 
 been. 10. Let us be. 11. He will be. 12. We shall have been. 
 13. We would be. 14. We would have been. 15. Be (thou). 
 16. We will be. 17. He will have been. 18. He would be. 
 19. He would have been. 20. Thou wilt have been. 21. Thou 
 wouldst have been. 22. You would have been. 23. You will be. 
 24. They will have been. 25. I shall have been. 26. They would 
 be. 27. I would have been. 
 
 Continuation of the auxiliary Etre^ to be, from the present sub- 
 junctive^ to the conclusion of that verb, 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
 
 II faut que or qu' 
 
 fJe 
 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 
 Nous 
 
 Vous 
 ^Ils, elles soient, 
 
 Future. 
 
 Presoit, 
 
 sois, 
 sois, 
 soit, 
 soyons, 
 
 soyez, 
 
 I 
 
 Thon 
 He^ she 
 We 
 
 You 
 They 
 
 must he. 
 
 ' Je sois. 
 
 Tu sois. 
 
 Il faudra que] 11, elle soit, 
 or qu I Nous soyons, 
 
 Vous soyez, 
 ^Ils, elles soient, 
 
 5^ 
 
 § 
 ^ 
 
 Il fallait 
 or il fau- 
 drait que 
 
 Je 
 Tu, 
 II, elle 
 Nous 
 Yous 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 fusse, 
 
 fusses, 
 
 fût, 
 
 fussions, 
 
 fassiez, 
 
 s o û ^ 
 =? " fl V 
 
 me 
 
 thee 
 
 him or her 
 
 us, 
 
 you 
 
 them 
 
 me 
 
 thee 
 
 him or hefi* 
 
 us 
 
 to be. 
 
 you 
 them 
 
 to be. 
 
 ^ lis, elles fussent, ;i^ \ 
 
 Form the compound tenses of this mode as we have indicated 
 for avoir, to have. (Remark, page 53). 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 Present 
 
 Futur 
 
 'e. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 11 faut 
 
 que 
 
 or qu'. 
 
 Il faudra 
 
 que. 
 
 Il fallait or 
 
 il faudrait que. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 
 sois 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 soyons 
 
 Ils, elles. 
 
 fusse 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 
 soyons 
 
 Vous, 
 
 sois 
 
 Je, 
 
 fussiez 
 
 Nous 
 
 
 soient 
 
 ïu, 
 
 soyez 
 
 Nous 
 
 fussent 
 
 Tu, 
 
 
 soyez 
 
 Nous, 
 
 soient 
 
 II, elle, 
 
 fasses 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 
 sois 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 sois 
 
 Vous, 
 
 fût 
 
 Je, 
 
 
 soit 
 
 Je, 
 
 soit 
 
 Tu, 
 
 fussions 
 
VERB. 59 
 
 INFINITIVE MODE. 
 
 Present. 
 Etre, to he. 
 
 Fast. 
 
 Avoir été, to have heen. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present. I ^ Pa^t. 
 
 Etant, hemg. \ Eté, been. 
 
 Compound. 
 
 Ayant été, having been. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 ayant été. étant. être, 
 
 été. (Name each of these tenses.) avoir été. 
 
 Re]MARK. — Conjugated alone Etre, to be, is a substantive verb, 
 viz. : complete in meaning and needing no complements. Ex. : Je 
 suis, I am. Combined with past participles in compound tenses 
 it is an auxiliary. Ex. : Je suis allé, I am gone. 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. II faut que j'aie été. 2. Il faut que je sois. 3. Il faudra 
 qu'ils soient. 4. Il fallait que je fusse. 5. // faudrait qu'ils 
 eussent été. 6. Ayant été. 7. Il faut que tu sois. 8. Il faudra 
 que vous soyez. 9. Il fallait que tu fusses. 10. Il faut que tu 
 aies été. 11. Il faudrait que vous eussiez été. 12. Il faudra 
 que tu sois. 13. Il faudra que nous soyons. 14. H fallait qu'il 
 fût. 15. Il faut qu'il ait été. 16. Il faudrait que nous eussions 
 été. 17. Eté. 18. Il faut que nous soyons. 19. Il faudra qu'il 
 soit. 20. Il fallait que nous fussions. 21. Il faut que nous aj^ons 
 été. 22. Il faudrait qu'il eût été. 23. Etant. 24. Il faut que 
 vous soj^ez. 25. /Z/a2^^ qu'il soit. 26. /Z/a??ai^ que vous fussiez. 
 27. Il faut que vous ayez été. 28. Il faudrait que tu eusses été. 
 29. Avoir été. 30. Il faut qu'ils soient. 31. Il faudra que je 
 sois. 32. Il fallait qu'ils fussent. 33. Il faut qu'ils aient été. 
 34. JZ/awc?rai^ que j'eusse été. 35. Etre. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Having been. 2. I must be. 3. It will be necessary for me 
 to be. 4. It was necessary for them to be. 5. I must have been. 
 6. It would be necessary for me to have been. 7. To be. 8. Thou 
 must be. 9. It will be necessary for thee to be. 10. It was neces- 
 sary for you to have been. 11. Thou must have been. 12. It 
 
60 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 would be necessary for you to have been. 13. Been. 14. He 
 must be. 15. It will be necessary for him to be. 16. It was neces- 
 sary for us to be. 17. He must have been. 18. It would be 
 necessary for him to have been. 19. Being. 20. We must be„ 
 21. It will be necessary for us to be. 22, It was necessary for him 
 to be. 23. We must have been. 24. It would be necessary for 
 us to have been. 25. To have been. 26. You must be. 27. It 
 will be necessary for you to be. 28. It was necessary for thee to 
 be. 29. You must have been. 30. It was necessary for you to 
 have been. 31. They must be. 32. It will be necessary for them 
 to be. 33. It was necessary for me to be. 34. They must have 
 been. 35. It would be necessary for them to have been. 
 
 In translating into French the preceding exercise, divide the 
 words into syllables; and analyze the sounds of some sentences 
 with reference to the synoptical table. Ex. : II fal-lait que je 
 fus-se. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF FRENCH VERBS. 
 
 To conjugate is to write or recite the different modes, tenses, per- 
 sons, and numbers of verbs. 
 
 There are four conjugations or classes of verbs, distinguished 
 from each other by the termination or ending of the present 
 infinitive. 
 
 r first .conjugation "I ^ ^ Ter. 
 
 -rr 1 n] sccoud " I havc the termination or end- J IR. 
 Verbs of j ^j^.^^ u y i^gi^ jojj,^ 
 
 t fourth ^' J Ire. 
 
 1. Conj. Aimer, manger, chanter, To love, to eat, to sing. 
 
 2. " Finir, mourir, courir. To finish, to die, to run. 
 
 3. ' ' Recevoir, voir, pouvoir. To receive, to see, to he able. 
 
 4. " Prendre, rendre, vendre. To take, to render, to sell 
 
 FORMATION OF TENSES. 
 
 Primitive tenses are used in forming the others. Their number 
 is five, viz. : 
 
 The present infinitive, Chanter, finir, recevoir, vendre. 
 
 The present participle, Chantant, finissant, recevant, vendant. 
 
 The past participle, Chanté-ée, fini-ie, reçu-ue, vendu-e. 
 The present of the indicative, Je chante, Je finis. Je reçois. Je vends. 
 
 The past definite, Je chantai, Je finis, Je reçus. Je vendis. 
 
VERB. 61 
 
 Derivative tenses are formed from the primitive. 
 The present of the infinitive forms two tenses. 
 
 1. The future in changing R of the first and second conjugation, 
 OIE of the third, RE of the foui'th,into RAI: 
 
 Aime r, J'aime rai^ To love^ I shall love. 
 
 Fini r Je fini ixii, To finish^ I shall finish. 
 
 Recev oir Je recev rai^ To receive^ I shall receive. 
 
 Rend re Je rend rai^ To render^ I shall render, 
 
 2. The present conditional in changing R, OIR, RE into RAIS. 
 
 Aimer, J'aime rais^ To love, I would love. 
 
 Finir, Je fini rais, To finish, I would finish. 
 
 Recevoir, Je recev raù, To receive, I would receive. 
 
 Rendre, Je rend rais, To render, I would render. 
 
 The present participle forms three tenses. 
 
 1. The three persons plural of the present indicative in changing 
 
 ANT into ONS, EZ, ENT. 
 
 Donn ant — nous donn-o?is, vous donn-ez, ils donn-ent, Giving, we give, etc. 
 Dorm-ant — nous dorm-o7i«, vous dorm-ez, ils dorm-e??t, Sleeping, ice sleep, etc. 
 Vend-a«f — nous vend-ons, vous vend-e^, ils vend-e/i^, Selling, tee sell, etc. 
 
 Re:\iark. — Verbs of the third conjugation which change evant 
 into OIVENT, in the third person plural of the present indicative 
 form an exception to this rule. 
 
 Recev-a?i^ — nous recev-ons, vous recev-e^;, ils reç-oivent; receiv- 
 ing, we receive, you receive, they receive. 
 
 2. The imperfect of the indicative in changing ANT into Ais. 
 Donn-a?i^ — je donn-ais, finiss-a?i^, je finiss-ai5, recey-ant, je recev 
 
 aiSj rend-ant, je veud-ais: giving — I used to give; finishing — 1 
 used to finish, etc. 
 
 3. The present of the subjunctive in changing ant into E. 
 Aim-a?i^ — que j'aim-e; finiss-a?î^, que je finisse; recev-a?i^, que 
 
 le reçoiv-e; rend-a?i^, que je rend-e; loving — that Hove, etc. 
 
 As we have remarked above, except verbs of the third conjuga- 
 tion changing evant into oivent, in the third person plural : 
 
 Apercev-a?i^, qu'ils aperç-oive?i^. Perceiving, that they perceive. 
 
62 
 
 FIEST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 By means of the auxiliaries avoir, être, to have^ to he^ the past 
 participle forms all the compound tenses of verbs : 
 
 J'ai estimé, Je suis estimé or estimée, I have esteemed, 1 am esteemed. 
 
 Tu avais puni, tu étais puni or punie, Thou hadst punished, thon was punished. 
 
 RejVIARK. — ^Past participles connected with être agree in gender 
 and number with the subject. 
 
 The present indicative forms the imperative mode, in dropping 
 the personal pronouns, tu, noiis, vous, and S of the second person 
 singular of verbs of the first conjugation. 
 
 Tu donnes — donne ; nous donnons — donnons ; vous donnez — donnez. 
 Give (thou) ; let us give; give (you). 
 
 The past definite forms the imperfect of the subjunctive by 
 changing Ai into ASSE with verbs of the first conjugation, adding 
 only SE to the three others. 
 
 Remark. — With primitive tenses form the derivative, and with 
 derivative indicate the primitive. 
 
 Je donnai, que je donn-osse, 1 gave, that I might give. 
 
 Je finis, que je finis-se, I finished, that I might finish. 
 
 Je reçus, que je reçus-se, I received, that I might receive. 
 
 Je rendis, que je rendis-sc, I rendered, that I might render. 
 
 Conjugation of the verb Chanter, to sing, from the present indica- 
 tive, to the past anterior of that mode. First conjugation in ER 
 in the infinitive, 
 
 INDICATIVE MODE. 
 Present. 
 
 Je 
 
 
 e / 
 
 sing. 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 es Thou singest. 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 e Ile, she sings. 
 
 Nous 
 
 - CHANT ' 
 
 ons We sing. 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 ez You sing. 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ent Thei/ sing. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 ' ais / 
 
 ^ 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 ais Thou 
 
 •S 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 ait Iff, she 
 
 ^ 
 
 Nous 
 
 ^ CHANT - 
 
 ions We 
 
 ► ^ 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 iez You 
 
 1 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ aient They 
 
 § 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 ONS 
 
 II, elle, 
 
 ENT 
 
 Nous, 
 
 E 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 ES 
 
 Tu 
 
 EZ 
 
 Je 
 
 E 
 
 Nous 
 
 AIT 
 
 Tu 
 
 IONS 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 Aïs 
 
 Je 
 
 lEZ 
 
 A^ous 
 
 AIENT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 Ali^ 
 
CHANT 
 
 VERB. 
 
 Past Definite, 
 
 ai / sang. 
 
 as Thou sang est, 
 a He^ she sang. 
 
 âmes We sang. 
 
 fîtes You sang. 
 
 gèrent They sang.^ 
 
 63 
 
 lis, elles 
 
 AI 
 
 Vous 
 
 A 
 
 Je 
 
 A.AIES 
 
 Il elle 
 
 ÊRENT 
 
 Tu 
 
 ATES 
 
 Nous 
 
 AS 
 
 Je 
 Tu 
 
 Ih elle 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 Ils, elles 
 
 IIe:\l.\rk. — To render verbs interrogatively, place Est-ce que? Do 
 I? before each person of verbs followed by an inteiTOgative mark 
 (?) ; or place the personal pronoun after the verb connected by a 
 hyphen (-). When the first person of verbs ends with E mute, 
 an acute accent is placed upon E — (E). J'aime, aimé-jef 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Je chante. 2. Ils chantaient. 3. Je chantai. 4. Ils ont chanté. 
 5. J'eus chanté. 6. Ils avaient chanté. 7. Tu chantes. 8. Vous 
 chantiez. 9. Tu chantas. 10. Vous avez chanté. 11. Tu eus 
 chanté. 12. Vous aviez chanté. 13. Il chante. 14. Nous avons 
 chanté. 15. Nous chantons. 16. Il eut chanté. 17. Nous avions 
 chanté. 18. Vous chantez. 19. Nous chantions. 20. Il chanta. 
 21. Il a chanté. 22. Nous eûmes chanté. 23. Il avait chanté. 
 24. Ils chantèrent. 25. Vous eûtes chanté. 26. Tu avais chanté. 
 27. Ils chantent. 28. Je chantais. 29. Nous chantâmes. 30. Tu 
 as chanté. 31. Ils eurent chanté. 32. J'avais chanté. 33. Tu 
 chantais. 34. Vous chantâtes, 35. J'ai chanté. 36. Il chantait. 
 Render this exercise interrogatively, and in compound tenses 
 place the pronoun after the auxiliary. Ex. : lis ont chanté — Ont- 
 ils chanté ? Adding an Euphonie T to verbs ending with vowels. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 Learners must indicate, on their copy, the syllabic division of 
 each word. 
 
 1. I had been singing. 2. I used to sing, 3. They sing. 4. I 
 sang. 5. They had sung. 6. I have sung. 7. You sing. 8. Thou 
 used to sing. 9. Thou sangest. 10. You had sung. 11. We sing. 
 12. He used to sing. 13. You sang. 14. Thou hast sung. 15. We 
 had sung. 16. You had been singing. 17. He sings. 18. We 
 used to sing. 19. He sang. 20. We have sung. 21. He had 
 
 * Use the present, the imperfect and past definite of avoir to form the 
 compound tenses. 
 
64 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 sung. 22. Tliey had been singing. 23. Thou singes t. 24. You 
 used to sing. 25. We sang. 26. He has sung. 27. Thou hadst 
 sung. 28. We had been singing. 29. I sing. 30. They used to 
 sing. 31. You have sung. 32. I had sung. 33. Thou hadst been 
 singing. 34. They sang. 35. He has been singing. 36. They 
 have sung. 
 
 Continuation of Chanter^ to sing, from the future indicative to the 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
 
 Future, 
 
 I shall 
 
 Thou wilt 
 He^ she will 
 We shall 
 You will 
 They will 
 
 Remark. — The E, in italic^ is part of present infinitive aimer, 
 primitive tense of the future and conditional. 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 ' erai, 
 
 Tu 
 
 H 
 
 eras, 
 
 H, elle 
 
 - < \ 
 
 era, 
 
 Nous 
 
 erons 
 
 Vous 
 
 o 
 
 erez, 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ eront, 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Tu, 
 
 6R0NS 
 
 Nous, 
 
 eRAS 
 
 gi Ils, elles, 
 
 eREZ 
 
 1 Vous, 
 
 eRA 
 
 II, elle, 
 
 eRAl 
 
 Je, 
 
 eRONT 
 
 CONDITIONAL MODE. 
 
 Présent 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Je 1 
 
 Tu H 
 
 II, elle I ^ 
 
 Nous I K 
 
 Vous ^ 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 CHANT ^ ons, 
 
 ez, 
 
 erais, 
 
 erais, 
 
 erait, 
 
 erions, 
 
 eriez, 
 
 / should 
 
 Thou wouldst 
 He^ she icould 
 We should 
 
 You would 
 
 eraient They woidd 
 
 Tu, 
 
 Nous, 
 |5 lis, elles, 
 - Vous, 
 
 II, elle, 
 
 Je, 
 
 RIONS 
 
 RAIS 
 
 RIEZ 
 
 RAIENT 
 
 RAIS 
 
 RAIT 
 
 IMPERATIVE MODE. 
 
 Sing {thon). 
 Let us sing. 
 Sing [ye or you) 
 
 [ez 
 
 Subjects understood \ e 
 
 (ons 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Je chanterai. 2. Ils auront chanté. 3. Je chanterais. 4. Ils 
 auraient chanté. 5. Chantez. 6. Tu chanteras. 7. Vous aurez 
 chanté. 8. Tu chanterais. 9. Vous auriez chanté. 10. Chantons. 
 11. Il chantera. 12. Nous aurons chanté. 13. Il chanterait. 
 14. Nous aurions chanté. 15. Chante. 16. Nous chanterons. 
 17. Il aura chanté. 18. Nous chanterions. 19. Il aurait chanté. 
 20. Vous chanterez. 21. Tu auras chanté. 22. Vous chanteriez. 
 23. Tu aurais chanté. 24. J'aurais chanté. 25. Ils chanteront. 
 26. J'aurais chanté. 27. Ils chanteraient. 
 
VERB. 
 
 65 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Sing (you). 2. I would sing. 3. They shall sing. 4. I will 
 have sung. 5. Thou shouldst sing. 6. They would have sung. 
 7. He should sing. 8. Thou shalt sing. 9. You should have 
 sung. 10. Let us sing. 11. You shall sing. 12. He will have sung. 
 13. We will sing. 14. We should sing. 15. We would have sung. 
 16. We shall have sung. 17. I would sing. 18. He will sing. 
 19. We shall have sung. 20. You will have sung. 21. They 
 would have sung. 22. Thou wouldst have sung. 23. Thou shalt 
 have sung. 24. They will have sung. 25. We would have sung. 
 26. Sing (thou). 27. I will sing. 
 
 After translating the last exercise, render it interrogatively, and 
 indicate the syllabic division of words. Ex. : Je chan-te-rais, 
 chan-te-rai-je? 
 
 Conclusion of Chanter^ to sing. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
 
 Present 
 
 To express 
 
 necessity : 
 
 H faut que 
 
 or qu' 
 
 H faudra que 
 
 Je 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 fJe 
 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 
 Nous 
 
 Vous 
 ^Hs, elles ^ 
 
 CHANT 
 
 e 
 
 es, 
 
 e 
 
 ions 
 
 iez 
 
 eut 
 
 / 
 
 Thou 
 He^ she 
 We 
 
 You 
 They 
 
 ■ must sing. 
 
 Future. 
 
 CHANT 
 
 e 
 
 es 
 
 e 
 
 ions 
 
 iez 
 
 ent 
 
 ^ 
 
 \Me ^ 
 
 'S. 
 
 Thee 
 
 1 
 
 He, she 
 
 g " 
 
 Us 
 
 i 
 
 You 
 
 1 
 
 [ Them 
 
 to sing. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 II fallait, or il 
 faudrait que 
 
 ^ Je ] r asse ^% . 
 
 Tu asses 1 1 ' 
 
 IJ'^l^^ CHANT r'- '"^ 
 
 Nous assions «, ^ -^ 
 
 Vous assiez t \ \ 
 
 ^ lis, elles J [ assen t s I '' 
 
 With the subjunctive of avoir form the compound tenses of this 
 mode. 
 
 Past. — II faut que f aie chanté, I must have sung. 
 Pluperfect. — II fallait que f eusse chanté, It teas necessary for me to have sung. 
 6 * 
 
 3Ie 
 
 Thee 
 
 He. she 1 . 
 
 ^^' "^ to sing. 
 
 You I 
 Them J 
 
66 
 
 FIEST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 
 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 11 faut 
 
 que. 
 
 
 Il faudra que. 
 
 Il fallait, il faudrait que. 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 E 
 
 H, elle 
 
 IONS 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 AT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 IONS 
 
 Vous 
 
 E 
 
 Je 
 
 ASSIEZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 
 ENT 
 
 Tu 
 
 lEZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 ASSENT 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 lEZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 ENT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 ASSE 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 
 E 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 E 
 
 Vous 
 
 ASSES 
 
 Je 
 
 
 ES 
 
 Je 
 
 ES 
 
 Tu 
 
 ASSIONS 
 
 
 
 
 INFINITIVE MODE. 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 
 Past 
 
 
 Chanter, 
 
 
 to 
 
 sing. 
 
 Avoir chanté, to have sung. 
 
 
 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 
 Past 
 
 
 Chantant^ 
 
 
 singing. 
 
 Chanté-ée, 
 
 sung. 
 
 CHANTÉ-ÉE. 
 CHANTANT. 
 
 Compound. 
 Ayant chanté, having sung. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 AVOIR CHANTÉ. 
 
 (Name each of these tenses.) 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 AYANT CHANTÉ. 
 CHANTER. 
 
 1. Il faudra que je chante. 2. Il fallait qu'ils chantassent. 
 3. Il faut que }Q ohdiXiiQ. 4. 7 Z/a^^^ qu'ils aient chanté. 5. Il fau- 
 drait q\xQ ]' eu^^e Q]i2iiiiié. 6. Chanter. 7. ///a«^ que tu chantes. 
 8. Il faudra qu'ils chantent. 9. Il fallait que vous chantassiez. 
 10. Il faut que vous ayez chanté. 11. Il faudrait que vous 
 eussiez chanté. 12. Avoir chanté. 13. Il faut qu'il chante. 
 14. Il faudra que tu chantes. 15. Il fallait que nous chantas- 
 sions. 16. Il faut que nous ayons chanté. 17. Il faudrait que 
 nous eussions chanté. 18. Chantant. 19. /Z /a w^ que nous chan- 
 tions. 20. Il faudra qvi'û chante. 21. Il fallait qu'il chantât. 
 22. Il faut qu'il ait chanté. 23. Il faudrait qu'il eût chanté. 
 24. Chanté. 25. Il faut que vous chantiez. 26. Il faudra que 
 nous chantions. 27. Il fallait que tu chantasses. 28. Il faut 
 que tu aies chanté. 29. Il faudrait qu'ils eussent chanté. 30. 
 Ayant chanté. 31. Il faut qu'ils chantent. 32. Il faudra que 
 vous chantiez. 33. Il fallait que je chantasse. 34. Il faut que 
 j'aie chanté. 35. /Z/ai«c?raz^ que tu eusses chanté. 36. Chantée. 
 
VERB. 
 
 67 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. I must sing. 2. It will be necessary for them to sing. 3. It 
 was necessary for tliem to sing. 4. They must have sung. 5. It 
 would be necessary for them to have sung. 6. To sing. 7. Thou 
 must sing. 8. It will be necessary for you to sing. 9. It was 
 necessary for thee to sing. 10. You must have sung. 11. It 
 would be necessar}^ for you to have sung. 12. Singing. 13. He 
 must sing. 14. It would be necessary for us to sing. 15. It was 
 necessary for us to sing. 16. We must have sung. 17. It would 
 be necessary for us to have sung. 18. To have sung. 19. We 
 must sing. 20. It will be necessary for him to sing. 21. He must 
 have sung. 22. It would be necessary for him to have sung. 
 23. Sung, M. 24. You must sing. 25. It would be necessary for 
 you to sing. 26. You must have sung. 27. It would be necessary 
 for thee to have sung. 28. Having sung. 29. They must sing. 
 30. It would be necessary for me to sing. 31. It would be neces- 
 sary for them to sing. 32. I must have sung. 33. It would be 
 necessary for me to have sung. 34. Sung, F. 35. It would be 
 necessary for him to sing. 36. It will be necessary for him to 
 sing. 
 
 Conjugation of the verb Fmii\ to finish, second conjugation in IR, 
 from the present indicative^ to the past anterior of the same mode. 
 
 INDICATIVE MODE. 
 
 Present, Practice, 
 
 I finish. Yous, is 
 
 Thou finishest. II, elle, issO'SS 
 
 He^ she finishes. Je, IT 
 
 We finish. Nous, mEZ 
 
 You finish. Tu, i5sent 
 
 They finish. Ils, elles, is 
 
 What is the present indicative, 2i primitive or dei^ivative tense? 
 
 Imperfect. Practice. 
 
 Je ] 
 
 
 'is, 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 is, 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 it. 
 
 Nous 
 
 ' FIN ' 
 
 mons. 
 
 Yous 
 
 
 mez, 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ issent. 
 
 Je 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 Nous 
 Yous 
 Ils, elles 
 
 FIN 
 
 ?s5ais, 
 
 mais, 
 
 isssiitj 
 
 {.ssions, 
 
 issiez^ 
 
 I was 
 
 Thou wast 
 He^ she was 
 We were 
 You were 
 
 iss'àiQwi^ They icere 
 
 lis, elles, 
 & Tu, 
 •| Nous, 
 .§ Je, 
 çS II, elle, 
 
 Yous, 
 
 ISSAIS 
 
 issio^s 
 
 issAis 
 
 issiEZ 
 
 ESSAIENT 
 
 issAlT 
 
 What is the imperfect of the indicative? 
 
68 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Je 
 Tu 
 
 11, elle 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 Ils, elles 
 
 Past Definite, 
 
 I 
 
 Thou 
 
 Practice, 
 
 FIN 
 
 IS, 
 IS, 
 
 It, 
 
 imes, 
 
 ites, 
 
 irent, 
 
 ■ did 
 
 Vous, 
 . Il, elle, 
 
 ri j^î 
 
 J Nous, 
 ^Tu, 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 IS 
 
 ÎMES 
 
 IT 
 
 ÎTES 
 
 IRENT 
 
 IS 
 
 did 
 
 didst 
 He^ she ^ 
 We 
 You 
 They 
 
 What is the past definite? 
 
 Remark. — Verbs of the second conjugation ending in ENIR 
 will have their past definite in INS. 
 
 Venir, contenir, convenir: Je vins, tu vins; je contms, tu Qoniins; 
 je conviW, tu convins. 
 
 The three persons singular of the present indicative, and the 
 same of the past definite having but one form, we mark with I 
 the three persons singular of the first teuse. 
 
 ORAL practice. 
 
 1. Je finis. 2. Ils finissaient. 3. Je finis, I. 4. Tu finis. 5. Vous 
 finissez. 6. Tu finis, /. 7. Nous finissons. 8. Il finit, /. 9. Nous 
 finîmes. 10. Il finissait. 11. Vous finissez. 12. Il finit. 13. Nous 
 finissions. 14. Vous finîtes. 15. Tu finissais. 16. Ils finissent. 
 17. Je finissais. 18. Ils finirent. 19. J'ai fini. 20. Ils eurent 
 fini. 21. J'avais fini. 22. Tu as fini. 23. Vous eûtes fini. 24. Tu 
 avais fini. 25. Il a fini. 26. Nous eûmes fini. 27. Il avait fini. 
 28. Nous avons fini. 29. Il eut fini. 30. Ils avaient fini. 31. Vous 
 avez fini. 32. Nous avions fini. 33. Ils ont fini. 34. Tu eus fini. 
 35. Vous aviez fini. 36. J'eus fini. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. I finish. 2. They were finishing. 3 I finished. 4. I have 
 finished. 5. They had finished. 6. I had finished, P. 7. Thou 
 finishest. 8. You were finishing. 9. Thou hadst finished, P. 10. Thou 
 hadst finished. 11. I had finished. 12. Thou wast finishing. 
 13. They had finished, P. 14. He finishes. 15. We were finish- 
 ing. 16. He finished. 17. We have finished. 18. He had finished. 
 19. Thou hadst finished, P. 20. We finish. 21. He was finish- 
 ing. 22. We finished. 23. He finished. 24. We had finished. 
 25. He had finished. 26. They finish. 27. Thou wast finishing. 
 28. You finish. 29. They have finished. 30. You had finished. 
 31. We had finished, P. 32. They finished. 33. I was finishing. 
 
VERB. 
 
 69 
 
 34. Tliey had finished. 35. You had finished, P. 36. You havb 
 
 finished. 
 Have this exercise made interrogatively under the two forms : 
 Est-ce que je finis? or Finis-je? with indication of the S341abic 
 
 division of words, and reference to the primitive sounds. 
 
 Est-ce que je fi-nis? or fi-nis-je? 
 
 Est, fourth sound, open È. 
 
 Ce, second " E mute. Nis, fifth sound, with artic. N. 
 
 Que, same " Q sounding Hke K. Fi, same " " " F. 
 Je, " '' J soft articulation. Ni, " '' '' " N. 
 
 Fi, fifth " with articulation F. Je, second" " '^ J. 
 
 Continuation of Finir^ to finish, from the future indicative to the 
 
 
 
 subjunctive mode 
 
 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 
 Practice, 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 ^îvai I will 
 
 
 Tu 
 
 IRONS 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 w-as Thou shalt 
 
 
 Nous, 
 
 IRAS 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 ira He^ she shall 
 
 i 
 
 lis, elles 
 
 IREZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 - FIN - 
 
 irons We will 
 
 Yous, 
 
 IRA 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 irez You shall 
 
 ^ 
 
 11, elle, 
 
 IRAI 
 
 Ds, elles ^ 
 
 
 diront They shall 
 
 
 Je 
 
 IRONT 
 
 CONDITIONAL MOI 
 
 )E. 
 
 
 
 Present, 
 
 
 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 'î'rais I would 
 
 
 Tu 
 
 IRIONS 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 irais Thou should 
 
 
 Nous 
 
 l^RAIS 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 irait lïe, she should 
 
 .1 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 IRIEZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 ^ FIN - 
 
 irions We would 
 
 Yous 
 
 mAIENT 
 
 Yous 
 
 
 iriez You should 
 
 '*=^ 
 
 II, eUe 
 
 IRAIS 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ciraient They should 
 
 
 Je 
 
 IRAIT 
 
 Eemab 
 
 .K.— Tl 
 
 le additional letters in J 
 
 ^talics placed between the 
 
 stem^ and the endings, or inflexions, are parts of the primitive 
 tenses : 
 
 Primitive finir. Changing R into RAI is finirai, etc. 
 " AIJMER. " R into RAI is AIMeRAI, etc. 
 
 See the formation of tenses, page 60. 
 
 BIPERATTVE MODE. 
 
 (is, i^mis^ (thou). fi5.çONS 
 
 FIN \ lisons. Let us finish. Subjects understood \ usez 
 
 [issez, Finish (you). (is 
 
70 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Je finirai. 2. J'aurai fini. 3. Ils finiront. 4. J'aurais fini. 
 5. Finis. 6. Tu auras fini. 7. Ils finii jiient. 8. Tu aurais fini. 
 9. Vous finiriez. 10. Finissons. 11. Il aurait fini. 12. Vous 
 finirez. 13. Il aura fini. 14. Nous finirons. 15. Finissez. 16. 
 Nous aurions fini. 17. Nous finirons. 18. Nous aurons fini. 
 19. Tu finiras. 20. Vous auriez fini. 21. Il finirait. 22. B finira. 
 23. Ils auraient fini. 24. Tu finirais. 25. Vous auriez fini. 26. 
 Je finirais. 27. Ils auront fini. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Let us finish. 2. I should have finished. 3. They would 
 have finished. 4. I shall have finished. 5. They shall finish. 
 6. Finish (thou). 7. Thou wouldst finish. 8. You should finish. 
 9. Thou wilt finish. 10. We will finish. 11. Finish (you). 12. 
 He would have finished. 13. We would finish. 14. He will 
 finish. 15. He will have finished. 16. He should finish. 17. 
 We should have finished. 18. You will finish. 19. We shall 
 have finished. 20. Thou shouldst have finished. 21. You would 
 have finished. 22. Thou wilt finish. 23. You will have finished. 
 24. I would finish. 25. He would have finished. 26. I shall 
 finish. 27. They will have finished. 
 
 Conclusion of the verb finir ^ to finish. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
 
 Present. 
 To express will or command : 
 
 II veut or il 
 ordonne que 
 
 fJe 1 
 
 
 is,se 
 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 isses 
 
 42 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 isse 
 
 s 
 
 Nous 
 
 - FIN -< 
 
 isSiOBS 
 
 § 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 issiez 
 
 
 ^ Us, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ ment 
 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 
 
 ^Je 1 
 Tu 
 
 
 ' isse 
 
 isses 
 
 HO 
 
 Il voudra or il 
 ordonnera que 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 isse 
 
 ^ 
 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 
 - FIN - 
 
 issions 
 issiez 
 
 1 V 
 
 
 ^ Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ isseut , 
 
 t=^ 
 
 (Me 
 
 Thee 
 
 Him, her 
 
 Us 
 
 You 
 {Them, 
 
 Me 
 
 Thee 
 
 Him, her 
 
 Us 
 
 You 
 
 Them 
 
 •2 
 
 '^ 
 ^ 
 
 i 
 
VERB. 
 
 71 
 
 Il voulait or 
 
 il ordonnerait 
 
 que 
 
 Je 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 ^ Ils, elles ^ 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 FIN 
 
 isse 
 
 isses 
 
 ît ^ 
 
 /usions 
 
 miez 
 
 ment 
 
 § ^ ^ 
 
 S !;. g 
 
 CO c ^ 
 
 ^ 2? ?ê 
 
 (iVe 
 Thee 
 
 Him, her 
 Us 
 You 
 Them 
 
 
 Form the compound tenses of that mode as it is indicated in our 
 preceding pages. 
 
 Present, 
 
 II veut, il ordonne que. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 Future. 
 
 II voudra, il ordonnera que. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 II, eUe, 
 
 Nous 
 
 Tu, 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 Je, 
 
 issE 
 
 Î^.SI0NS 
 /SSENT 
 
 issiEZ 
 issYi 
 
 USES 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 Tu, 
 
 Nous, 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 Je, 
 
 25.SIONS 
 
 issE 
 
 USIEZ 
 ^SSENT 
 ÎSSE 
 
 ÏSSES 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Il voulait, il ordonnerait que. 
 
 Ils, elles, ÎT 
 
 Je, issE^T 
 
 Nous, issE 
 
 II, elle, issioiss 
 
 Vous, USES 
 
 Tu, miEZ 
 
 INFINITIVE MODE. 
 
 Present. 
 Finir, to finish. 
 
 Present. 
 Finissant, finishing. 
 
 Past. 
 
 Avoir fini, to have finished, 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Past. 
 
 Fini-ie, finished. 
 
 FINISSANT. 
 AVOIR FINI. 
 
 Compound. 
 Ayant fini, having finished, 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 FINIR. 
 
 (Name each of these tenses.) 
 
 FINI-IE. 
 AYANT FINI. 
 
 ORAL PRACTICiî. 
 
 1. IlveatqwQ je finisse. 2. Il voudra qu'ils finissent. 3. Il 
 voulait que je finisse. 4. Il veut que j'aie fini. 5. Il voudrait 
 qu'ils eussent fini. 6. Aj^ant fini. 7. Il veut que tu finisses. 8. Il 
 voudra que vous finissiez. 9. Il voulait que tu finisses. 10. Il 
 veut que tu aies fini. 11. Il voidait que tu eusses fini. 12. Fini. 
 13. /Z veut qu'il finisse. 14. 77 voudra que nous finissions. 15. Il 
 voudrait qu'il finît. 16. Il veut qu'il ait fini. 17. Il voudrait 
 que vous eussiez fini. 18. Finie. 19. Il veut que nous finissions. 
 20. Il voudra qu'il finisse. 21. Il voulait que nous finissions. 
 
72 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 22. II veut que nous aj^ons fini. 23. Il voudrait que nous eussions 
 fini. 24. Finissant. 25. /^ i;eif^ que vous finissiez. 26. /? voudra 
 que tu finisses. 27. /^ voudrait que vous finissiez. 28. Il veut 
 que vous ayez fini. 29. /Z voudrait qu'il eût fini. 30. Avoir fini. 
 31. Il veut qu'ils finissent. 32. Il voudra que je finisse. 33. Il 
 î;oîi?a7'^ qu'ils finissent. 34. /? î;eit^ qu'ils aient fini. 35. Il vou- 
 drait que y eusse uni, 36. Finir. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. He wants me to finisli. 2. He will want them to finish. 
 3. He was wanting me to finish. 4. He wants thee to finish. 
 5. He will want you to finish. 6. He was wanting thee to finish. 
 7. He wants him to finish. 8. He will want us to finish. 9. He 
 was wanting him to finish. 10. He wants us to finish. 11. He 
 will want him to finish. 12. He wants you to finish. 13. He was 
 wanting you to finish. 14. He will want thee to finish. 15. He 
 was wanting us to finish. 16. He wants them to finish. 17. He 
 will want me to finish. 18. He was wanting them to finish. 
 19. He wants me to have finished. 20. Having finished. 21. He 
 must have finished. 22. Finished, M. 23. He wants thee to 
 have finished. 24. He would want you to have finished, 25. Fin- 
 ished, F. 26. He wants him to have finished. 27. He would 
 want us to have finished. 28. Finishing. 29. He wants us to 
 have finished. 30. He would want him to have finished. 31. To 
 have finished. 32. He wants you to have finished. 33. He would 
 want you to have finished. 34. To finish. 35. He wants them to 
 have finished. 36. He would want me to have finished. 
 
 Conjugation of the verb Recevoir ^ to receive, third conjugation in 
 
 OIR, from the present indicative to the past anterior of that mode, 
 
 INDICATIVE MODE. 
 
 Present 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 'ois, 
 
 / receive. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 erONS 
 
 Tu, 
 
 
 ois. 
 
 Thou receivedst. 
 
 II, elle, 
 
 OIVENT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 oit, 
 
 He., she receives. 
 
 Nous, 
 
 OIS 
 
 Nous 
 
 >■ REÇ ' 
 
 et-ons, 
 
 We \ 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 OIS 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 evez^ 
 
 You > receive. 
 
 Tu, 
 
 ev%Z 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ oivent, 
 
 They \ 
 
 Je, 
 
 OIT 
 
 * With this verb, Ç requires a (5) before and U. 
 to all the verbs ending in CER. 
 
 This remark applies 
 
VERB. 
 
 73 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 Je 
 
 
 ' evais, / 
 
 ^ 
 
 Nous, 
 
 eVAIT 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 evais, ^lliou 
 
 \^ 
 
 Tu, 
 
 eVIONS 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 6vait, He^ she 
 
 g 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 eVAis 
 
 Nous 
 
 " REÇ •< 
 
 6vions, We 
 
 S 
 
 Je, 
 
 6VIEZ 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 eviez. You 
 
 '? 
 
 II, elle, 
 
 6VAIS 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 6vaient, TJiey 
 
 i 
 
 Vous, 
 
 AVAIENT 
 
 Past Definite, 
 
 
 
 
 Je ^ 
 
 
 ' us, / received. 
 
 Nous 
 
 US 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 us, Thou receivedst. 
 
 Tu 
 
 UT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 ut, Ile, she r 
 
 eceived. 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 ÛMES 
 
 Nous 
 
 ^ REÇ " 
 
 ûmes. We ^ 
 
 
 Je 
 
 URENT 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 ûtes, You > T 
 
 eceived. 
 
 II, elle 
 
 ÛTES 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^urent. They J 
 
 
 Vous 
 
 US 
 
 With the past participle reçu, combined with the present, im- 
 perfect and past definite of the auxiliary avoir, form the com- 
 pound tenses of this mode. 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Us reçoivent. 2. Je recevais. 3. Ils reçurent. 4. Nous 
 recevons. 5. Ils eurent reçu. 6. J'avais reçu. 7, Vous recevez. 
 8. Tu recevais. 9. Vous reçûtes. 10. Ils ont reçu. 11. Tu 
 avais reçu. 12. J'eus reçu. 13. Nous reçûmes. 14. Il recevait. 
 15. Tu eus reçu. 16. Il avait reçu. 17. Il reçoit. 18. Nous 
 recevions. 19. Je reçus. 20. Vous avez reçu. 21. Tu reçois. 
 22. Vous receviez. 23. Tu as reçu. 24. Nous avons reçu. 25. 
 Il eut reçu. 26. Ils avaient reçu. 27. Je reçois. 28. Ils rece- 
 vaient. 29. H reçut. 30. Il a reçu. 31. Nous eûmes reçu. 
 32. Nous avions reçu. 33. Tu reçus. 34. Vous eûtes reçu. 35. 
 J'ai reçu. 36. Vous aviez reçu, (see page 56). 
 
 V\rRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Thou hast been receiving. 2. I was receiving. 3. They 
 received. 4. I have received. 5. You receive. 6. I had re- 
 ceived. 7. They had been receiving. 8. I had received. 9. Thou 
 was receiving, or used to receive. 10. You received. 11. Thou 
 hadst received. 12. You had been receiving. 13. You had re- 
 ceived. 14. We receive. 15. He used to receive. 16. We 
 received. 17. He has received. 18. They used to receive. 19. 
 We had been receiving. 20. He receives. 21. We used to 
 receive. 22. He received. 23. We have received. 24. He had 
 7 D 
 
74 
 
 rillST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 received. 25. We had receired. 26. Tliou receivest. 27. You 
 used to receive. 28. I received or did receive. 29. Yqu have 
 received. 30. He had been receiving. 31. I receive. 32. Thou 
 hadst received. 33. The}^ have received. 34. Thou receivedst, 
 or did receive. 35. They receive. 36. They had received. 
 
 After translation into French, turn the same exercise inten^oga- 
 tively : As-tu reçu? Recevais-je? With indication of each syllable 
 and reference to the primitive sounds. 
 
 Continuation of Recevoir^ to receive, /?^om the future indicative to 
 the subjunctive mode. 
 
 Future. 
 
 eiJrai, / loill 
 
 eyras, Thou shalt 
 
 e?;ra, He^ she shall 
 
 eyrons, We ivill 
 
 ewez, You shall 
 
 ^ evYontj They shall 
 
 Je 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 CONDITIONAL MODE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 élirais, / woidd 
 
 errais, Thou shouldst 
 errait, He.^ she sliould 
 errions. We would 
 erriez, You should 
 ^ iraient, They shoidd ^ 
 
 With the past participle reçu, combined with the future and 
 present conditional of avoir, form the future anterior and past 
 conditional of this verb: J'aurai or^ J'aurais reçu, etc. 
 
 Je 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 Ils, elles 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Tu 
 
 ei;RONS 
 
 Nous 
 
 eyRAS 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 eyREZ 
 
 Vous 
 
 ei^RA 
 
 II, elle 
 
 erRAl 
 
 Je 
 
 evRONT 
 
 Tu 
 
 ei^RIONS 
 
 Nous 
 
 ez;RAis 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 eyRIEZ 
 
 Vous 
 
 ei;RAIENT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 eyRAis 
 
 Je 
 
 ei;RAiT 
 
 [ois, 
 REÇ < evons, 
 [evez. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MODE. 
 
 Receive [thon). f cvEZ. 
 
 Let tis receive. Subjects understood \ ois 
 
 Receive [you). [evONS 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Es recevront. 2. J'aurai reçu. 3. Je recevrai. 4. Ils au- 
 raient reçu. 5. Recevez. 6. Vous auriez reçu. 7. Tu recevrais. 
 8. Tu auras reçu. 9. Vous recevrez. 10. Il aura reçu. 11. Il 
 recevrait. 12. Nous aurions reçu. 13. Recevons. 14. Il aurait 
 reçu. 15. Nous recevrions. 16. Nous aurons reçu. 17. Nous 
 recevrons. 18. Vous aurez reçu. 19. Vous recevriez. 20. Tu 
 
VERB. 
 
 75 
 
 aurais reçu. 21. Reçois. 22. J'aurais reçu. 23. Ils recevraient. 
 24. Ils auront reçu. 25. Il recevra. 26. Je ro-cuvrais. 27. Tu 
 recevras. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Receive (you). 2. They would liave received. 3. I should 
 have received. 4. They will have received. 5. They will receive. 
 6. Thou wouldst receive. 7. You would have received. 8. Let 
 us receive. 9. You will receive. 10. I shall receive. 11. Thou 
 wilt receive. 12. He would receive. 13. We should have re- 
 ceived. 14. Receive (thou). 15. We shall have received. 16. 
 He will have received. 17. We should receive. 18. He would 
 have received. 19. He will receive. 20. You will have received. 
 21. Thou wouldst receive. 22. You would receive. 23. I shall 
 receive. 24. We shall have received. 25. They would receive. 
 26. You should have received. 27. You will receive. 
 
 After translation of this exercise into French, make it interroga- 
 tive ; using Est-ce que ? with some propositions, and placing the 
 pronoun after the verb with others. Subjects being understood in 
 the imperative, that mode is not susceptible of interrogation. 
 
 Conclusion of the verb Recevoir, to receive. 
 
 H désire que 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
 
 Present 
 To express wish cà?* desire : 
 
 fJe 
 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 
 Nous 
 
 Yous 
 ^Ils, elles ^ 
 
 y REC 
 
 oire, 
 oives, 
 oiie, 
 edons, 
 étiez, 
 ^ oivent, 
 
 f-l 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 •*> 
 
 .g 
 
 • •^ 
 
 
 
 CO " 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■S 
 
 <i> 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 me 
 
 thee 
 
 htm, her 
 
 us 
 
 you 
 
 them 
 
 H désirera que 
 
 fJe 
 Tu 
 
 11, elle 
 Nous 
 Yous 
 Ils, elles 
 
 Future. 
 
 - REÇ 
 
 oive, 
 
 ^ 
 
 me 
 
 owes, 
 
 oice, 
 
 et/ions. 
 
 If 
 
 thee 
 
 him, her 
 us 
 
 étiez, 
 ^ oivent, 
 
 ■ja:) O 
 
 you 
 Jhem 
 
76 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 ^ i«sse, 
 
 g g 
 
 me 
 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 W5ses, 
 
 i>I*^ 
 ^ S 
 
 thee 
 
 •i 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 ût, 
 
 :l'^- 
 
 Mm, her 
 
 
 Nous 
 
 - REÇJ - 
 
 lissions, 
 
 JiJ o 
 
 us 
 
 §^ 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 lisiez, 
 
 you 
 
 ^ 
 
 Ds, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^wssent, 
 
 Pq§ 
 
 ^ them 
 
 
 H désirait or 
 
 désirerait 
 
 que^ 
 
 Witli the present and imperfect of the subjunctive of avoir^ and 
 the participle reçu, form the compound tenses of this mode : II 
 désire que J^aie reçu; Il désirait que J'eusse reçu. 
 
 Present 
 
 Il désire que. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 Future, Sf 
 
 Il désirera que. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Il désirait or désirerait que. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 Nous, 
 
 Tu, 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 Je, 
 
 oivE II, elle, 
 
 ez;lONS Vous, 
 
 OIYENT Tu, 
 
 eyiEZ Nous, 
 
 ow^ Ils, elles, 
 
 oivES Je, 
 
 e^iONS Ils, elles, tiT 
 
 o^yE Je, dissent 
 
 evmz Nous, vssi& 
 
 OIVENT II, elle, -WSSIONS 
 
 oîv^ Vous, USSES 
 
 oîvis^s Tu, USSÏEZ 
 
 infinitive mode, 
 
 Present \ 
 
 Recevoir, to receive. 
 
 Avoir reçu, 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Recevant, 
 
 Present. 
 
 receiving. 
 
 Reçu-ue, 
 
 Past 
 
 to have received. 
 
 Past 
 
 received. 
 
 RECEVANT. 
 AVOIR REÇU. 
 
 Compound, 
 Ayant reçu, having received. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 RECEVOIR. 
 
 (Name each of these tenses. ) 
 
 AYANT REÇU. 
 REÇU-UE. 
 
 In the practice, of infinitives, learners have only to designate 
 each tense by means of their peculiar inflections. 
 
 * Any past tenses of the indicative mode, will require the use of the iwi- 
 per/ect or pluperfect of the subjunctive. 
 
VERB. 77 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. n désire que je reçoive. 2. Il désirera que je reçoive. 3. Il 
 désirait qu'ils reçussent. 4. Il désire que j'aie reçu. 5. Il désire- 
 rait qu'ils reçussent. 6. Recevoir. 7. Il désire que tu reçoives. 
 8. Il désirera qu'il reçoive. 9. Il désirait que vous reçussiez. 
 10. Il désire que tu aies reçu. 11. Il désirait c{\xe youï^, eussiez 
 reçu. 12. Avoir reçu. 13. Il désire qu'il reçoive. 14. Il dé- 
 sirera que tu reçoives. 15. Il désirerait que nous reçussions. 
 16. Il désire qu'il ait reçu. 17. Il désirerait que nous eussions 
 reçu. 18. Recevant. 19. Il désire que nous recevions. 20. // 
 désirei^ait qu'il reçût. 21. Il désirera que vous receviez. 22. Il 
 désire que nous ayons reçu. 23. Il désirei^ait qu'il ait reçu. 
 24. Reçu. 25. Il désire que vous receviez. 26. Il désirera que 
 nous recevions. 27. Il désirait que tu reçusse. 28. Il désire que 
 vous aj'cz reçu. 29. Il désirerait que tu eusses reçu. 30. Ayant 
 reçu. 31. /^ c?e5zVe qu'ils reçoivent. 32. Il désireru qu'ils reçoi- 
 vent. 33. Il désirait que je reçusse. 34. Il désirei^a qu'ils aient 
 reçu. 35. Reçue. 36. Il désirerait que }' eusse reçu. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. He wishes me to receive. 2. He will wisli them to receive. 
 3. He wishes me to have received. 4. He would wish them to 
 have received. 5. He wishes thee to receive. 6. He will wish 
 you to receive. 7. He wishes thee to have received. 8. He would 
 wish you to have received. 9. He was wishing me to have re- 
 ceived. 10. To receive. 11. He wishes him to receive. 12. He 
 will wish us to receive. 13. He wishes him to have received. 
 14. He would wish us to have received. 15. He was wishing thee 
 to receive. 16. To have received. 17. He wishes us to receive. 
 18. He will wish him to receive. 19. He wishes us to have re- 
 ceived. 20. He would wish him to have received. 21. He was 
 wishing him to receive. 22. Receiving. 23. He wishes you to 
 receive. 24. He will wish thee to receive. 25. He wishes you to 
 have received. 26. He would wish thee to have received. 27. He 
 was wishing us to have received. 28. Received, 3L 29. He 
 wishes them to receive. 30. He was wishing me to receive. 31. He 
 wishes them to have received. 32, He would wish me to have 
 received. 33. Received, F. 34, He was wishing you to receive. 
 35. Having received. 36^ He was wishing theni to receive. 
 
78 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Whether coiijugated with, or without negations, verbs express 
 AFFIRMATIONS or ASSERTIONS, unless employed under the inter- 
 rogative form. (See page 49). From this principle it follows 
 that ASSERTIONS Or AFFIRÎIIATIONS are of two sorts : Positive or 
 Negative. 
 
 In the first instance verbs affirm that an action is, HAS been, 
 or WILL BE ; in the second that the same action is not, has not 
 
 been, or WILL NOT BE. 
 
 It is, therefore, indispensable to the exact comprehension of the 
 nature of verbs and their functions in speech, that this distinction 
 between positive or negative assertions or affir^iations be 
 thoroughly understood by learners, lest they might suppose that 
 combined with negations verbs express no assertion or af- 
 firmation. 
 
 Accordingly, to mark absence of action use NE, PAS, {not in 
 English), before infinitives ; and in other modes place verbs between 
 these two negations in French : 
 
 Ne pas manger, nous ne mangeons pas ; not to eat, we do not eat. 
 
 Remark. — In this example there is affirsiation, and the 
 meaning is Negative : the verb manger, to eat, being combined 
 with the negations ne, pas, not. On the contrary, in the ex- 
 pressions : 
 
 Nier, manger, nous mangeons ; to deny, to eat, we eat. 
 
 The affirmation is the same and the meaning is positive, 
 because the verbs nier, manger, are employed without negations. 
 
 E, in ne, is dropped before verbs beginning with a vowel or H 
 mute. 
 
 In compound tenses, ne, (not) is placed before the auxiliary; pas, 
 (not) after it. 
 
 Vous 7i'avez pas reçu le pain. You have not i^eceived the bread, 
 lis n out pas pris d'argent. They have not taken any money. 
 
 The second negative pas is dropped when ne is followed by 
 one of the following expressions : 
 
 Ni, Neither. Guère, not much. 
 
 Rien, plus que. Nothing, only, hut. Nullement, 1 
 
 Personne, Nobody. Aucunement, I , , jj 
 
 Aucun, None, I^as-du-tout, ^ f 
 
 Jamais, Never, En aucune manière, J 
 
 Apply these principles to the preceding exercises, and turn 
 them into negative propositions : II désire que je ifie reçoive pas. 
 
VERB. 
 
 V9 
 
 Conjugçition of the verb Vendre^ to sell, fourth conjugation in RE, 
 from the present indicative to the past anterior. 
 
 INDICATWE MODE. 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 Practice 
 
 . 
 
 Je 
 
 
 ' s, / sell. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 ONS 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 s, Thou sellest 
 
 E, elle. 
 
 ■X- 
 
 11, elle 
 
 
 * He^ she sells. 
 
 Nous, 
 
 S 
 
 Nous 
 
 > 
 
 ons. We 1 
 
 lis, elles. 
 
 EZ 
 
 Vous 
 
 ez, Jb?^ > sell. 
 
 Tu, 
 
 ENT 
 
 Es, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ent, I'Ae^ J 
 
 Je, 
 
 S 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 ' ais, I 
 
 ^. Nous, 
 
 AIT 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 ais, ^Aow 
 
 ^ Tu, 
 
 IONS 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 ait. He, she 
 
 ^ o Ils, elles, 
 
 Aïs 
 
 Nous 
 
 > 
 
 ions, TTe 
 
 r^ Je, 
 
 lEZ 
 
 Vous 
 
 iez, You 
 
 n Vous, 
 
 AIENT 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ aient, 5^A€2/. 
 
 ^ E,elle, 
 
 Aïs 
 
 Past Definite. 
 
 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 is, / did 
 
 Nous, 
 
 IS 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 is, ^Aow c?icZs^ 
 
 Tu, 
 
 IT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 it, He, she ^ 
 
 p-l Ils, elles, 
 
 ÎMES 
 
 Nous 
 
 > 
 
 îmes. We [.,. 
 ites, low p'^ 
 
 " ^ Je, 
 
 IRENT 
 
 Vous 
 
 E, eUe, 
 
 ÎTES 
 
 Es, elles ^ 
 
 
 firent, They J j 
 
 Vous, 
 
 IS 
 
 Form the compound tenses with the 
 
 past participle vendu, and 
 
 the requi 
 
 redt 
 
 enses of the auxiliary avoi 
 
 r, to have. 
 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Je vends. 2. Es vendaient. 3. Es vendirent. 4. J'ai 
 vendu. 5. J'eus vendu. 6. Ils avaient vendu. 7. Tu vends. 
 8. Tu vendais. 9. Vous vendîtes. 10. Tu as vendu. 11. Tu 
 eus vendu. 12. Vous avez vendu. 13. E vend. 14. E vendait. 
 15. Nous vendîmes. 16. E a vendu. 
 Nous avions vendu. 19. Nous vendons, 
 avons vendu. 22. Nous eûmes vendu. 
 Nous vendions. 25. Vous vendiez, 
 aviez vendu. 28. Tu avais vendu. 
 
 17. Il eut vendu. 18. 
 20. Il vendit. 21. Nous 
 
 23. J'avais vendu. 24. 
 26. Tu vendis. 27. Vous 
 29. Vous vendez. 30. Es 
 
 -î^' VerlDS ending in dre, or oudre, have no inflexion in the third person 
 singular of that tense. Those ending in indre, as peindre, teindre; to 
 paint, to dye, have a T in that third person : II peinf, il tein^ 
 
80 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 vendent. 31. Je vendis. 32. Us ont vendu, 
 vendu. 34. E avait vendu. 35. Ils vendirent. 
 
 33. Ils eurent 
 36. Je vendais. 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Sell. 2. Thou used to sell. 3. I did sell. 4. They have sold. 
 5. I had sold. 6. They had been selling. 7. Thou sellest. 8. 
 Thou didst sell. 9. You had sold. 10. Thou hadst sold. 11. 
 You had been selling. 12. You used to sell. 13. He or she sells. 
 14. We used to sell. 15. He did sell. 16. We have sold. 17. 
 He or she has sold. 18. They used to sell. 19. We sell. 20. He 
 or she used to sell. 21. We did sell. 22. He or she has sold. 
 23. We had sold. 24. He had been selling. 25. You sell. 26. 
 Thou used to sell. 27. You did sell. 28. Thou hast sold. 29. 
 You had sold. 30. Thou hadst been selling. 31 They sell. 32. 
 I used to sell. 33. They did sell. 34. He or she has sold. 35. 
 They had sold. 36. I had been selling. 
 
 Remarks. — 1. To render verbs interrogatively with a negative 
 meaning, place the negative ne before the verb, and the pronoun 
 subject after the verb, pas coming the last in simple tenses: 
 
 JV'ai-jepas, n'as-tupas.^ Have I not, hadst thou not? 
 
 In compound tenses use the same construction, and place the 
 past participle the last : 
 
 iV^'ai-je pas ew, n'as-tu pas eu? Have I not^ hadst thou not? 
 
 2. Should another negative word be connected with ne^ employ 
 that word and drop pas : 
 
 Je «'ai rieiij tu n'a.s Jamais fini; I have nothing, thou hast never done. 
 
 Apply these principles to our preceding exercise in the affirma- 
 tive POSITIVE form. 
 
 Continuation of the verb Vendre^ to sell, /ro7}i the past anterior, to 
 
 
 
 
 the subjunctive mode. 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 Practice, 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 rai 
 
 I will 1 
 
 
 Tu RONS 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 ras 
 
 Thou shah 
 
 
 Nous, RAS 
 
 II, elle 
 
 > ^ J 
 
 ra 
 
 He, she shall 
 
 r^ 
 
 Us, elles REZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 > 
 
 rons 
 
 We will 
 
 
 Vous, RA 
 
 Vous 
 
 rez 
 
 You shall 
 
 
 U, elle, RAX 
 
 Us, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ront 
 
 They shall 
 
 
 Je RONT 
 
VERB. 
 
 81 
 
 CONDITIONAL MODE. 
 
 Present, 
 
 I would 
 
 Thou shoutdst 
 
 He, she should 
 
 We would 
 
 You should 
 
 They should 
 
 -This verb lias no additional letters between its stem 
 and its endings. — Form the compound tenses with the past parti- 
 ciple vendu, and the required tenses of AVOIR, to have. 
 
 Je 1 
 
 
 ' rais 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 rais 
 
 II, elle 
 
 fi 
 
 rait 
 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 
 > 
 
 rions 
 riez 
 
 Ils, elles ^ 
 
 
 ^ raient 
 
 Re?.l\e 
 
 K.— 
 
 This Y( 
 
 Tu 
 
 RIONS 
 
 Nous 
 
 RAIS 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 RIEZ 
 
 Vous 
 
 RAIENT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 RAIS 
 
 Je 
 
 RAIT 
 
 I]SrPERATIVE MODE. 
 
 VEND 
 
 S, 
 
 ons. 
 ez, 
 
 Sell (thou). 
 Let us sell. 
 Sell (you). 
 
 Subjects understood < s 
 
 EZ 
 
 ONS 
 
 ORAL PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Je vendrai. 2. Ils vendraient. 3. Tu vendras. 4. Vous 
 vendrez. 5. Il vendra. 6. Nous vendrions. 7. Nous vendrons. 
 8. Il vendrait. 9. Yous vendriez. 10. Tu vendrais. 11. Ils 
 vendront. 12. Je vendrais. 13. J'aurai vendu. 14. Ils auraient 
 vendu. 15. Tu auras vendu. 16. Vends. 17. Vous auriez 
 
 vendu. 18. Il aura vendu. 19. 
 dons. 21. Nous aurons vendu. 
 
 Nous aurions vendu. 20. Ven- 
 22. E aurait vendu. 23. Vous 
 
 aurez vendu. 24. Vendez. 25. Tu aurais vendu. 26. Es auront 
 vendu. 27. J'aurais vendu. 
 
 Turn orally this exercise and express: 1. A negative asser- 
 tion. 2. Use the verb interrogatively. 3. Express nega- 
 tively an interrogation: Je ne vendrai pas. Vendrai-jef Ne 
 vendrai-je pa^ f 
 
 WRITTEN PRACTICE. 
 
 1. Sell (ye or you). 2. You would have sold. 3. Thou wilt 
 have sold. 4. He will have sold. 5. They would have sold. 6. 
 We should have sold. 7. I will have sold. 8. Let us sell. 9. I 
 would have sold. 10. We will have sold. 11. They will sell. 
 12. He would have sold. 13. Thou wouldst sell. 14. You shall 
 have sold. 15. You will sell. 16. Sell (thou). 17. He would 
 sell. 18. Thou shouldst have sold. 19. We will sell. 20. They 
 will have sold. 21. We would sell. 22. I would sell. 23. He 
 
 D* 
 
82 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 will sell. 24. I will sell. 25. You would sell. 26. They would 
 sell. 27. Thou shalt sell. 
 
 To obtain a ready practice of verbs under any form, turn these 
 exercises interrogatively, and asserting negatively in adding ne pas. 
 
 Conclasion of the verb Vendre^ to sell. 
 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MODE, 
 
 
 
 
 Present, 
 
 To express apprehension. 
 
 or fear, with this mode the French use 
 
 NE idiomatically, 
 
 viz : without negative meaning. 
 
 
 fJe 
 
 
 fe ^- 
 
 '/ sell 
 
 J'appré- 
 hende, or Je- 
 
 Tu 
 
 Q 
 
 es, ^-^ 
 
 Thou sellest. 
 
 II, elle 
 Nous 
 
 VEN 
 
 e ?^ 5- , 
 
 ions Sh,§ 
 
 He, she sells. 
 We ) 
 
 crains que 
 
 Vous 
 
 Si 
 
 lez S". 
 
 You y selL 
 
 
 ^ Ils, elles 
 
 
 ^ent ^ o 
 
 [ They ] 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 
 fJe 
 
 
 'e î^ ^ 
 
 ' I sen. 
 
 J'appré- 
 
 Tu 
 
 P 
 
 es 1^ 
 
 Thou sellest. 
 
 henderai, or 
 
 11, elle 
 
 ^ 
 w 
 
 ^ S^o"? . 
 
 He, she sells. 
 
 Je craindrai 
 
 Nous 
 
 > ^ 
 
 ions te ^^S 
 
 We ] 
 
 que 
 
 Vous 
 
 i 
 
 iez 1^ 
 
 Yon }■ sell. 
 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 
 Lent sJ 
 
 .They ] 
 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 
 Je 
 
 
 ' isse & 
 
 '/ had ^ 
 
 
 J'appré- 
 
 Tu 
 
 P 
 
 isses 't "§ 
 
 Thou hast 
 
 
 hendais or^ 
 
 II, elle 
 
 ^ 
 
 w 
 
 it ^ ^^ 
 i^.sions cc J 
 
 He. she had 
 
 S' 
 
 Je craindrais' 
 
 Nous 
 
 > ' 
 
 We had 
 
 
 que 
 
 Vous 
 
 ^ 
 s 
 
 iss'iez 1 -§ 
 
 You had 
 
 
 
 ^ Ils, elles 
 
 
 ^ assent K^ 
 
 ^ They had 
 
 
 Form the compound tenses with the participle vendu : Il craint 
 que^e naie vendu. Je craignais que tu n eusses vendu^ etc. 
 
 
 
 
 PRACTICE 
 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Il craint 
 
 que 
 
 etc. 
 
 Vous appréheuderez, etc. 
 
 Il appréhendait que, etc. 
 
 Vous 
 
 
 E 
 
 Il, elle 
 
 IONS 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 ÎT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 
 IONS 
 
 Vous 
 
 E 
 
 Je 
 
 iv.SENT 
 
 Nous 
 
 
 ENT 
 
 Tu 
 
 lEZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 iSSE 
 
 Tu 
 
 
 lEZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 ENT 
 
 II, elle 
 
 î'ssiONS 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 
 E 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 E 
 
 Vous 
 
 W.SES 
 
 Je 
 
 
 ES 
 
 Je 
 
 ES 
 
 Tu 
 
 zissTKZ 
 
VERB. 83 
 
 INFINITIVE MODE. 
 
 Present. I Past 
 
 Vendre, to scU. \ Avoir vendu, to have sold. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present I Past, 
 
 Veiidant, seJUng. \ Vendu-ue, sold. 
 
 Compound. 
 Ayant vendu, having sold. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 AVOIR VENDU. VENDU-UE. VENDRE. 
 
 VENDANT. (Name each of these tenses.) ayant vendu. 
 
 ORAL practice. 
 
 1. P craint que je ne vende. 2. 77 craindra qu'ils ne vendent. 
 3. n amnt que je n'aie vendu. 4. Il craindrait que je n'eusse 
 vendu. 5. A^w^ era ?*^??o?zs que tu ne vendes. 6. Je craindrai qwQ 
 vous ne vendiez. 7. Kous craignons que tu n'aies vendu. 8. PI 
 craindrait que vous n'eussiez vendu. 9. Yous craigniez que je ne 
 vendisse. 10. Vendre. 11. P craignait qu'ils ne vendissent. 
 12. Avoir vendu. 13. Vous craignez que je ne vende. 14. Il 
 craindra que nous ne vendions. 15. Je crains qu'il n'ait vendu. 
 16. Fb?^5craî^?i2e2; que nous n'eussions vendu. 17. Nous craignions 
 que tu ne vendisses. 18. Vendant. 19. Je craignais que vous ne 
 vendissiez. 20. Vendu. 21. 77 crai?if que nous ne vendions. 22. 
 Il craindra qu'il ne vende. 23. Je crains que nous n'ayons vendu. 
 24. P craindrait qu'il n'eût vendu. 25. Je crains que vous na 
 vendiez. 26. Il o^aindra que tu ne vendes. 27. Nou^ craignons 
 que vous n'ayez vendu. 28. 77 craindrait que tu n'eusses vendu. 
 29. Fbi^s c?'ai*^?u62 que nous ne vendissions. 30. Vendue. 31. Je 
 craignais qu'il ne vendît. 32. JSous craignons qu'ils ne vendent. 
 33. Il craindra que je ne vende. 34. Je crains qu'ils n'aient 
 vendu. 35. 77 craindrait que je n'eusse vendu. 36. Ayant vendu. 
 
 written practice. 
 
 1. He fears that I sell. 2. She will fear that they sell. 3. He 
 was fearing that I had sold. 4. You fear that I have sold. 
 5. We would fear that they had sold. 6. To sell. 7. I fear that 
 thou sellest. 8. He will fear that you sell. 9. He was fearing 
 
84 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 that you had sold. 10, We will fear that thou hast sold. 11. I 
 would fear that you had sold. 12. To have sold. 13. You fear 
 that he will sell. 14. She fears that we will sell. 15. He was 
 fearing that he had sold. 16. We fear that he has sold. 17. He 
 would fear that we had sold. 18. Selling. 19. You fear that 
 we will sell. 20. He fears that thou wilt sell. 21. He was fear- 
 ing that we had sold. 22. You fear that we have sold. 23. He would 
 fear that thou hadst sold. 24. Sold, 3L 25. We fear that you 
 sell. 26. He would fear that thou hast sold. 27. He was fear- 
 ing that you had sold. 28. I fear that thej^ have sold. 29. You 
 would fear that I had sold. 30. Sold, F. 31. He fears that they 
 sell. 32. They will fear that I sell. 33. He was fearing that they 
 had sold. 34. You fear that I will sell. 35. We were fearing that 
 he had sold. 36. Having sold. 
 
 Re^iarks. — 1. To render negatively the assertions of the preced- 
 ing exercise, add pas after the verb, or any other negative word : 
 
 II craint que je ne vende joas, Ee fears that I will not sell. 
 
 Nous craignons qu'il ne vende rien, We fear that he loill sell nothing. 
 
 2. The subjunctive mode rejecting the interrogative forms, to 
 render the preceding sentences interrogatively, use the interroga- 
 tive forms with the first verb. 
 
 Est-ce qu'il craint que je ne vende? Does lie fear that I sell? 
 
 Craint-elle que je ne vende? Does she fear that I sell? 
 
 REMARKS ON VERBS OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 To he given to learners to conjugate on the model verb of the first 
 conjugation in ER. 
 
 Aimer, 
 
 To love. 
 
 Marcher, 
 
 To walk. 
 
 Danser, 
 
 To dance. 
 
 Chercher, 
 
 To seek. 
 
 Donner, 
 
 To give. 
 
 Former, 
 
 To form. 
 
 Demander, 
 
 To ash. 
 
 Flatter, 
 
 Toflatter. 
 
 Sauter, 
 
 To jump. 
 
 Dédaigner, 
 
 To disdain. 
 
 Frapper, 
 
 To strike. 
 
 Trainer, 
 
 To drag. 
 
 Porter, 
 
 To carry. 
 
 Autoriser, 
 
 To authorize. 
 
 Parler, 
 
 To speak. 
 
 Aborder, 
 
 To meet. 
 
 1. In verbs ending in CER, Chas a cedilla under it, when com- 
 ing before A or 0. 
 
 Je menaçais, nous plaçons, I threatened^ we place. 
 
VERB. 
 
 85 
 
 In this manner are conjugated the following verhs : 
 
 Avancer, 
 
 To advance. 
 
 Menacer, 
 
 To threaten. 
 
 Amorcer, 
 
 To prime. 
 
 Percer, 
 
 To perforate. 
 
 Balancer, 
 
 To balance. 
 
 Pincer, 
 
 To pinch. 
 
 Divorcer, 
 
 To divorce. 
 
 Prononcer, 
 
 To pronounce. 
 
 Ensemencer, 
 
 To sow 
 
 Renoncer, 
 
 To renounce. 
 
 Enfoncer, 
 
 To hreah up. 
 
 Replacer, 
 
 To replace. 
 
 Gercer, 
 
 To chap. 
 
 Renforcer, 
 
 To strengthen. 
 
 Glacer, 
 
 To freeze. 
 
 Sucer, 
 
 To suck. 
 
 Influencer, 
 
 To influence. 
 
 Tracer, 
 
 To trace. 
 
 2. Verbs ending in ger, add E after G when that letter pre- 
 
 cedes A or C 
 
 ). 
 
 
 
 Je mangeais, nous mangeons, I was 
 
 eating, we eat. 
 
 Thus are conjugated : 
 
 
 
 Affliger, 
 
 To afflict. 
 
 Juger, 
 
 To judge. 
 
 Alléger, 
 
 To alleviate. 
 
 Manger, 
 
 To eat. 
 
 Allonger, 
 
 To lengthen. 
 
 Ménager, 
 
 To spare. 
 
 Arranger, 
 
 To fix. 
 
 Nager, 
 
 To swim. 
 
 Changer, 
 
 To change. 
 
 Partager, 
 
 To divide. 
 
 Charger, 
 
 To load. 
 
 Plonger, 
 
 To plunge or sink. 
 
 Corriger, 
 
 To correct. 
 
 Protéger, 
 
 To protect. 
 
 Dédomager, 
 
 To indemnify. 
 
 Ranger, 
 
 To arrange. 
 
 Héberger, 
 
 To entertain. 
 
 Saccager, 
 
 To destroy. 
 
 Interroger, 
 
 To interrogate. 
 
 Venger, 
 
 To revenge. 
 
 
 Proroger, To prorogue., or to postpone. 
 
 3. Verbs in er having the final syllable of the present infinitive 
 
 preceded by 
 
 a closed É, such 
 
 as considérer. 
 
 régler, etc., before 
 
 mute syllables change the closed É into open È 
 
 1. 
 
 Je considère, 
 
 qu'il considère, 
 
 I consider, 
 
 let him consider. 
 
 Je règle, Je ] 
 
 réglerai, que je règle, Irule^ 1 will ride, let me rule. 
 
 Thus are conjugated the following verbs : 
 
 
 Accélérer, 
 
 To accelerate. 
 
 Excéder, 
 
 To exceed. 
 
 Céder, 
 
 To give up. 
 
 Libérer, 
 
 To liberate. 
 
 Célébrer, 
 
 To celebrate. 
 
 Modérer, 
 
 To moderate. 
 
 Décéder, 
 
 To die. 
 
 Persévérer, 
 
 To persevere. 
 
 Dérégler, 
 
 To unsettle. 
 
 Préférer. 
 
 To prefer. 
 
 Digérer, 
 
 To digest. 
 
 Régner, 
 
 To reign. 
 
 Espérer, 
 
 To hojye. 
 
 Tolérer, 
 
 To tolerate. 
 
 Opérer, To work or operate. 
 
86 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FKENCH. 
 
 4. V^erbs ending in éger such as protéger^ abréger^ are <*xcep- 
 f}ions; tliey retain always the acute (^) on E preceding Gr: 
 
 J' abrège, tu protégeras, I ahhreviate^ tliou wilt protect 
 
 5. Verbs in ER, having the final syllable of the present infinitive 
 preceded by E mute, such as lever ^ mener ^ change E mute into open 
 Ê before silent or mute syllables : 
 
 Lever: Je lève, Je lèverai, 
 Semer: Tu sèmes, sème, 
 
 To raise: Iraise^ I will raise. 
 To sow : Thou sowest^ sow. 
 
 6. Verbs ending in eler, eter, such as appeler, to call; jeter, 
 to throw^ double the consonant L or T before E mute : 
 
 J'appelle, j'appellerai, appelle, 
 Je jette, je jetterai, qu'il jette. 
 
 Icall^ Iicillcaïl, call, 
 
 I throw ^ Iioill throw j let Mm throw. 
 
 In ail the other cases spell them with a single L or T 
 
 Nous appelons, vous appefez. 
 Il je^a, ils jerèrent. 
 
 Thus are conjugated : 
 
 We call, you call. 
 He threw, they threw. 
 
 Acheter, 
 
 To hny. 
 
 Becqueter, 
 
 To pick. 
 
 Cacheter, 
 
 To seal. 
 
 Caqueter, 
 
 To jorattle. 
 
 Crocheter, 
 
 To hook. 
 
 Décacheter, 
 
 To unseal. 
 
 Jeter, 
 
 To throw. 
 
 
 Projeter, 
 
 Rejeter, To reject, 
 
 SouiFeter, To slap. 
 
 Amonceler, To heap. 
 
 Appeler, To call, 
 
 E peler. To spell. 
 
 E tin celer. To shine. 
 
 Geler, To freeze. 
 To project. 
 
 Remark. — The doubling of the consonants l, t, never takes 
 place in the verbs: réceler, reveler, décréter, empiéter, interpréter, 
 inquiéter, répéter, végéter; these verbs ending in the present infini- 
 tive with ÉLER, ÉTER, not with ELER, ETER. 
 
 7. Verbs ending in yer — payer, to pay; balayer, to sweep; 
 change Y into I before E mute : 
 
 Je paie. Je n'étoie. Il balaie, Ipay, I clean, he sweeps, 
 
 8. Verbs ending in 1ER — crier, to cry; prier, to pray; double 
 the I in the first and second persons plural of the imperfect indica- 
 tive. The same persons in the present subjunctive are governed 
 by this rule : 
 
VERB. 87 
 
 Nous criions, vous criiez. We used to cry; you used to cry. 
 
 Que nous priions, que vous priiez, That we pray^ that you pray. 
 
 9. Verbs having their present participle in yant or iant, re- 
 quire I after Y or i in the persons indicated in the preceding remark, 
 changing Y into I before E mute : 
 
 Balaie, nous balayions, vous Sweep, we were sweeping^ you 
 balayiez, used to sweep. 
 
 Thus are conjugated the following verbs : 
 
 Balayer, To sweep. Déployer, To display, 
 
 Bëgayer, To stammer, EfFraj^er, To frighten. 
 
 Cotoyier, To coast. Employer, To employ. 
 
 Coudoyer, To elhoiv. Noyer, To droion. 
 
 Défrayer, To defray. Rudoyer, To act roughly. 
 
 Délayer, To delay. Ployer, To lend. 
 
 10. Verbs having their present infinitive in eer, such as créer, 
 agréer; to create, to agree, retain the two e's through the whole 
 conjugation : 
 
 Je crée, tu crées, je créerai, / create, thou Greatest, I will a^eate. 
 
 Except before the vowels A, o, i: 
 
 Je créai, nous créâmes, nous / did create, ice did create, 
 créons, vous créiez, we create, you did create. 
 
 Thus are conjugated: 
 
 Créer, To create. Gréer, To mg a ship. 
 
 Recréer, To recreate. Agréer, To agree. 
 
 Récréer, To amuse. Suppléer, To replace. 
 
 The endings of the past definite of verbs of this conjugation are : 
 Sing. AI, AS, A, Plur. âme, ates, erent. 
 
 Remarks on verbs of the second conjugation ending in IR. 
 
 1. Some verbs of this conjugation, in the present indicative and 
 subjunctive, adopt the inflections of verbs of the first conjugation 
 such are : 
 
 Couvrir, to cover; offrir, to offer; ouvrir, to open; souffrir, to 
 suffer, etc., which are: Je couvre, j'offre, j'ouvre, je souffre, etc. 
 See our complete course, N. 190. 
 
88 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN PRENCH. 
 
 2. Verbs of this conjugation ending in enir, such as VENIR, 
 have their past definite ending in ins. The regular inflexions for 
 this conjugation are : is, is, it, îmes, îte, irent. 
 
 To be given to learners to conjugate on the model verb : 
 
 Agir, 
 
 To act 
 
 Pourrir, 
 
 To rot. 
 
 Bénir, 
 
 To bless. 
 
 Souffrir, 
 
 To suffer. 
 
 Bannir, 
 
 To banish. 
 
 Gruérir, 
 
 To cure,. 
 
 Grémir, 
 
 To grieve. 
 
 Nantir, 
 
 To secure. 
 
 Flétrir, 
 
 To fade. 
 
 Jouir, 
 
 To enjoy. 
 
 Pétrir, 
 
 To mix bread 
 
 . Applaudir, 
 
 To applaud. 
 
 Remarks on verbs of third conjugation ending in OIR. 
 
 1. Among verbs of this conjugation, only those ending in EVOIR, 
 are conjugated on recevoir. AU the others ending in OIR, such as 
 voir, mouvoir, savoir; to see, to move, to know, etc., conjugate 
 irregularly, as it is indicated at page 61. 
 
 2. Pouvoir, valoir, mouvoir, to be able, to be worth, to move, etc. , 
 require X instead of S. in the first and second person singular of 
 the present indicative : 
 
 Je peux. Je vaux, Je veux, I can, I am worth, I am willing. 
 Tu peux, tu vaux, tu veux, Thou canst, thou art worth, thou art 
 
 3. Whenever the consonant C articulates with the vowels 0, U, 
 in the verb recevoir, or any of its compounds, a cedilla (5) must 
 be used to soften its sound : 
 
 Reçu, reçois, Received, receive. 
 
 The endings of the regular verbs of this conjugation, in the past 
 definite, are: 
 
 Singular. — ^us, us, ur. Plural. — umes, utes, urent. 
 
 To conjugate on the model verb : 
 
 Concevoir, 
 
 Apercevoir, 
 
 Percevoir, 
 
 Devoir, 
 
 Redevoir, 
 
 Pouvoir, 
 
 To understand. 
 
 To see. 
 
 To collect. 
 
 To owe. 
 
 To owe over. 
 
 To be able. 
 
 See irregular vet^bs of the 
 Zd conj., page 102. 
 
 Remarks on some verbs of the fourth conjugation endinsj in RE. 
 
VEKB. 
 
 89 
 
 1. Among verbs of this class ending in dre, some inflected with 
 S in the first and second person singular of the jj resent indicative, 
 have no inflexion in the third person singular of that tense, as it 
 is shown in the paradigm of the model verb. Such are the verbs, 
 vendre, coudre, moudre ; to sell, to stitch^ to grind. Those ending 
 in INDRE, as: peindre, craindre, contraindre; to paint, to fear^ to 
 restrain, have the inflexions S, S, T. Ex. : Je peins, tu peins, il 
 pein^; Je crains, tu crains, il craint, etc. 
 
 For exceptions, see our list of irregular verbs of this conjuga- 
 tion. (Page 102). 
 
 2. Verbs of this conjugation ending in Aître, retain the circum- 
 flex accent on Î when that vowel is followed by T: Connaître, il 
 connaît; to know, he knows. 
 
 The inflexions of the past definite for the regular verbs of this 
 conjugation, are like those of the second: 
 
 Singular. — is, is, it. Plural. — îmes, îtes, irent. 
 
 The following verbs are to be conjugated on the model given for 
 this conjugation : 
 
 Attendre, 
 
 To wait 
 
 Défendre, 
 
 To defend. 
 
 Entendre, 
 
 To hear. 
 
 Confondre, 
 
 To confound. 
 
 Suspendre, 
 
 To suspend. 
 
 Répondre, 
 
 To answer. 
 
 Fendre, 
 
 To split. 
 
 Reprendre, 
 
 To correct. 
 
 Tondre, 
 
 To shear ^ 
 
 etc. 
 
 SYNOPTICAL TABLE 
 
 Of regular French verbs of tliefour conjugations^ wherein are found 
 their regidar endings represented hy capital letters; the additional 
 letters placed between the stem and the endings, parts of the 
 primitive tenses, are set in italic. 
 
 INDICATIVE MODE. 
 
 E 
 
 ES 
 E 
 
 ONS 
 EZ 
 ENT 
 8 * 
 
 Present. 
 
 IS 
 
 0<^ 
 
 'OIS 
 
 S 
 
 
 S 
 
 IS 
 IT 
 
 m^ONS 
 
 
 OIS 
 
 OIT § 
 
 et'ONS ^ ' 
 
 S 
 ONS 
 
 IS 
 
 s 
 
 T 
 
 ^nONS 
 
 issEZ 
 
 1 
 
 evYlL 
 
 EZ 
 
 
 gn^z 
 
 ASSENT 
 
 ^OIVENTorENT 
 
 ^ENT 
 
 
 ^ gnENT 
 
90 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 
 'ais 
 
 ^mAIS 
 
 '' 
 
 evAis 
 
 
 
 'ais 
 
 
 ' P'TlAIS 
 
 
 AIS 
 
 mAIS 
 
 
 ei/Ais 
 
 > 
 
 AIS 
 
 
 ^TlAIS 
 
 < 
 
 AIT g 
 IONS ^ ' 
 
 mAIT 
 
 miONS 
 
 P5 
 
 eiAiT 
 ei;l0N5 
 
 AIT or g 
 IONS P^ 
 
 ^TlAIT 
 ^?IIONS 
 
 
 lEZ 
 
 Î^SIEZ 
 
 
 griEZ 
 
 
 lEZ 
 
 
 gnTEZ 
 
 
 AIENT 
 
 ^issAÏE^T t 
 
 e^AIENT 
 
 
 ^AIENI 
 
 
 ^'gnAnmn 
 
 
 
 
 Pas^ Definite. 
 
 
 
 
 'ai f] 
 
 S 
 
 INS* 
 
 ^us 
 
 
 'is 
 
 
 ^ynis 
 
 
 AS ] 
 
 S 
 
 INS 
 
 us 
 
 
 IS 
 
 
 gnis 
 
 
 A g J ] 
 ÂIVIES S 1 ] 
 
 [T or 
 
 MES 
 
 INT g^^ 
 ÎNjVIES P5 
 
 UT g 
 Û.MES ^ 
 UTES 
 
 IT or 
 ÎMES 
 
 0- 
 
 gniT 
 gnîMES 
 
 
 ÂTES ] 
 
 LTES 
 
 ÎNTES 
 
 ÎTES 
 
 
 gnÎTES 
 
 
 ^ÈRENT [] 
 
 [RENT 
 
 JNRENT 
 
 ^URENT 
 
 ^ IRENT 
 
 ^^TlIRENT 
 
 
 
 
 Future, 
 
 
 
 
 '6RAI 
 
 IRAI 
 
 
 et-RAi 
 
 
 RAI 
 
 ' 
 
 RAI 
 
 
 6RAS 
 
 mAS 
 
 
 ei;RAS 
 
 ^ J ^ 
 
 RAS 
 
 
 RAS 
 
 < 
 
 eRA g 
 eRONS E 
 
 mA 
 
 IRONS 
 
 !•■ 
 
 6rRA 
 
 e?;RONS 
 
 RAor 
 
 RONS 
 
 RA 
 RONS 
 
 
 eREZ 
 
 IREZ 
 
 
 et'REZ 
 
 REZ 
 
 Pk 
 
 REZ 
 
 
 ^eRONT 
 
 ^mONT 
 
 
 ^et-RONT 
 
 
 RONT 
 
 V 
 
 RONT 
 
 
 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 
 
 
 ' eRAIS 
 
 '^RAIS 
 
 
 " eî;RAlS 
 
 
 RAIS 
 
 
 'rais 
 
 
 eRAIS 
 
 IRAIS 
 
 
 e?;RAlS 
 
 
 RAIS 
 
 1— 1 ^ 
 
 RAIS 
 
 3- 
 
 eRAIT ^ 
 eRIONS E 
 
 ^RAIT 
 miON 
 
 S P5 
 
 eiRAIT 
 et-RlONS 
 
 RAITO' 
 RIONS 
 
 RAIT 
 RIONS 
 
 
 eRIEZ 
 
 miEZ 
 
 
 et-RIEZ 
 
 RIEZ 
 
 RIEZ 
 
 
 ^eRAIENT 
 
 mAIE] 
 
 VT 
 
 ^ e^RAIENT t 
 
 RAIENT 
 
 RAIENT 
 
 
 
 
 [MPERATIVE MODE. 
 
 
 s. 
 
 ONS S 
 .EZ 
 
 - ^S50NS 
 
 
 el' 
 
 g i ONS 
 
 s ^ ETIONS 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^issYZ 
 
 w 
 
 (e?;EZ 
 
 
 > I 
 
 EZ 
 
 ^ ( 
 
 guYlL 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
 
 Il faut que : Present. Il faudra que : Future. 
 
 E 
 
 
 ISSYi 
 
 
 ES 
 
 
 tS5ES 
 
 
 E 
 
 IONS 
 
 li 
 
 ^5.ÇE 
 ^ISSIONS 
 
 P" 
 
 lEZ 
 
 
 ISSlY^Z 
 
 
 ENT 
 
 
 Z5SENT 
 
 
 OIVE 
 
 oivES 
 oivB 
 et'iONS 
 etlEZ 
 
 OIVENT, ENT 
 
 P 
 W 1 
 
 E 
 
 ES 
 
 E 
 
 IONS 
 
 lEZ 
 
 ENT 
 
 ^?îE 
 ^TlES 
 griE 
 gniO'SS 
 gnlEZ 
 ^ gîŒNT 
 
 * For verbs ending in enir, as venir, convenu', revenir. (See page 68.) 
 
E fallait que : 
 
 'asse 
 
 ASSES 
 
 AT g 
 
 ASSIGNS E 
 
 ASSIEZ 
 
 ASSENT 
 
 VERB. 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 91 
 
 II faudrait que : 
 
 WSE 
 tsSES 
 ÎT 
 ASSIGNS 
 
 ASSENT 
 
 m^Y. 
 
 
 'lisSE 
 
 '^/.9SES 
 
 ÛT 
 
 i<5SIGNS 
 
 
 ^sSES 
 
 ÎT •^ 
 ^SSIGNS P^ ' 
 
 liS^lEZ 
 
 t9SIEZ 
 
 ItôSENT 
 
 
 >SENT 
 
 P'?22^SE 
 ^/IZSSES 
 
 gn\T 
 
 gnisSlO'SS 
 gnisSlEZ 
 I ^^lisSENT 
 
 Present of the inflnitwe mode. 
 AIMER, FINIR, RECEVGIR, VENDRE, PEINDRE. 
 
 Past, 
 AVOIR AIMÉ, AVOIR FINI, AVOIR REÇU, AVOIR VENDU, AVOIR PEINT. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present, 
 AI3IANT, FINISSANT, RECEVANT, VENDANT, PEIGNANT. 
 
 Past, 
 AIMÉ-ÉE, FINI-IE, REÇU-UE, VENDU-UE, PEINT-E. 
 
 Compound. 
 
 AYANT AIMÉ, AYANT FINI, AYANT REÇU, AYANT VENDU, 
 
 AYANT PEINT. 
 
 Re]viark. — In dropping the final vowel of the masculine form 
 of PAST participles, you have the stem of regular verbs : 
 
 Aim-é, 
 
 fim, reçî^. 
 
 vendît, 
 
 AIM, 
 
 FIN, REC or REÇ, 
 TIME OF VERBS. 
 
 VEND. 
 
 Time is the inflexion taken by French verbs to show to what 
 part of duration corresponds the affirmation, state or action they 
 represent. 
 
 It is divided in three parts : Present, past, and flt:ure. 
 
 USE OF tenses WITH FRENCH VERBS. 
 
 Showing the action as taking place when the words are uttered, 
 the PRESENT cannot admit more than a single period of time. It 
 has, consequently, but one tense. 
 
92 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Present, 
 
 Je chante, I sing ^ I do sing, I am singing, 
 
 II chante, He sings, he does sing, he is singing. 
 
 Vous chantez, You sing, you do sing, you are singing. 
 
 Remark. — Simple, în French, these expressions are rendered in 
 EngHsh under three different forms. 
 
 Representing the existence, action or state of the subject as 
 having taken place at more or less remote periods of time, admit- 
 ting several degrees of anteriority, the past is made up of five 
 tenses. 
 
 In relation to past or elapsed periods of time, the imperfect 
 represents the action as present. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Je lisais quand vous entrâtes, Iwas reading when you came in. 
 
 The past definite represents the action as having taken place at 
 periods of time completely elapsed or spent. 
 
 Past Definite. 
 
 Je voyageai l'année dernière, I did travel last year. 
 
 The past indefinite represents the action as having occurred in 
 the past, at periods which may or may not he completely elapsed. 
 
 Past Indefinite. 
 J' ai lu hier, / read yesterday. 
 
 J'ai écrit aujourd'hui, I wrote to-day. 
 
 In the first example: J'ai lu hier, the action is past, and the 
 period is elapsed. In the second: J'ai écrit aujourd'hui, the 
 action is equally past but the period is yet revolving, the day men- 
 tioned being not yet over. 
 
 Therefore, with reference to past actions performed at periods 
 of time completely elapsed or spent, the past definite or indefinite 
 may be employed. 
 
 You may say with equal correctness, using either of those tenses : 
 Je voyageai l'année dernière, or J'ai voyagé l'année dernière, / 
 did travel last year; but you could not say, with propriety, using 
 the past definite: J'écrivis aujourd'hui, because that word au- 
 jourd'hui announces a period in course of duration. 
 
VERB. 93 
 
 The past anterior represents that same action as having taken 
 place just before another action which, also, occurred in time past. 
 
 Past Anterior, 
 Quand j'eus lu je partis, When I had done reading, I departed. 
 The pluperfect represents it as past of itself in relation to 
 another action equally past. 
 
 Pluperfect, 
 J'avais fini quand vous vin tes, Ihad done when you came. 
 Representing existence, state, or action to take place in time to 
 come^ the futui^e admits two degrees of posteriority. 
 
 Future, 
 
 Simple — J'étudierai, I will or shall study. 
 
 Anterior — J'aurai étudié, Iicill or shall have studied. 
 
 As described in the foregoing paragi-aphs, the three divisions of 
 time or duration are expressed by eight tenses. 
 
 PRACTICE ON THE EMPLOYISIENT OF FRENCH TENSES. 
 
 The letter P announces the pluperfect tense, the same form of 
 the verb without that consonant indicates the past anterior. 
 
 1. I am eating, I do eat, or I eat. 2. She spoke ^hile [peiidant 
 que) we were singing. 3. Yesterday {hier) we did study and walk; 
 to-day [aujourd'hui) we shall rest and play. 4. Let us read and 
 learn. 5. They fasted yesterday and will eat to-day. 6. When 
 {quand) you arrive she will have sold. 7. We sang yesterday, and 
 will not sing to-day. 8. You must learn and you will be esteemed. 
 9. They had finished when she entered. 10. We had done read- 
 ing P, when they arrived. 11. As soon as {aussitôt que) you had 
 spoken I rose and left. 12. Yesterday they bathed {ih se) and swam. 
 13. We will read while you are sleeping. 14. She was walking 
 when they came. 15. It was necessary for them to study. 16. 
 They spoke and recited yesterday, and will rest and play to-day. 
 17. You had done singing P when we began to {à) speak. 18. 
 Shall I play or work? 19. It was not necessaiy for you to sing. 
 20. Did you study or play yesterday? 21. You had been writing 
 when we wrote. 22. Was it necessary for you to cry? 23. 
 Tliey have been reading and writing, while she was laughing and 
 
94 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 playing. 24. I was told {on m'a dît) yesterday that {que) you 
 would not accept. 25. Should you work and learn, you will be 
 rewarded. 
 
 Conjugation of passive verbs. 
 
 There is but one conjugation for passive verbs. It is made of 
 the auxiliary Etre, to 5e, in all its tenses, and the past participle 
 of verbs conjugated passively. The past participle of an active 
 verb agrees always in gender and number with the subject or nomi- 
 native of that verb. Aman speaking will say: Je suis aime; a 
 woman: Je suis aimée, lam loved; men speaking: Nous sommes 
 aimes ; women speaking : Nous sommes ai/mées^ etc. 
 
 Complements of passive verbs are indirect, viz : preceded by 
 prepositions. Those prepositions are de o/, and par hy. 
 
 Remark. — In the feminine form of participles e is always silent, 
 viz : not pronounced. 
 
 AIMÉ, AIMÉE, PARÉ, PARÉE, loved^ dressed, sound the same in 
 their endings. 
 
 To conjugate verbs passively use our paradigms and exercises on 
 Etre, to he, adding to each tense and person the past participle 
 of an active verb, agreeing in gender and number with its subject: 
 
 Je suis aimé or aimée, / am loved; Nous sommes aimés or 
 aimées, we are loved. 
 
 To render interrogatively verbs in the passive voice, you may 
 use Est-ce que? or, place the nominative pronoun after the verb 
 être, in simple tense; or between the auxiliary avoir, and the 
 verb être in compound tenses : 
 
 Est-ce que Je suis aimé or aimée ? Am I loved f 
 Suis-je aimé or aimée? Am I loved? 
 
 Ai-je été aimé or aimée? Have I been loved? 
 
 To render negatively the assertion of verbs in the passive voice, 
 when in the present infinitive, place the two negations before the 
 verb: 
 
 Ne pas être aimé, or aimée. Not to be loved. 
 
 Or place être between the two negations : 
 A^'être pas aimé or aimée. Not to be loved. 
 
 In simple tenses place ne after the subject when verbs are conju- 
 
VERB. 
 
 95 
 
 gated affirmativel}^, and pas after the auxiliary être. In compound 
 tenses the auxiliary avoir, to have, stands between the two 
 negations : 
 
 Je ne suis pas aimé or aimée, lani not loved. 
 
 Je .u' ai pas été aimé or aimée, Ihave not been loved. 
 
 To use passive verbs negatively and interrogatively at the same 
 time, place ne before the interrogative form of the verb, and pas 
 preceding the participle : 
 
 Ne suis-je pas aimé or aimée? Am I not loved? 
 
 iV^ avons-nous j'amais été aimés 
 
 or aimées? Have we never heeii loved f 
 
 Conjugation of Neuter or Intransitive verhs. 
 
 Intransitive or Neuter verbs have the termination or ending of 
 the class to which they belong : 
 
 Marche?', dorm/r, rire. To walk, to sleep, to laugh, etc., 
 
 are verbs of the first, second, and fourth conjugation. Their com- 
 plements are indirect ; viz. : preceded by prepositions. 
 
 The compound tenses of neuter verbs are sometimes formed 
 with the auxiliary Avoir or Utre. With avoir, to have, to mark 
 action in the subject : 
 
 J' ai succédé. J'ai réussi ; Ihave succeeded (to him) , 1 have succeeded. 
 Nous avons voyagé, We have traveled, 
 
 or with the auxiliary être, to he, to mark existence or situation in 
 the subject: 
 
 . J'étais vivant 07' vivantej I was living. 
 
 Je suis tombé or tombée, lam fallen. 
 
 RE:iLiRK. — Past participles employed with Etre, to he, must 
 always agree with subjects. 
 
 The compound tenses using être, to he, differ from the model 
 verbs in this particular; they replace the tenses of avoir, with 
 corresponding tenses of être: 
 
 1 J'ai, ^ Ihave. ] Je suis, lam. 
 
 Therefore V Javais, 1 had. are replaced by V J'étais, I ivas. 
 
 J J' diurai, I will have. J Jesei'ai, Iwillhe, 
 
 The following verbs are to be conjugated on the models given in 
 
96 
 
 FIKST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 our preceding pages, and employed in the order indicated in the 
 oral and written exercises, viz. : Marcher, is conjugated hke chanter 
 and its exercises, etc. 
 
 Marcher, To walk. Rire, To laugh. 
 
 Parler, To speak. Descendre, To descend. 
 
 Succéder, To succeed. Voyager, To travel. 
 
 Monter, To ascend. Partir, To depart. 
 
 Réussir, To he successful^ etc. 
 
 Conjugation of Reflective or Pronominal verbs. 
 
 In each of their tenses, reflective verbs employ two personal 
 
 pronouns of the same person ; the first for subject, and the last 
 
 for complement. 
 
 Se tromper. To mistake. 1 f Chanter, To sing. 
 
 Se réunir, To meet 1 are conjugated! Finir, ^ To finish. 
 
 S'apercevoir, To perceive. | like 1 Recevoir, To receive. 
 
 Se méprendre, To err. J [ Vendre, To sell. 
 
 In compound tenses the auxiliary Etre, to he, is used with the 
 
 meaning of avoir, to have: 
 
 Je me suis flatté, answering to: J'ai flatté moi, I have flattered 
 
 myself. 
 
 INDICATIVE MODE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Je 
 
 ME 
 
 ^ 
 
 e, 
 
 
 Tu 
 
 TE 
 
 -1 
 
 es, 
 
 
 II, elle 
 
 SE 
 
 .e, 
 
 I flatter my- 
 
 Nous 
 
 NOUS 
 
 ê, 
 
 ons, 
 
 self 
 
 Vous 
 
 VOUS 
 
 w 
 
 ez. 
 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 SE 
 
 , 
 
 ent. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 mperfect. 
 
 
 Je 
 
 ME ' 
 
 ^ 
 
 ais, 
 
 
 Tu 
 
 TE 
 
 Cj 
 
 ais. 
 
 
 II, elle 
 
 SE 
 
 .§ 
 
 ait. 
 
 lused to flat- 
 
 Nous 
 
 NOUS 
 
 2 
 
 ' ions. 
 
 ter, etc. 
 
 Vous 
 
 VOUS 
 
 f*< 
 
 iez. 
 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 SE j 
 
 
 aient, 
 
 
 
 Pa 
 
 st Definite, 
 
 
 Je 
 
 ME 
 
 ^ 
 
 ai. 
 
 
 Tu 
 
 TE 
 
 
 as. 
 
 
 II, elle 
 
 SE 
 
 -1 
 
 a. 
 
 I did flatter, 
 
 Nous 
 
 NOUS 
 
 ^ 
 
 âmes, 
 
 etc. 
 
 Vous 
 
 VOUS 
 
 ph 
 
 âtes. 
 
 
 Ils elles 
 
 SE 
 
 ^ 
 
 èrent. 
 
 
 Practice, 
 
 Vous, 
 II, elle, 
 Nous, 
 Ils, elles 
 Tu 
 Je 
 
 Nous 
 
 Tu 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 Je 
 
 Vous 
 
 II, elle 
 
 ONS 
 ES 
 E 
 E 
 
 ENT 
 EZ 
 
 AIS 
 
 AIENT 
 
 AIS 
 
 IONS 
 
 AIT 
 
 IEZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 Tu 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 Je 
 
 II, elle 
 
 Vous 
 
 A 
 
 ÂMES 
 
 AI 
 
 ÂTES 
 
 AS 
 
 ÊRENT 
 
VERB. 97 
 
 With the present, imperfect and past definite of ctre (used with 
 the meaning of Avoir, to have,) form the past indefinite, the pluper- 
 fect, and past anterior : 
 
 Je me suis flatte. Je m'étais flatté. Je me fus flatté; Ihave 
 flattered myself, etc. ; remembering that participles employed with 
 reflective verbs agree with the subject when the objective pronoun 
 is a direct object, and remain invariable when that pronoun is an 
 indirect object. (See page 101) : 
 
 Je me suis repenti, or repentie, I repented. 
 
 E s'est arroge, or elle s'est arroge. He or she lias attribute to herself. 
 
 Flatter, belonging to the first conjugation, use our paradigm and 
 exercises of the model verb chanter. 
 
 To render those verbs interrogatively employ the interrogative 
 form : Est-ce que f or place the nominative after the verb in simple 
 tenses : 
 
 Est-ce que je me flatte? Do I flatter myself? 
 
 Te flattes-tu? Dost thou flatter thyself? 
 
 In compound tenses place the nominative or subject after the 
 auxiliary être: 
 
 Me suis-je flatté, or flattée? Have I flattered myself? 
 
 Asserting negatively, place ne between the subject and the 
 objective pronoun; pas, after the verb in simple tense. In com- 
 pound tenses pas stands after the auxiliary : 
 
 Je ne me flatte pas, 1 do not flatter myself. 
 
 Je ne me suis pas flatté, Ihave not flattered m,ysélf. 
 
 In interrogative and negative cases, place the subject after the 
 verb in simple tenses, or after the auxiliary in compound tenses : 
 
 Ne me flatté-je pas? Do I not flatter myself? 
 
 Ne me suis-je pas flatté? Have I not flattered myself? 
 
 Use the following reflective verbs in each mode, tense, person, 
 and number indicated in our resumes or exercises on chanter. 
 
 S'opiniatrer, To persist. Se repentir, To repent. 
 
 S'estimer, To esteem. Se plaindre. To complain. 
 
 S'écrier, To eocclaim. S'émouvoir, To thrill. 
 
 S'apitoyer, To pity. Se résoudre. To resolve. 
 
 Se réjouir, To rejoice. 
 
98 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Continuation of the reflective verh se flatter^ to flatter one^s self. 
 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 Practice. 
 
 Je 
 
 ME 
 
 ^ 
 
 erai, 
 
 Vous 
 
 eRAI 
 
 Tu 
 
 TE 
 
 ■1 
 
 6i'as, 
 
 II, elle 
 
 eRAS 
 
 II, elle 
 
 SE 
 
 era. 
 
 IwUl flatter Nous 
 
 CREZ 
 
 Nous 
 
 NOUS 
 
 ' erons, 
 
 myself. Ils, elles 
 
 eRA 
 
 Yous 
 
 VOUS 
 
 ^ 
 
 erez, 
 
 Tu 
 
 eRONS 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 SE 
 
 J 
 
 eront, 
 
 Je 
 
 eRONT 
 
 CONDITIONAL MODE. 
 
 Present 
 
 Je 
 
 ME ^ 
 
 •\ 
 
 erais, 
 
 Tu 
 
 TE 
 
 Cj 
 
 erais^ 
 
 II, elle 
 
 SE 
 
 ■^ 
 
 erait, 1 would 
 
 Nous 
 
 NOUS 
 
 erions, flatter^ et 
 
 Vous 
 
 YOUS 
 
 P^ 
 
 mez, 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 SE 
 
 
 iraient 
 
 
 Imperative mode. 
 
 f 
 
 e-toi. Flatter thyself. 
 
 FLATT<^ 
 
 ons-nous. Let us flatter ourselves. 
 
 1 
 
 ez-vous. 
 
 Fit 
 
 itter yourselves. 
 
 Nous 
 
 Tu 
 
 Ils, elles 
 
 Je 
 
 Vous 
 
 II, elle 
 
 Practice, 
 
 FLATT 
 
 6RIEZ 
 
 eRAIT 
 
 6RAIS 
 
 6RAIENT 
 
 CRIONS 
 
 eRAIS 
 
 e 
 
 ons 
 ez 
 
 In this mode pronouns subjects are understood, and 
 vous, are direct complements. English imperatives differ 
 French in this : they have only a second person, as it 
 by what precedes. 
 
 nous 
 vous 
 toi 
 
 toî^ nous, 
 from the 
 is shown 
 
 SUBJUNCTFV^E MODE. 
 
 II ordonne 
 que or qu* 
 
 Present, 
 
 To express injunction or command: 
 
 Je 
 Tu 
 
 II, elle 
 
 Nous 
 
 Il ordonnera 
 que 
 
 Vous 
 Ils, elles 
 
 fJe 
 Tu 
 
 11, elle 
 Nous 
 Vous 
 Ils, elles 
 
 ME 
 TE 
 SE 
 
 NOUS 
 VOUS 
 
 SE 
 
 e, 
 
 es, 
 
 ions, 
 
 iez, 
 
 ent, 
 
 Future. 
 
 ME 
 TE 
 
 SE 
 
 NOUS 
 
 VOUS 
 
 SE 
 
 es, 
 
 ions, 
 iez, 
 ^ent, 
 
 Se orders that I 
 flatter myself. 
 
 He will order that 
 I flatter myself. 
 
VERB. 
 
 99 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 ^Je 
 
 ME 
 
 
 ' asse, 
 
 
 Tu 
 
 TE 
 
 
 asses, 
 
 Ile was ordering, 
 
 II, elle 
 
 SE 
 
 ât, 
 
 or would order 
 
 Nous 
 
 NOUS 
 
 assions, 
 
 that I should flat- 
 
 Yous 
 
 VOUS 
 
 Ph 
 
 assiez, 
 
 ter myself. 
 
 ^ Ils, elles 
 
 SE 
 
 
 ^ assent, 
 
 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 MODE. 
 
 
 II ordonnait, 
 or II or don- - 
 nerait que 
 
 Present. 
 Se flatter. To flatter o?ie's self. 
 
 Fast. 
 S'être flatté or flattée, To have 
 flattered him or herself. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Se flattant, flattering Mm or Flatté- ée, 
 hei^self 
 
 Past. 
 
 flattered. 
 
 Compound. 
 S' étant flatté or flattée, having flattered him or herself 
 
 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 Future 
 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 11 ordonne que. 
 
 Il ordonnera 
 
 que. 
 
 Il ordonnait or 
 
 ordonnerait que. 
 
 Vous, 
 
 E 
 
 H, elle. 
 
 lEZ 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 ASSE 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 lEZ 
 
 Vous, 
 
 E 
 
 Je, 
 
 ÂT 
 
 Nous, 
 
 E 
 
 Tu, 
 
 ENT 
 
 Nous, 
 
 ASSES 
 
 Tu, 
 
 IONS 
 
 Nous, 
 
 E 
 
 II, elle. 
 
 ASSIONS 
 
 Je, 
 
 ENT 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 IONS 
 
 Vous, 
 
 ASSENT 
 
 Ils, elles, 
 
 ES 
 
 Je, 
 
 ES 
 
 Tu, 
 
 ASSIEZ 
 
 INFINITIVE MODE. 
 
 s'Être flatte or flattée, se flatter, 
 
 FLATTÉ-ÉE, 
 
 SE FLATTANT. 
 S'eTANT FLATTÉ-ÉE. 
 
 Conjugation of Unipersonal verhs. 
 
 Unipersonal verbs are conjugated in tlie third person singular 
 of their tenses. For model of their conjugation they take verbs 
 having the same inflexion or ending in the present infinitive. 
 
 II neige, It snows 1 f Chanter, To sing. 
 
 II pleut, It rains > are conjugated on \ Recevoir, To receive, 
 II convient, /î5 15 proper J [Finir, To finish. 
 
100 
 
 riRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Conjugation of the vei^h Tonner^ to thunder. 
 
 INDICATIVE MODE. 
 
 Present 
 H tonne, It thunders. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 II tonnait, It was thundering. \ Jl avait tonné, It had thundered. 
 
 Past Anterior. 
 
 Past Indefinite. 
 11 a tonné. It has thundered. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 Past Definite. 
 H tonna. It did thunder. 
 
 Future. 
 II tonnera, It mill thunder. 
 
 H eut tonné. It had thundered. 
 
 Future Anterior. 
 II aura tonné. It will have thun- 
 dered. 
 
 CONDITIONAL MODE. 
 
 Present. 
 II tonnerait, It would thunder. 
 
 Past. 
 
 H aurait tonné. It would have 
 thundered. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 
 
 Present and Future. 
 II faut qu'il tonne, It must thunder. 
 
 II faudra qu'il tonne. It will have to thunder. 
 
 Poist and Future, 
 
 II faut qu'il ait tonné. It must have thundered. 
 
 II faudra qu'il ait tonné. It will he necessary to have thundered. 
 
 INFINITIVE MODE. 
 
 Tonner, 
 Tonnant, 
 
 Present. 
 
 To thunder. 
 
 Past. 
 Avoir tonné, to have thundered. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Thundering. 
 
 Tonné, 
 
 Past. 
 
 thundered. 
 
 Compound. 
 Ayant tonné, having thundered. 
 
 Conjugate every unipersonal verb like the model of its conjuga- 
 tion, and in the same manner we have conjugated tonner, to thunder. 
 
 SUBJECTS OF VERBS. 
 
 The subject is the person or thing performing the action ex- 
 pressed by the verb. 
 
VERB. 101 
 
 Je lis, le fruit tombe, Ircad^ the fruit falls. 
 
 Query: Who reads? Answer: Je, /. What falls? le fruit, the fruit. 
 
 Therefore: /, Je; the fruit., le fruit, are the subjects of the 
 verbs lire, tomber, to read, to fall. 
 
 Verbs agree with their subjects in number and person. 
 
 Subjects are generally expressed b}^ substantives or pronouns. 
 
 The personal pronouns employed to conjugate verbs, we have 
 seen, are: 
 
 /, Je, pronoun of the first person, representing the speaker. 
 
 Thou J Tu, pronoun of the second person, representing the person 
 spoken to. 
 
 He, she^ II, elle, pronoun of the third person representing the 
 person spoken of 
 
 We, nous; you, vous; they^ ils, elles, represent the three plural 
 persons. 
 
 A substantive, employed for subject being the person spoken of, 
 will require verbs to be in third person, either singular or plural. 
 
 L'enfant étudie, les enfants The child studies , children 
 étudient, study. 
 
 Complements of verbs. 
 
 What completes the signification of verbs is called the object or 
 COMPLEMENT of tliosc vcrbs. Active or transitive^ and reflective 
 verbs alone, can have direct complements. 
 
 There are two kinds of complements or objects : direct and indi- 
 rect. The direct completes the signification of the verb without 
 help of other words. It answers the queries qui, who ? for per- 
 sons ; quoi, what ? for things. 
 
 J'aime les enfant sages, I love good children. 
 
 J'étudie la grammaire, I study grammar. 
 
 Queries. Answers. 
 
 J'aime qui? Whom do Hove? Les enfants sages, good children, 
 ^'éiviàiequoil Whatdo Istitdyf La grammaire, grammar. 
 
 The indirect complement or indirect object, completes indirectly 
 that signification, viz: by t|ie intermediary of prepositions, such 
 as à, de., pour, dans^ etc. 
 
102 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 I obey (to) my master. 
 I study for knowledge. 
 
 J'obéis à mon maître, 
 J'étudie pour mon instruction, 
 
 Queries. 
 J ' obéis  QUI ? Whom do I obey f 
 
 J' étudie POUR QUOI ? Why do I study ? 
 
 V Answers. 
 
 A mon maître. To my master. 
 
 Pour mon instruction, For my instruction. 
 
 Pronouns complements of verbs are generally placed before verbs, 
 in French, contrary to English practice. 
 
 II me parle, He speaks to m( 
 
 irregular verbs of the four CONJUGATIONS. 
 First conjugation in ER. 
 
 Indicative Près., Je vais, tu vas, il va, nous, 
 vous, regular, ils vont. Imperfect, Past Defi- 
 nite, regular. Future, J'irai. Cond., J'irais, 
 Imp., va, allons, allez. Subjunctive, que 
 j'aille, que tu ailles, qu'il aille, que nous 
 allions, que vous alliez, qu'ils aillent. Imper- 
 ^fect, que j'allasse. Participles, allant, allé-e. 
 
 The Future and Conditional have for stem, 
 enver; J'enverrai, tu enverras; J'enverrais, tu 
 enverrais, etc. 
 
 Second conjugation in IR. 
 
 Present Ind., J'acquiers, tu acquiers, il ac- 
 quiert, nous, vous, reg., ils acquièrent. Im- 
 perf ,reg. P. Def , J'acquis. Fut., J'aquerrai. 
 Cond., J'acquerrais. Imp., acquiers, acqué- 
 rons, acquérez. Subj., que j'acquière, que tu 
 acquières, que nous acquérions, etc. Part. , ac- 
 quérant, acquis-e. 
 
 Thus are conjugated conquérir^ requérir., 
 ^s' enquérir^ etc. 
 
 f Ind., J'asgaille. Imperf, J'assaillais. Fut., 
 ^J'assaillirai. Subj,, que j'assaille. Participles, 
 [assaillant, assailli, ie, 
 
 Ind. , Je bous, nous bouillons, Imperf , Je 
 bouillais, nous bouillions. Future, Je bouil- 
 lirai. Cond., Je bouillirais. Imper,, bous, 
 bouillons, bouillez. Subj., que je bouille, 
 Imperf, que je bouillisse. Participles, bouil? 
 ^lant, bouilli, ie. 
 
 ALLER, 
 to go. 
 
 ENVOYER, 
 
 to send. 
 
 ACQUÉRIR, 
 to acquire, 
 
 ASSAILLIR, 
 
 to assault. 
 
 BOUILLIR, 
 to boil. 
 
VERB. 
 
 103 
 
 COURIR, 
 to run. 
 
 CUEILLIR, 
 to gather. 
 
 FAILLIR, 
 to fail. 
 
 FÉRIR, 
 
 to strike. 
 
 FUIR, 
 
 to take flight. 
 
 GÉSIR, 
 
 to lie down. 
 
 MOURIR, 
 
 to die. 
 
 SENTIR, 
 
 to smell. 
 
 SORTIR, 
 
 to go out. 
 
 Ind., Je cours, nous courons. Future, je 
 courrai. Cond., Je courrais. Subj., que je 
 coure. Imperf., que je courusse. Participle, 
 courant, couru, uo. 
 
 Thus are conjugated all the compound, 
 ^accourir ^ concourir^ etc. 
 
 Ind., Je cueille, tu cueilles, il cueille, nous 
 cueillons, etc. (Endings of the first conjuga- 
 
 ■< tion. ) Future, Je cueillerai. Cond. , Je cueil- 
 lerais. Part., cueillant, cueilli, ie. 
 
 [ Conjugate the same, accueillir^ recueillir^ etc. 
 
 This verb is actually regular, and in every 
 tense and mode, may be conjugated on the 
 model verb of the second conjugation. 
 
 Is used only with this expression :^ sans coup 
 férir, without striking a blow; or in the pre- 
 sent of the infinitive. 
 
 Ind., Je fuis, nous fuyons. Imperf., Je 
 fuyais, nous fuyions. P. Def , Je fuis, nous 
 fuîmes. Subj., que je fuie. Imperf, que je 
 fuisse, que nous fuissions. Participle, fuyant, 
 fui-ie. 
 
 In the same manner conjugate s'enfuir, to 
 run away. 
 
 Is used only with the following forms : ci gît, 
 here lies; là gît mon espoir, here is my hope, 
 or in these persons of the present and imper- 
 fect of the indicative mode: nous gisons, ils 
 gisent, elle gisait, ils gisaient. 
 
 Ind. , Je meurs, nous mourons. Imperf , Je 
 mourais, nous mourions. Past def , Je mourus, 
 nous mourûmes. Fut., Je mourrai. Cond., 
 Je mourrais. Imper. , Meurs, mourons, mourez. 
 Subj. , que je meure. Part. , mourant, mort, e. 
 
 This verb, like many others, doubles the R 
 ^in the future and Cond. 
 
 r Ind., Je sens. Subj., que je sente. Part., 
 
 < sentant, senti-e. 
 
 ( This verb is regular in all the other tenses. 
 
 find., Je sors. Subj., que je sorte. 
 Conjugate the same its compounds, ressortir, 
 assortir, saillir, etc. 
 Saillir is conjugated as assaillir, to assail. 
 
104 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 TRESSAILLIR, 
 to shudder. 
 
 VENIR, 
 to come. 
 
 VÊTIR, 
 
 to clothe. 
 
 f Is also conjugated like saillir or assaillir. 
 < These verbs are excellent exercises on the 
 ( liquid LL s. 
 
 Iiid. , Je viens, tii viens, il vient, nous venons, 
 vous venez, ils viennent. Fut., je viendrai. 
 Cond., je viendrais. Subj., que je vienne. 
 Imperf., que je vinsse, que nous vinssions. 
 Part., venant, venu, ue. 
 
 Conjugate thus all the verbs ending in ENIR, 
 ^ such as revenir, devenir, convenir, etc. 
 
 Ind., Je vets, tu vêts, il vêt, nous vêtons, 
 vous vêtez, ils vêtent. Imperf., Je vêtais. 
 P. def.. Je vêtis. Fut., Je vêtirai. Cond., 
 Je vêtirais. Imper. , vêts, vêtons, vêtez. Subj. 
 que je vête. Imperf., que je vêtisse. Part., 
 vêtant, vêtu, ue. 
 
 Conjugate thus: revêtir, dévêtir. 
 
 ; ASSOIR, 
 to Sit down. 
 
 DEVOIR, 
 to owe. 
 
 DÉCHOIR, 
 to decay. 
 
 Third conjugation m OIR. 
 
 Ind., Je m'assied, tu t'assieds, il s'assied, 
 nous nous asseyons, vous vous asseyez, ils 
 s'assoient. Imperf, Je m'asseyais, nous nous 
 asseyions, vous vous assejdez, ils s'asseyaient. 
 Past def, Je m'assis. Fut, Je m'assiérai or 
 m'asseierai. Cond. , Je m'assiérais, or Je m'as- 
 seierais. Imper., assiez-toi, asseyons-nous, 
 asseiez-vous. Subj., que je m'assoie, que tu 
 t'assoies, qu'il s'assoie, que nous nous asseyions. 
 Imperf , que je m'assisse, qu'il s'assît. ÎPart. , 
 s' asseyant, assis, se. 
 
 ÎThis verb is regular. The past participle 
 DU requires a circumflex accent on its mascu- 
 culine form, to distinguish it from the con- 
 tracted article DU, of or some. 
 
 Ind., Je déchois, tu déchois, il déchoit; 
 nous déchoyons, vous déchoj^ez, ils déchoient. 
 Imperf, Je déchéais, nous déchéions. Fut., 
 Je décherrai, nous décherrons. Cond., Je 
 décherrais. Imper., déchoie, déchoj^ons, dé- 
 choyez. Subj., que je déchoie, que nous dé- 
 choyions. Imperf, que je déchusse, que nous 
 déchussions. Part., dechéant, déchu-e. 
 
 With the imperfect of the subjunctive find 
 ^ the past definite. 
 
VERB. 
 
 105 
 
 FALLOIR, 
 it is necessary. 
 
 MOL^YOIR, 
 to move. 
 
 PLEUVOIR, 
 to rain. 
 
 PRÉVALOIR, 
 
 to prevail. 
 
 POURVOIR, 
 to provide. 
 
 POUVOIR, 
 to he able. 
 
 SAVOIR, 
 to know. 
 
 Unipersonal verb. II faut, il fallait, il fallut, 
 il faudra, il faudrait, qu'il faille, correspond 
 with the present, imperfect, past definite, fu- 
 ture, conditional, and present of the subjunc- 
 tive. 
 
 Ind. , Je meus, tu meus, il meut, nous mou- 
 vons, vous mouvez, ils meuvent. Imperf, Je 
 mouvais. Past def , Je mus. Fut. , Je mou- 
 vrai. Cond., Je mouvrais. Imper., meus, 
 mouvons, mouvez. Subj., que je meuve, que 
 nous mouvions. Imperf., que je musse, qu'il 
 mût. Part., mouvant, mu-e. 
 
 Umpersonal vei^h. Il pleut, il pleuvait, il 
 plut, il pleuvra, il pleuvrait ; il faut, il faudra 
 qu'il pleuve, il fallait qu'il plût, answer to the 
 present, imperfect, past definite, and future 
 of the indicative mode; the conditional; the 
 ^present and imperfect of the subjunctive. 
 
 Ind., Je prévaux. Imperf., Je prévalais. 
 
 Past def , Je prévalus. Fut. , je prévaudrai. 
 ■< Cond., Je prévaudrais. Subj., que je prévale, 
 
 que nous prévaillions. Imperf. , que je préva- 
 le lusse. Part., prévalant, prévalu-e. 
 
 Ind., Je pourvois, tu pourvois, nous pour- 
 voirons, vous pourvoyez, ils pourvoient. Im- 
 perf, Je pourvoyais, nous pourvoyions. Past 
 def, Je pourvus, nous pourvûmes. Fut., Je 
 pourvoirai. Cond., Je pourvoirais. Imper., 
 pourvoie. Subj., que je pourvoie, que nous 
 pourvoyions, que vous pourvoyiez. Imperf, 
 que je pourvusse, que nous pourvussions. 
 Part., pourvoyant, pourvu-e. 
 
 Ind. , Je peux or Je puis, tu peux, il peut, 
 nous pouvons, vous pouvez, ils peuvent. Fut. , 
 Je pourrai, il pourra. Cond., Je pourrais. 
 No imperative. Subj. , que je puisse, que nous 
 puissons. Imperf, que je pusse, qu'il pût. 
 Part., pouvant, pu. 
 
 With the imperfect of the subjunctive find 
 the past definite. 
 
 Ke:mark. — In interrogations use pids-jef or 
 Est-ce que je peux f 
 
 Près., Ind., Je sais, tu sais, il sait, nous 
 savons, vous savez^ ils savent. Imperf, Je 
 savais. Fut., Je saurai. Cond., Je saurais. 
 Imper., sache, sachons, sachez. Subj., que 
 je sache. Imperf , que je susse. Participle, 
 ^sachant, su-e. 
 
106 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 SEOIR, 
 to hefit. 
 
 SURSOIR, 
 
 to postpone. 
 
 VALOIR, 
 to be worth. 
 
 VOIR, 
 to see. 
 
 Tins irregular defective verb is used only in 
 
 the following tenses. Ind., Present, II sied, 
 
 ils siéent. Imperf , Il seyait. Fut., Il siéra. 
 
 Cond., Il siérait. Etre convenable^ with the 
 
 1^ same meaning, replaces all the other tenses. 
 
 This defective verb is used only in the fol- 
 lowing tenses. Ind., Je sursois, nous sur- 
 soyons. Imp., Je surso3^ais nous sursoyions. 
 P. Def , Je sursis, nous sursîmes. Fut., Je 
 sursoirai. Cond., Je sursoirais. Subj., que 
 je sursoie. Imperf, que je sursisse. Part., 
 sursis, se. 
 
 Ind. , Je vaux tu, il, reg. , nous valons, vous 
 valez, ils valent. Fut., Je vaudrai. Cond., 
 Je vaudrais. Subj. , que je vaille. P. , valant, 
 valu. 
 
 Ind., Je vois, nous voyons. P. Definite, Je 
 vis, nous vîmes. Fut. , Je verrai. Cond. , Je 
 verrais. Subj. , que je voie, que nous voyions. 
 P., voyant, vu-e. 
 
 ABSOUDRE, 
 to absolve. 
 
 ATTEINDRE, 
 
 to reach. 
 
 Fourth conjugation in RE. 
 
 Present, Ind., J'absous, tu absous, il absout, 
 nous absolvons, vous absolvez, ils absolvent. 
 Imperf, J'absolvais. No P. Definite. Fut., 
 J'absoudrai. Cond., J'absoudrais. Subj., que 
 J'absolve. Part., absolvant, absout-e. 
 
 Conjutrate the same dissoudre and résoudre. 
 In the Past Definite the last is Je résolus^ tu 
 résolus^ nous résolûmes; the first, Je dissous, 
 \^7ioits dissoûmes. 
 
 Ind., J'atteins. Imperf, J'atteignais. P. 
 Def, J'atteignis. Put., J'atteindrai. Cond., 
 J'atteindrais. Imper., atteins. Subj., que 
 J'atteigne, que nous atteignions. Part., attei- 
 gnant, atteint-e. 
 
 BATTRE, 
 
 to beat. 
 
 Ind. , Je bats, tu bats, il bat. Past Def , Je 
 battis, tu battis. Participle, battant, battu-e. 
 
 Conjugate thus ail the verbs ending in 
 BATTRE, such as combattre, abattre, s ébattre, 
 etc., in those verbs A is short, it is long in 
 bâtir. Accordingly pronounce Je battu, I 
 did beat; Je bâtis, I did build, showing what 
 ^ is the syllabic division of each. 
 
VERB. 
 
 107 
 
 BOIRE, 
 
 to drink. 
 
 BRAIRE, 
 
 to hray. 
 
 BRUIRE, 
 to rustle. 
 
 CLORE, 
 
 to dose. 
 
 CONCLURE, 
 to conclude. 
 
 CONFIRE, 
 to preserve. 
 
 CONNAÎTRE, 
 to know. 
 
 COUDRE, 
 to stitch. 
 
 CRAINDRE, 
 to fear. 
 
 Ind., Près., Je bois, tu bois, il boit, nous 
 buvons, vous buvez, ils boivent. Impei-f., Je 
 buvais. P. Def., Je bus. Fut., Je boirai. 
 Cond., Je boirais. Subj., que je boive, que 
 nous buvions, qu'ils boivent. Part., buvant, 
 bu-e. 
 
 Defective verb very little used except in the 
 following tenses and forms. Tl brait, il bravait, 
 il braira, il brairait, brayant. Correspond- 
 ing with the present, imperfect and future of 
 the indicative; conditional and present par- 
 ^ ticiple. 
 
 Bruire is generally conjugated under the 
 
 unipersonal form: II bruit, there is a rustling^ 
 
 ils bruissent, they rustle, il bi-uyait, it teas rust- 
 
 ling. Ex., les flots bruissent, le feuillage 
 
 ^ bruit ; the waters, the leaves are rustling. 
 
 Defective verb used only under these forms. 
 Je clos, tu clos, il clot. Finir and terminer, 
 render the use of this French verb nearly ob- 
 ^ solete. 
 
 Ind. , Près. , Je conclus. P. Def. , Je conclus, 
 nous conclûmes. Part., concluant, conclu-e. 
 ^ Conjugate in the same manner exclure. 
 
 Is a defective verb. Ind., Près., Je confis. 
 
 Imperf , Je confisais. Subj., que je confise. 
 
 Imperf., que je confisse. Part., confisant, 
 
 confit-e. Faire des confitures, is generall}" used 
 
 ^ in the place of this verb. 
 
 Ind., Je connais, tu connais, nous connais- 
 sons. P. Definite, Je connus. Subj., que je 
 connaisse. Part., connaissant, connu-e. Con- 
 ^ jugate thus, croître, paraître, etc. 
 
 Ind., Je couds, tu couds, il coud, nous 
 cousons. Imperf , Je cousais, nous cousions. 
 P. Def , Je cousis, il cousit, nous cousîmes, ils 
 cousirent. Fut., Je coudrai. Imp., coud, 
 cousons, cousez. Subj., que je couse. Part., 
 cousant, cousu-e. 
 
 Ind., Je crains, il craint, nous craignons. 
 
 Imperf, Je craignais, nous craignions. Past 
 
 Def , Je craignis. Fut. , Je craindrai. Cond., 
 
 Je craindrais. Part., craignant, craint. In- 
 
 ^ stead of the feminine form use, redoutée. 
 
108 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 CROIRE, 
 to believe. 
 
 DIRE, 
 
 to say. 
 
 ÉCRIRE, 
 
 to wnte. 
 
 FAIRE, 
 to do or to 
 make. 
 
 FRIRE, 
 to fry. 
 
 JOINDRE, 
 to join. 
 
 LIRE, 
 
 to read. 
 
 Ind., Je crois,^ tu croîs, nous croyons. 
 Imperf., Je croyais, nous crojdons. Imper., 
 croie, croyons. Subj., que je croie, que nous 
 croyions, que vous croyiez. Imperf., que je 
 crusse. Part., croyant, cru-e. 
 
 Ind., près., Je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous disons, 
 vous dites, ils disent. Subj., que je dise. Im- 
 perf., que je disse, qu'il dît. Part., disant, 
 dit-e. 
 
 Remark. — Among the compounds of this 
 verb, redire to tell over, is the only one conju- 
 gated the same. In the present indicative 
 second person plural, the others end in EZ: 
 vous contredisez^ vous médisez; while in the 
 same person, redire is redites, 
 
 Ind., près.. J'écris, tu écris, il écrit, nous 
 écrivons. Imperf., J'écrivais. P. def , J'é- 
 crivis, nous écrivîmes. Fut., J'écrirai. Cond., 
 J'écrirais. Subj., que j'écrive, que nous écri- 
 vions. ^ Imperf, que J'écrivisse, que nous 
 écrivissions. Part., écrivant, écrit-e. 
 
 Conjugate thus verbs ending in CRIRE such 
 as prescrire^ proscrire, etc. 
 
 Ind., Je fais, tu fais, il fait, nous faisons, 
 vous faites, ils font. Fut., Je ferai. Cond., 
 Je ferais. Imper., fais, faites. Subj., que je 
 fasse, que nous fassions. Imperf, que je fisse, 
 qu'il fît. Part., faisant, fait-e. Conjugate 
 ^ thus the compounds refaire, contrefaire, etc. 
 
 Very little used, except in the present and 
 future of the indicative, Je fris, tu fris, il frit.^ 
 Fut., Je frirai, tu friras, nous frirons. Cond., 
 Je frirais, nous fririons. In every other tense 
 this verb is used in connection with faire : nous 
 faisons frire, vous faisiez frire, etc. 
 
 ^ Having no present participle, that verb is 
 defective in all the derivatives of that primi- 
 tive tense. Past part., frit-e. 
 
 Ind.p Je joins, nous joignons. Imperf, Je 
 joignais, nous joignions. P. def. Je Joignis. 
 Fut., Je joindrai. Cond., nous joindrions. 
 Imper. , Joins, Joignons. Subj. , que je joigne, 
 joignions. Part., joignant, joint-e. 
 
 Conjugate the same its compound rejoindre, 
 
 f Ind., Je lis, nous lisons. Imperf, Je lisais. 
 1 Past def. Je lus. Part., Usant, lu-e. 
 
VERB. 
 
 109 
 
 LUIRE, ^ 
 to shme. 
 
 METTRE, 
 
 to put. 
 
 MOUDRE, 
 to grind. 
 
 Ind.,Jeluis. No past definite. Participle, 
 luisant. 
 
 Conjugate in the same way its compound 
 reluire. 
 
 Refer to our sj^ioptical table on the primi- 
 ^ tive sounds during the study of these verbs. 
 
 Ind. , Je mets, tu mets, il met, nous mettons. 
 Imperf., Je mettais, tu mettais. P. def., Je 
 mis. Imper., mets, mettons. Subj., que je 
 mette, que nous mettions. Imperf., que je 
 misse, qu'il mit. Part., mettant, mis-e. Con- 
 jugate thus verbs ending in mettre. Such 
 ^ as admettre, promettre, remettre, etc. 
 
 Ind., Je mouds, tu mous, il moud, nous 
 moulons, vous moulez, ils moulent. Imperf., 
 Je moulais, tu moulais. P. def, Je moulus. 
 Fut. , Je moudrai. Cond. , Je moudrais. Subj. , 
 que je moule. Imperf., que je moulusse, qu'il 
 moulût, que nous moulussions. Part., mou- 
 lant, moulu-e. 
 
 Mouler, to model, and moudre, to grind, 
 having for present participle moulant, they 
 have the same forms in the three persons 
 plural indicative, the imperfect of that mode, 
 and the present of the subjunctive : nous mou- 
 lons une statue, nous moulons notre hlé; nous 
 moulions un buste, nous moulions de V orge, etc. 
 
 NAITRE, 
 to he horn. 
 
 PAITRE, 
 to pasture. 
 
 PARAÎTRE, 
 to appear. 
 
 10 
 
 Ind., près., Je nais. Imperf, Je naissais. 
 Past def.. Je naquis. Subj., que je naisse, 
 que nous naissions. P. def , je naquis. Part., 
 naissant, né-ée. Conjugate in the same man- 
 ner its compound renaître. 
 
 Ind., près.. Je pais, tu pais, il paît, nous 
 paissons. Imperf. , Je paissais, nous paissions. 
 Fut., Je paîtrai. Cond., Je paîtrais. Subj., 
 que je paisse. Having no past definite there 
 is no imperfect of the subjunctive. Participle, 
 paissant. 
 
 In the past participle the compound re- 
 paître, is repu-e. 
 
 Ind., Je parais, tu parais, nous paraissons, 
 vous paraissez. Part., paraissant; paru-e. 
 Conjugate in the same manner its compounds, 
 ^ reparaître, comparaître, etc. 
 
no 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 PEINDRE, 
 to paint. 
 
 PLAIRE, 
 to please. 
 
 PRENDRE, 
 
 to take. 
 
 RÉSOUDRE, 
 
 to resolve. 
 
 RIRE, 
 
 to laugh. 
 
 ROMPRE, 
 
 to hreaJc, 
 
 SUFFIRE, 
 
 to svffice. 
 
 SUIVRE, 
 to follow. 
 
 TAIRE, 
 
 to conceal. 
 
 TRAIRE, 
 to milk. 
 
 Ind. , près. , Je peins, tu peins, il peint, nous 
 peignons. ^ Imperf., Je peignais. Imper., 
 peins, peignons. Subj., que je peigne, que 
 nous peignions. Imperf., que je peignisse, 
 qu'il peignît. Part., peignant, peint-e. Con- 
 jugate thus its compounds, repeindre^ dé- 
 peindre. 
 
 Peindre and peigner., having peignant for 
 present participle, there is between those two 
 verbs the same resemblance as we have noticed 
 between moudre and mouler. 
 
 Ind., Je plais, tu plais, il plait, nous plai- 
 sons. Part., plaisant, plu. Conjugate in the 
 same manner the verbs déplaire., complaire. 
 
 Ind., Je prends, nous prenons, ils prennent. 
 Subj., que je prenne, que nous prenions. 
 Imperf, que je prisse. Part., prenant, pris-e. 
 Conjugate in the same manner its compound 
 reprendre., etc. 
 
 Ind., Je résous, tu résous, nous résolvons. 
 Imperf, Je résolvais. Imp., résous, résol- 
 vons. Subj., que je résolve. Imperf, que je 
 résolusse. Part, résolvant, résolue, or ré- 
 soute. 
 
 Ind., Je ris. PastDef , Je ris, nous rîmes. 
 Part., riant, ri. Conjugate in the same man- 
 ner its compound sourire. 
 
 f Ind., Je romps. Past Def , Je rompis. 
 \ Part., rompant, rorapu-e. Conjugate thus 
 [ interrompre^ corrompre, 
 
 { Ind., Je suffis. Past Def, Je suffis, nous 
 I suffîmes. Part. , suffisant, suffi. 
 
 Ind., Je suis, tu suis, il suit. Imper., sui- 
 vons. Subj., que je suive. Imperf, que je 
 suivisse. Part., suivant, suivi-e. Conjugate 
 ^ thus poursuivre, 
 
 Ind., Je tais. Past Def, Je tus. Part., 
 taisant, tu-e. This verb is generally used in 
 the reflective voice in French, with the mean- 
 ^ ing of to keep silent. 
 
 Ind., Je trais, tu trais, il trait, nous trayons, 
 ils traient. Subj., que je traie. No imperf, 
 this verb being defective. Conjugate thus dù- 
 Jraire^ abstraire^ soustraire^ etc. 
 
SUBSTANTIVE. Ill 
 
 This verb is seldom used. Ind., Je vainc, 
 
 tu vaincs, il vainc, nous vainquons. Fut., Je 
 
 /',.,„'„• 7. ^ vaincrai. Cond.. Je vaincrais. Subj., que je 
 
 to lanquisiu ^.^^jp^^^,^^ Lnj^erf., que je vainquisse. Part., 
 
 ^ vainquant, vaincu-e. 
 
 Re3IARK. — The foregoing verbs should be given to learners as 
 exercises. With the help of our model verbs, they will supply the 
 modes, tenses, persons, etc., and fill up the blank left for the 
 regular parts. From time to time, they must be questioned on the 
 theories laid in the foregoing pages. 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES OR NOUNS. 
 
 Substantives are words representing persons or tilings: 
 
 Homme, soleil, ciel, terre, Man^ siui^ shy^ earthy etc. 
 
 There are two sort of substantives : Proper and Common, 
 Common substantives are used to name or represent persons or 
 things of the same kind : 
 
 Homme, femme, mouton, livre, 3Ian, wo7nan, sheej), hooJc, 
 
 Proper substantives belong to single individuals or things, and 
 are used to name them : 
 
 Alexandre, Washington, Paris, Alexander, Washington, Pains. 
 
 Substantives or nouns possess two attributes: Gender and 
 Number. 
 
 Gender is the faculty substantives have to represent the differ- 
 ences in sex. Consequently there are two genders. Masculine to 
 represent names of male beings : 
 
 Le père, le Hon, l'homme. The father ^ the lion, man. 
 
 Feminine for names of females : 
 
 Femme, lionne, fille, Woman^ lioness, girl. 
 
 Inanimate substantives ought to be without a gender : yet, ac- 
 cording to an arbitrary law of the French tongue, analogy and cus- 
 tom have granted one to inanimate objects : 
 
 Soleil, tableau, livre, Sun, picture, hooTc, 
 
 Are masculine. 
 
 Maison, montre, table, House, watch, table, 
 
 Ai*e feminine. 
 
112 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 The French language having no neuter or third gender, inani- 
 mate objects are masculine or feminine, when custom sanctions the 
 use before them of le, la, les, iJie^ or un, une, a, an: 
 
 Le feu, la flamme, Fire^ flame. 
 
 Un chandelier, une chandelle, Candle-sticky candle. 
 
 We subjoin a list of common substantives most likely to be mis- 
 taken in their gender, which must become familiar to learners 
 through practice. 
 
 A-bî-me, 
 
 Â-ge, 
 
 Air, 
 
 Al-bâ-tre, 
 
 A-ma-dou, 
 
 A-mi-don, 
 
 An-chois, 
 
 An-gle, 
 
 A-nis, 
 
 An-ti-do-te, 
 
 An-ti-moi-ne, 
 
 Ar-mis-tice, 
 
 Ar-ro-soir, 
 
 Au-tel, 
 
 Ba-lus-tre, 
 
 Cen-ti-me, 
 
 Ci-gar-re, 
 
 Com-com-bre, 
 
 Cra-be, 
 
 E- clair, 
 
 E-lo-ge, 
 
 Em-pla-tre, 
 
 E-qui-li-bre, 
 
 E-qui-nox-e, 
 
 A-lar-me, 
 Al-co-ve, 
 A-mor-ce, 
 
 MASCULINE 
 
 Abyss. 
 
 Age. 
 
 Air. 
 
 Alabaster. 
 
 Tinder. 
 
 Starch. 
 
 Anchovy. 
 
 Angle, 
 
 Anise-seed. 
 
 Antidote. 
 
 Antimony. 
 
 Armistice. 
 
 Watering-pot. 
 
 Altar. 
 
 Baluster. 
 
 Centime. 
 
 Cigar. 
 
 Cucumber. 
 
 Crah. 
 
 Lightning. 
 
 Eidogium. 
 
 Plaster. 
 
 Equilibrium. 
 
 Equinox. 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 Es-ca-lier, 
 
 Es-comp-te, 
 
 Es-clan-dre, 
 
 E-ta-ge, 
 
 E-van-gi-le, 
 
 E-ven-tail, 
 
 Gi-ro-fle, 
 
 Hé-mis-phè-re, 
 
 Hi-ver, 
 
 Hos-pi-ce, 
 
 Ho-tel, 
 
 In-di-ce, 
 
 In-cen-di-e, 
 
 In-ter-val-le, 
 
 In-ven-tai-re, 
 
 I-voi-re, 
 
 Le-gu-me, 
 
 Mon-ti-cu-le, 
 
 O-be-lis-que, 
 
 On-gle, 
 
 0-ra-ge, 
 
 Ou-vra-ge, 
 
 Pour-pre, 
 
 Vi-vres, 
 
 Staircase. 
 
 Discount. 
 
 Brawl, 
 
 Story. 
 
 Gospel. 
 
 Fan. 
 
 Clove. 
 
 Hemisphere. 
 
 Winter. 
 
 Hospital. 
 
 Hotel 
 
 Indication. 
 
 Conflagration. 
 
 Interval. 
 
 Inventory. 
 
 Ivory. 
 
 Vegetable. 
 Hillock. 
 
 Obelisk. 
 
 Nail. 
 
 Storm. 
 
 Work. 
 
 A disease. 
 
 Provisions. 
 
 FEMININE SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 Alarm. Ar-tè-re, Artein/. 
 
 Recess. At-mo-sphè-re, Atmosphere. 
 
 Priming. A-vant-scè-ne, Proscenium^ 
 

 SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 ii;i 
 
 An-cre, 
 
 Anclior. 
 
 De-crot-toi-re, 
 
 Scraper. 
 
 An-ti-cliam-bre 
 
 AntecJiainbcr, 
 
 Din-de, 
 
 Turkey hen. 
 
 Ar-gi-le, 
 
 Clay. 
 
 E-bè-ne, 
 
 Ebony. 
 
 Ar-moi-re, 
 
 Cuphoard, 
 
 E-caill-e, 
 
 Shell. 
 
 E-cri-toi-re, 
 
 Inkstand, 
 
 0-mo-pla-te, 
 
 Shoidder-hlade. 
 
 E-cu-me, 
 
 Foam, 
 
 On-ce, 
 
 Ounce. 
 
 En-clu-me, 
 
 Anvil. 
 
 0-ran-ge, 
 
 Orange. 
 
 E-qui-vo-que, 
 
 Pun. 
 
 Pei-ne, 
 
 Pain. 
 
 Fi-bre, 
 
 Fibre. 
 
 Pa-roi, 
 
 Side. 
 
 Hor-lo-ge, 
 
 Clock. 
 
 Pé-da-le, 
 
 Pedal 
 
 Hui-le, 
 
 Oil 
 
 Sen-ti-nel-Ie, 
 
 Sentry. 
 
 I-do-le, 
 
 Idol 
 
 Stal-le, 
 
 Stall 
 
 Im-mon-di-ces, 
 
 Dirt. 
 
 San-da-ra-que, 
 
 Pouch. 
 
 In-sul-te, 
 
 Insult. 
 
 Té-né-bres, 
 
 Darkness. 
 
 Na-cre, 
 
 3Iother-of pearl Thé-1'ï-Si-qae, 
 
 Treacle. 
 
 Of-fre, 
 
 Offer. 
 
 Vé-ri-té, 
 
 Truth. 
 
 Substantives having approprmted forms for 
 
 each gender. 
 
 Hom-me, 
 
 Man. 
 
 Gar-çon, 
 
 Boy. 
 
 Pè-re, 
 
 Father. 
 
 Fill-e, 
 
 Daughter, 
 
 Ju-ment, 
 
 3Iare, 
 
 Chien-ne, 
 
 Bitch. 
 
 Va-che, 
 
 Coio. 
 
 Li-on, 
 
 Lion. 
 
 A-ne, 
 
 Donkey^ M. 
 
 Pou-le, 
 
 Hen. 
 
 Cerf, 
 
 Deer, M. 
 
 Loup, 
 
 Wolf M. 
 
 Ti-gre, 
 
 Tiger, M. 
 
 Ours, 
 
 Bear, M. 
 
 Fem-me, 
 
 Woman. 
 
 Fill-e, 
 
 Girl 
 
 Mè-re, 
 
 Mother. 
 
 Che-val, 
 
 Horse, 
 
 Chien, 
 
 Dog. 
 
 Bœuf, 
 
 Ox. 
 
 Tau-reau, 
 
 Bull 
 
 Li-on-ne, 
 
 Lioness. 
 
 A-nes-se, 
 
 Donkey, F. 
 
 Coq, 
 
 Rooster. 
 
 Bi-che, 
 
 Deer, F. 
 
 Lou-ve, 
 
 Wolf F. 
 
 Ti-gres-se, 
 
 Tiger, F. 
 
 Our-se, 
 
 Bear, F, 
 
 The French language, like the English, not having provided 
 two forms, isiasculine and feminine, for some animate beings; 
 when their sex is to be indicated the words mâle, femelle, male, 
 female, are used as a sign of distinction. Such are : 
 
 E-le-phan^, Elephant. Gi-raf-fe, Cameleopard. 
 
 Ri-no-ce-ros, Rhinoceros. Cra-be, Crab. 
 
 Ser-pen^, Snake. Tor-tue, Turtle. 
 10^^ 
 
114 FIPvST LESSONS IN FRENCH. ^"' 
 
 Buf-fle, Buffalo, Ba-lei-ne, Whale. 
 
 Re-narc?, Fox. Re-quin, Shark. 
 
 Hip-po-po-ta-me, Hippopotamus, etc. 
 
 Small animals and vermin used generally in English in the NEU- 
 TER gender, are either masculine or feminine in French. 
 
 Rat, rat, M. Sou-ris, mouse, F. Tau-pe, mole, F. Mou-che, 
 fly, F, Fou-i-ne, weasel, F. Pu-ce, flea, F. Pu-nai-se, bedbug, 
 F. Vovi, louse, 31. Che-nill-e, caterpillar, F. Pa-pill-on, butter- 
 fly, M. Ver, worm, 31. , etc., defying all grammatical rules, these 
 distinctions in gender will be acquired through practice. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 Oïl substantives having appropriated forms for each gender. 
 
 Learners must reproduce in their copies the syllabic division of 
 French words, and pronounce them correctly. 
 
 Bear, 3f. Man. Girl. Ox. Bitch. Horse. Woman. Don- 
 key, 31 Mother. Boy. Tiger, 31. Rooster. Mare. Father. 
 Daughter. Cow. Lioness. Wolf, F. Deer, 3L Donkey, F 
 Bull. Bear, F. Lion. Deer, F. Wolf, M. Hen. Dog. 
 Tiger, F. 
 
 On animate substantives having no special fornfis to designate their 
 sex, and on those used always in one gender. 
 
 Butterfly. Worm. Caterpillar. Louse. Flea. Weasel. Fly. 
 Rat. Turtle. Bed-bug. Whale. Mouse. Elephant. Mole. 
 Fox. Cameleopard. Hippopotamus. Crab. Rhinoceros. Ser- 
 pent. Shark. Buflfalo. 
 
 On the gender of substantives, whether representing animate or 
 inanimate beings. 
 Darkness. Pain. Abyss. Staircase. Woman. Ox. Wolf, F. 
 Clock. Alarm. Elephant, F. Oil. Girl. Horse. Donkey, F. 
 Weasel. Serpent. Sentry. ]Mother-of-pearl. Lightning. Tur- 
 key-Hen. Man. Wolf, 3L Cameleopard. Bed-bug. Crab. 
 Clay. Nail. Artery. Shell. Vegetable. Hotel. Deer, 31 
 Offer. Rooster. Fly. Shark. Mouse. Worm. Caterpillar. 
 Hippopotamus. Turtle. Deer, F. Son. Bear, F. Alabaster. 
 Scraper. Tinder. Anchor. Fan. Mole. Air. Foam. Anise- 
 seed. Pouch. Clove. Orange. Gospel. Inkstand. Louse. 
 Daughter. Butterfly. Flea. Rat. Whale. Fox. Anvil. Cigar. 
 
SUBSTANTIVE. 115 
 
 Ebony. Storm. Pedal. Work. Sun. Earth. House. Alex- 
 ander. Book. Watch. Picture. Andrew. Sky. Fire. Can- 
 dle-stick. Flame. Candle. Lion. Ivory. Lioness. Plaster. 
 Anchovy. Angle. Watering-pot. Cup-board. 
 
 FORMATION OF THE PLURAL IN SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 The plural of substantives, in French as in English, is generally 
 formed in adding S to the singular form ; in that case that articula- 
 tion is not generally sounded. 
 
 Un homme, deux hommes, A man^ two men. 
 
 Une femme, deux femmes, A woman^ two women. 
 
 L'enfant, les enfants, The cliild^ the children. 
 
 L'arbre, les arbres, The tree^ the trees, 
 
 La mère, les mères, The mother^ the mothers. 
 
 To this general rule are the following exceptions : 
 
 1. Do not change in their plural, substantives ending in the sin- 
 gular with s, X o?^ z : 
 
 Le palais, les palais, The palace., the palaces, 
 
 La voix, les voix, The voice., the voices. 
 
 Le nez, les nez, The nose., the noses. 
 
 2. Substantives ending in AU or EU, require X in the plural 
 number. 
 
 Un tableau, des tableaux, A picture. 
 
 Un feu, des feux, Afire^ some fires. 
 
 Un étau, des étaux, A vice (screw), vices. 
 
 3. Among substantives ending in ou, the following require X in 
 the plural : Bijou, caillou, hibou, chou in the singular, are : bijoux, 
 cailloux, hiboux, choux in the plural. 
 
 Nevertheless, other substantives in ou, according to general rule 
 add s in the plural: 
 
 Un clou, des clous, un verrou, des verrous, le trou, les trous. 
 A nail^ some nails, a holt, some holts, the hole, the holes. 
 
 4. Substantives ending in al, form their plural in AUX: 
 Le mal, les maux, JEvil, evils. 
 
 Le cheval, les chevaux, Horse, horses, 
 
 L^ hôpital, les hôpitaux, Hospital^ hospitals. 
 
116 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 According to general rule, adding s to their plural form, the fol- 
 lowing substantives must be excepted : 
 
 Cantal, A sort of cheese. Chacal, Jaclzal, 
 
 Aval, Endorsement of a note. Régal, A treat 
 
 Bal, Ball. Carnaval, Carnival. 
 
 Nopal, Cochineal fig-tree. Festival, Musical entertainment. 
 
 Which, in the plural, are ending in s. 
 
 Reaiarks. — Substantives ending in ail, instead of AU add s to 
 their plural. 
 
 Un portail, des portails, Church entrance^ church entrances. 
 
 Un gouvernail, des gouvernails, A rudder., rudders. 
 
 Are excepted: bail, émail, souj)irail, travail, etc., Zeose, enamel^ 
 air-hole^ worh^ which are in the plural: baux, émaux, soupiraux, 
 travaux. 
 
 Ail, garlic^ is ails or aulx. The last form is the only one used 
 in practice. 
 
 Bétail^ has no plural : It is synonymous with Bestiaux^ both an- 
 swering to cattle in English. 
 
 CiEL, ŒIL, AÏEUL, have two plural forms : 
 
 {Ciels, in slqj of landscapes ; clELS-de-lit, testers for 
 beds; with the meaning of climate, or atmospheri- 
 cal temperature, when answering to the word sky in 
 English. 
 
 In every other case, corresponding to heaven j its plural form is 
 CIEUX: 
 
 L'Italie est sous un des plus Italy is situated under one of 
 
 beaux ciels de l'Europe, the finest sides of Europe. 
 
 Les CIEUX annoncent la gloire Heaven proclaims God's glory. 
 
 de Dieu 
 
 ŒiLS, in œils-de-bœuf, oval windows, literally ox- 
 eyes, or in any compound substantive beginning with 
 ŒIL, eye. CÉil-de-bouc, a kind of shell, goat's eyes^ 
 ^ œils-de-chat, cat's eyes. 
 
 In all other cases it is yeux in the plural : 
 
 Yeux noirs, yeux vifs, Black eyes^ sparkling eyes. 
 
 (AÏEULS, when meaninsf grandfathers, from pater- 
 nal or maternal side. It is aïeux when ancestors 
 are meant. Ex: II descend de nobles aïeux, lie is 
 of a noble descent^ etc. 
 
SUBSTANTIVE. 117 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 Formation of the plural of suhstantives^ icMcJi^ following the general 
 rule require S in that numher ; and of those having the same form 
 in the tico numhers. ( In their copies^ learners uoill "mention the 
 plural form^ the gender of those substantives^ and pronounce dis- 
 tinctly the syUahles composing them. ) 
 
 Man; block; anvil; woman; girl; father; dog; son; mother; 
 insult: rooster; ox; truth; cow; wolf; whale; mare; bear; ele- 
 phant; lion; mouse; tree; child; palace; idol; abyss; hillock; 
 orange; storm; winter; ante-chamber; proscenium; mole; snake; 
 cameleopard ; bread [pain, M) ; donkey ; daughter ; meat (vian-de^ 
 F) ; deer ; hen ; rhinoceros ; dirt ; sentinel ; fork [four-chet-te^ F) ; 
 foam; watering-pot; ivory; vegetable; house; sun; watch; table; 
 candle; staff (hâ-ton, 31)] candle-stick: fire; conflagration; fancy 
 (i-ma-gi-na-tion, F)\ hotel; altar; starch; caterpillar; worm; verse 
 (vers, 31); nail; lightning; provisions; anchor; ink {en-cre, F)\ 
 work; interval; baluster; wine [vin 31) \ armistice; anchovy; clay; 
 fruit [fruit, 31) ; cucumber ; cigar ; mother-of-pearl ; inkstand ; 
 lioness; water-spout [trombe, F); weasel; fly; obelisk; cross 
 [croix, F). 
 
 Formation of plural of substantives ending in AU or EU in the sin- 
 gular; and of others ending in OU in the same number, requiring 
 S or X in the plural. 
 
 Hat [cha-peau, 31)] picture; fire; boat [ha-teau, 31)] jewel; 
 cabbage; sprig [ra-meau, 31)] pebbles; knife [cou-teau^ 31)] owl; 
 nail; bolt: knee [ge-nou, 31)] pulse; louse; kid [che-vreau)] cask 
 [ton-neau, 31) ; water [eau, F) ; gruel, [gru-au, 31) ; castle [cha- 
 teau, 31)] leek [por-reau)] hole [trou, 31)] sharper (^-Zozf, il/) ; 
 cough [toux, F)] nç^t [ré-seau. M)] scourge [fU-au)] hair (cAe-rei^, 
 31) ; crazy [fou, 31) ; game [jeu, 31) ; badger [hlai-reau) ; bull 
 [tau-reau)] tinder; sparrow [moi-neau, 31)] piece [mor-ceau, 31)] 
 nephew [ne-veu) ; hamlet [ha-meau, 31) ; bird [oi-seau, 31) ; ham- 
 mer [niar-teau, 31) ; holy [houx, 31) ; todd [cfra-pau. M) ; skin 
 [peau, F) ; calf [veau, 31). 
 
 Plural of substantives inflected in AL or AIL, in the singular^ 
 
 ending in AUX, ALS, or AILS in the plural, and those having two 
 
 FORMS according to their acceptation and numher. 
 
 General, [gé-né-ral) ; blacksmith [ma-re-chal) ; evil ; carnival ; 
 
 jackal ; hospital ; cantal ; horse ; enamel ; corporal [ca-po-ral) ; fan ; 
 
118 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 garlic; air-hole; church entrance; endorsement; rudder; admiral 
 {a-ini-ral) ; seraglio [sé-rail, 31) ; ball ; lease ; cardinal {car-di-nal) ; 
 cochineal fig-tree; work; treat; cattle; h.^aven; sky; canal (ca-nal, 
 31) ; lanthorn {fan-aï^ 31) ; eye ; sky ; ancestor ; testers for beds ; 
 grandfather; oval window; metal {mé-taï^ 31) \ cat's eyes; channel 
 {che-nal, 31) ; vale {val^ 31) ; coral {co-rail^ 31) ; arsenal (ar-se-nal, 
 31) ; shawl {schal-le^ 31) ; iron wire {ar-cJial, 31) ; sea unicorn 
 {nar-valj 31). 
 
 COMPLEMENTS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 Words completing the signification of substantives are called 
 complements; preceded by the preposition de, in French, they 
 are placed always after the words they limit or explain, corre- 
 sponding generally to adjectives in English. 
 L'homme de science, The man of science^ or the scientific man. 
 
 The preposition A, in French, is used to connect two substan- 
 tives forming compound words : 
 
 Moulin-à-vent, Bateau-à-vapeur, Dé-à-coudre, Dé-à-jouer, 
 Windmill, steamboat^ thimble^ dice. 
 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 
 
 On 
 
 Complements of Substantives in French. 
 
 
 Bou-lan-ger, 
 
 Baker. 
 
 Drajp, 31, 
 
 
 Cloth. 
 
 Pier-re, F., 
 
 Stone. 
 
 Fil, M., 
 
 
 Thread. 
 
 Boi-te, F, 
 
 Box. 
 
 Can-ne, F, 
 
 
 Cane. 
 
 Bois, 31., 
 
 Wood, frame. 
 
 Ha-bi^, 3f., 
 
 
 Coat. 
 
 Vil-le, F, 
 
 Town. 
 
 Ko-be, F, 
 
 
 Gown. 
 
 Soie, F, 
 
 Silk. 
 Cadre, 3f., 
 
 Bou-cher, 
 Frame. 
 
 
 Butcher. 
 
 Bakers' bread. Gold watch. 
 
 Stone houses. 
 
 Picture frames. 
 
 Ivory box. Olive oil. Scientific men. Town clock. Frame house. 
 Ivory fans. Silver fork. Steel knives. Bakers' stall. Iron fork. 
 Tin watering-pot. Granite palace. Man's glory. Elephant tooth. 
 Marble house. Frame staircase. Ebony cane. March wind. 
 Mother's wishes. Children's plays. Men's coats. Girls' gowns. 
 Corn bread. Crystal palace. Stone castles. Silk gowns. Mar- 
 ble church entrance. Silk shawl. Ebony cupboard. Silk thread. 
 Granite church entrances. Iron staircases. Cats' eyes. Oval 
 windows. Bed testers. Tin lantern. Marble horses. Silk hats. 
 
ARTICLE. 119 
 
 ARTICLE. 
 There is a single article in French having three different forms: 
 
 LE, placed before substantives masculine singular, ] an^werin"* 
 
 LA, before substantives feminine singular, > " .j ^ 
 
 LES, before substantives of either genders when plural, ] 
 
 The forms of the article, in French, are liable to two changes: 
 Elision, and contraction. The gender and number of these 
 forms depend always on substantives they precede. The office of 
 the ARTICLE is to announce that nouns are used DETER^nNATELY, 
 but does not determinate them. The elision consists in the 
 dropping of the vowels A, E, before words beginning with a vowel 
 or H mute, to prevent the disagreeable sound produced by the 
 meeting of two vowels. An apostrophe (') in that case, replaces 
 the dropped vowel. With elision we write and say: 
 L'esprit, l'homme, l'humanité, for: le esprit, le homme, ?a humanité. 
 
 The CONTRACTION is the union or blending of the forms le, les, 
 the, of the French article, with one of the prepositions A or DE, to, 
 of, answering to : to the^ of the^ in English. 
 
 With contraction we sa}^ : 
 
 Au pain, ] là?6pain, 1 pr^^wp-rino- f^^ ^^^^ ^^'^<^- 
 
 1 1' 
 
 • 1- Instead of - "J 
 
 Aux fruits, T 4.^ 1 ^('l à les fruits, I . - ^ j to the fruits, 
 Dupain, '{^""'^'^^^^{delev^m: ^}l, \ofthehread. 
 Des fruits, J } deles fmits, J -^^§^1^^ • [ of the fruits. 
 
 Contractions do not take place before feminine substantives; 
 nor before 3L\sculine words in the SINGULAR, when they begia 
 with a vowel or H mute. 
 
 In such cases we say with elision : 
 
 V 
 
 A l'éclat, à l'honneur, instead of, au éclat, au honneur. 
 De l'éclat, de l'honneur, " du éclat, du honneur. 
 
 To the hrightness, to the honor, of the hrightness, of the honorl 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 All the preceding exercises on the gender, number, and comple- 
 ments of substantives, must be used in the practice of the deter^ 
 viinate article, definite in English. 
 
120 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 The woman speaks^ we believe 
 the woman, 
 
 FHendship charms^ 1 appreci- 
 ate friendship. 
 
 Meat is good. Hike meat 
 
 1. LE, l' la, l', les, answering to: the, before nouns em- 
 ployed for subjects or direct complements of verbs : 
 
 L'homme marche, Je vois Man loalks^ I see the man, 
 
 l'homme, 
 La femme parle, nous croyons 
 
 la femme, 
 L'amitié charme, J'apprécie 
 
 l'amitié, 
 La viande est bonne. J'aime la 
 
 viande. 
 
 2. AU, A l', ALA, A l', AUX, answering to: TO the, before 
 nouns indirect objects of neuter verbs : 
 
 Je vais au jardin, à la ville, I go to the garden^ to the 
 aux vendanges, town^ to the vintage, 
 
 II parle à l'homme, à la He speaks to the man, to the 
 femme, aux enfants, woman, to the children, 
 
 3. DU, de l', de la, de l', des, answering to: of the, from 
 the, before nouns indirect objects of the same verbs : 
 
 Je viens du jardin, de la ville, I come from the garden, from 
 
 the town. 
 Nous parlons de l'homme, de We speak of the man, of the 
 
 la femme, du garçon, des icoman, of the hoy, of the 
 
 enfants, children. 
 
 4. DU, DE l', de la, de l', DES, answering to: some, any, 
 before nouns of 2i partitive meaning employed for subjects or direct 
 complements of active verbs. Combined with negation answering 
 to pas de, aucun, none, not — any has no partitive meaning. 
 
 Du pain et de la viande sont Bread and meat are necessary. 
 
 nécessaires, 
 
 Nous avons de l'or et de l'ar- 
 gent, 
 
 "H n'a pas d'argent. 
 
 We have some gold and silver. 
 He has not any money. 
 
 to teachers. 
 
 Explain what is meant by determinate, indeterminate, par- 
 titive, and NEGATIVE sense (see Complete Course, N. 1178, bis), 
 and maintain these exercises till pupils use with facility before 
 NOUNS, subjects or complements of verbs, all the forms of the 
 
ARTICLE. 121 
 
 determinate article, either elided, combined or blended with the pre- 
 positions A, and DE employed in deter:minate or partitive cases. 
 
 ON PARTITIVE AND DETER3IINATE SENSE, 
 
 in which substantives are employed partitively, for subjects or 
 complements of active verbs; or determinately, as comple- 
 ments of substantives and neuter verbs. 
 
 We must eat some bread and meat. We love and cherish 
 {chéHr) children. They have horses. They come from the garden. 
 Peter [Pier-re] goes to the house. Some bread is necessary. Have 
 3'ou any money? We do not speak of bread, but of meat. Give 
 us some water? You have had stone and brick houses. Some 
 men have arrived. I eat an orange. I like the taste of fruits. 
 Man is a reasonable creature. They eat meat. They must have 
 books. Man walks. The daughter is loved by [de] the mother. 
 The color of the sky. Man's honor and virtue. Let us have 
 books. We have not any bread. Elephants are animals from 
 Asia and Africa. We speak of man and not of animals. We 
 must have hospitals. Canals are useful [u-ti-les). I see marble 
 palaces. 
 
 When learners will understand perfectly the principles upon 
 which are based the preceding examples, they must be accustomed 
 to compose sentences of their own, and make practical applications 
 of those principles. 
 
 For more complete theories, see our Complete Course, page 238. 
 Syntax of the article. 
 
 adjective. 
 There are two kinds of adjectives : qualifying and determiiiative. 
 
 Qualifying Adjectives. 
 
 To express their quality, qualifying adjectives are added to 
 the substantives they modify : 
 
 Bon, beau, sage, grand, coura- Good^ handsome, wise, greats 
 
 geux, courageous. 
 
 Adjectives have neither gender nor number. Nevertheless, in 
 French, to mark a closer connection with the substantives they 
 qualify or determine, their endings or terminations are variable. 
 This is called AGREEiViENT, as shown in the following examples : 
 11 F 
 
122 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Un homme prudent, A prudent man. 
 
 Une femme prudente, A prudent woman. 
 
 Des hommes prudents, Prudent men. 
 
 Des femmes prudentes, Prudent women. 
 
 Formation of the féminine of French Adjectives. 
 
 To assume a feminine form, every masculine adjective requires 
 E mute : 
 
 sensé 1 f sensée, reasonable. 
 
 Masc. form: grandi > Fem. form: s grande, great, large or tall. 
 petit ) [ petite, smallj Utile or short. 
 
 The exceptions to this rule are as follows : 
 
 1. Adjectives ending in the masculine in E mute, remain the 
 same in both genders : 
 
 Honete, aimable, fidèle, pauvre, Honesty amiable, faithful, poor. 
 
 2. Adjectives ending in EL, eil, ien, on, et in the mascuhne, 
 have their feminine in elle, eille, ienne, onne, ette. That is 
 to say : They double their last consonant and adopt E mute. 
 
 Yet, the following adjectives : 
 
 Complet, complete. Concret, coagulate. ] c g [ Complète, concrète. 
 Discret, discrete. Secret, secret. f i « ] Discrète, secrète. 
 Inquiet, unquiet. Replet, satiated. ] "^5 (inquiète, replète. 
 
 Viz. : They do not double their final consonant, but require a grave 
 accent (^) on the antepenultimate E. 
 
 3. The adjectives: 
 
 Nul, void. Sot, dunce. Gras, fat. 
 
 Gentil, pretty. Vieillot, oldish. Las, tired. 
 
 Bellot, nice. Bas, low. Epais, thick. 
 
 Paysan, countryman. Gros, hig. 
 
 are in the feminine: Nulle, gentille, bellotte, sotte, viellote, pay- 
 sanne, basse, grasse, lasse, épaisse, grosse. Viz: They double the 
 last consonant and add E mute. 
 
 4. Adjectives ending in F or X, form their feminine in VE or se. 
 Such are : 
 
 Neuf 1 ^ ^ [Neuve, New. 
 
 Heureux \ which are in the feminine \ Heureuse, Happy. 
 Jaloux J (Jalouse, Jealous. 
 
ADJECTIVE. 
 
 123 
 
 f Douce, 
 j Fausse. 
 ^ are in tlieir feminine forms \ Préfixe. 
 
 I Rousse. 
 [Vieille. 
 
 Viz. : Tliey change F into V ; X into S, and adopt E mute accord- 
 ing to general rule. 
 Yet the adjectives: 
 
 Doux, Siveet. 
 
 Faux, False. 
 
 Prefix, Freficc, 
 
 Roux, Reddish. 
 
 Vieux, Old, 
 
 5. The adjectives: 
 
 Jumeau, twin (male). 
 Beau, Jiandso7)ie. 
 Nouveau, new. 
 Fou, crazi/. 
 
 Mou, so/L 
 
 Remark. — ^Bel, nouvel, fol, mol, before words beginning with a 
 vowel or H mute, replace beau, nouveau, fou, mou: 
 
 Bel oiseau, nouvel habit, Fine bird, 7iav coat. 
 
 Fol amour, mol édredon, Foolish love, soft down. 
 
 6. The adjectives: 
 
 ^ are in the feminine 
 
 ' Jumelle. 
 Belle. 
 Nouvelle. 
 Folle. 
 Molle. 
 
 Aigu, sharp. 
 Ambigu, amhiguous. 
 Contigu, contiguous. 
 Exigu, small. 
 
 1 Aiguë. 
 Ambiguë. 
 Contiguë. 
 Exiguë. 
 
 Viz. : they require 
 adiaeresis(-- )oue. 
 
 7. The adjectives : 
 Blanc, franc, sec, frais, ammo- 
 niac, public, caduc, Turc, 
 Grec, long, bénin, malin, 
 coi, favori, devin, etc., 
 
 White, frayik, dry, fresh, am- 
 7noniac public, old, Turh, 
 Greek, long, benign. Tills- 
 chievous, quiet, favorite, 
 sooth-teïler, 
 
 are in their feminine form : blanche, franche, sèche, fraîche, am- 
 moniaque, publique, caduque, Turque, Grecque, longue, bénigne, 
 maligne, coite, favorite, devineresse. 
 
 For masculine adjectives ending in EUR, having two feminine 
 forms, see Complete Com'se, N. 340. 
 
 practice. 
 
 Formation of the feminine of French adjectives, including the 
 general rule to the third exception. This and the following must 
 be memorized under the two forms JIf and F, 
 
124 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Complete^ com-plet; sensible^ sen-se; sucli^ tel; country-man^ pay- 
 san; great^ grand; honest, hon-ne-te; equal, e-gal; dunce, sot; 
 little, pe-tit; amiable, ai-ma-ble; pretty, gen-til; faithful, fi-dè-le; 
 low, bas; hig, gros; poor, pau-vre; oldish, old, vieil-lot; discreet, 
 dis-cret; ancient, an-cien; learned, ins-truit; good, bon; unquiet, 
 in-quiet; tired, las; dumb, mu-et; coagulated, con-cret; secret, se- 
 cret; young, jeu-ne; fat, gras; satiated, re-plet; nice, bel-lot. 
 
 On the fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh exceptions. 
 
 Widower, veuf; r)iale twin, ju-meau; new, neuf; old, vieux; 
 happy, heu-reux; false, faux; handso7ne, beau; jealous, ja-loux; 
 reddish, roux; new, nou-veau; fiiie, bel; sweet, doux; crazy, fou; 
 prefix, pré-fix-e; soft, mou; ne2v, nou-vel; loMte, blanc; soft, mol; 
 sharp, ai-gu; crazy, fol; frank, franc; ambiguous, ara-bi-gu; dry^ 
 sec; contiguous, con-ti-gu ; /res^, frais; small, ex-i-gu; ammoniac^ 
 am-mo-ni-ac; soothsayer, àe-ym', public, ^u-hYia', favorite, fa-vo-ri; 
 caduque, old, ca-duc; long, long; Turk, Turc; Greek, Grec. 
 
 TO TEACHERS. 
 
 Once familiarized with the preceding exercises, set learners to 
 use the same adjectives under their two forms in qualif3dng nouns 
 of different genders : 
 
 Le livre complet. Une chose complète. L'homme veuf. La 
 femme veuve. Des hommes bons. Des femmes bonnes, aux en- 
 fants sages, etc. 
 
 FOR]VIATION OF THE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Either masculine or feminine, in French, adjectives form their 
 plural by adding s. 
 Bon, bonne, bons, bonnes, aimable, aimables, good, amiable. 
 
 Exceptions to this rule. 
 1. Adjectives ending in s or x are the same in their plural mas- 
 culine form. Such are: gris, épais, heureux, doux; gray, thicky 
 happy, etc. 
 Un chapeau gris, des chapeaux A grey hat, grey hats, 
 
 gris. 
 Un nuage épais, des nuages éjoais, A thick cloud, thick clouds. 
 Un sirop doux, des sirops doux, A sweet syrup, sweet syrups. 
 Un homme heureux, des hommes A happy man, happy men, 
 
 heureux^ 
 
ADJECTIVE. 
 
 125 
 
 2. When ending in AU, adjectives form their plural masculine in 
 adding x : 
 
 Beau, nouveau, jumeau, . Handsome^ new, twin. 
 
 De beaux discours, Handsome speeches. 
 
 Des enfants jumeaux, Twin children. 
 
 Des livres nouveaux, New hooks. 
 
 The feminine forms : helle, jumelle, nouvelle, according to general 
 rule add s. 
 
 3. Adjectives ending in AL form their plural masculine some in 
 AUX, which is the greatest number, viz : 
 
 Brutal, 
 
 Bruteaux, 
 
 Rough. 
 
 Décimal, 
 
 Décimaux, 
 
 Decimal. 
 
 Egal, 
 
 Egaux, 
 
 Equal. 
 
 Loyal, 
 
 Loyaux, 
 
 Loyal. 
 
 Moral, 
 
 Moraux, 
 
 Moral. 
 
 Matrimonial, 
 
 Matrimoniaux, 
 
 MatrimonîaL 
 
 Musical, 
 
 Musicaux, 
 
 Ilusical. 
 
 Following the general rule others add s. 
 
 Such are : 
 
 Amical, 
 
 Amicals, 
 
 Friendly. 
 
 Fatal, 
 
 Fatals, 
 
 Fatal 
 
 Final, 
 
 Finals, 
 
 Final. 
 
 Frugal, 
 
 Frugals, 
 
 Sober. 
 
 Glacial, 
 
 Glacials, 
 
 Frozen. 
 
 Matinal, 
 
 Matinals, 
 
 Early in rising. 
 
 Naval, 
 
 Navals, 
 
 Navcd. 
 
 Custom allows the endings ALS or AUX, for masculine plural 
 forms with the following adjectives: 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Austral, 
 
 Colossal, 
 
 Doctoral, 
 
 Ducal, 
 
 Frugal, 
 
 Natal, 
 
 Ee:\l\rk. 
 
 Plurcd forms. 
 
 Austral. Australs, 
 
 Colossal. Colossals, 
 
 Doctoral. Doctorals, 
 
 Ducal Ducals, 
 
 Sober. Frugals, 
 
 Native. Natals, 
 
 Austraux. 
 Colossaux. 
 Doctoraux. 
 Ducaux. 
 Fi'ugaux. 
 ^ Nataux. 
 
 -Each word must be read slowly in order to indicate 
 the syllabic division, and enable learners to refer to the primitive 
 sounds. 
 11* 
 
126 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 The following adjectives ending in al, are not used in the plural 
 masculine, because they qualify always feminine substantives. 
 Following the general rule they require s in their plural feminine 
 form. 
 
 Beneficial, Beneficial, Examples: 
 
 Canonical, Canonical. Ligne diagonale. 
 
 Diagonal, Diagonal. Physique expérimentale, 
 
 Diametral, Diametral. answ^ering to: 
 
 Expérimental, Expérimental. Diagonal line; experimental 
 Médicinal, Medicinal, philosophy. 
 
 Remark. — It is optional to maintain or to drop the final T in 
 adjeetives ending in ant, unless they are monosyllabic. 
 
 COMPLEMENTS OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Among qualifying adjectives, some convey a complete significa- 
 tion: Bon, beau, grand, vertueux, good^ handsome^ great^ virtu- 
 ous. Others require some words to complete their meaning. Such 
 are: enclin, digne, comparable; inclined^ worthy^ comparahle^ etc. 
 
 Words completing the signification of adjectives are called their 
 complements. Complements are formed with prepositions connect- 
 ing adjectives with words depending on them. In these examples: 
 
 Un homme enclin au vice, A man inclined to vice. 
 
 Une place digne de vous, A situation worthy ofyoursdf. 
 
 Une fortune comparable à la A fortune comparable to yours, 
 
 vôtre. 
 
 Soldat propre à combattre, A soldier fit for fighting. 
 
 The words au vice^ de vous^ à la votre, à combattre are the com- 
 plements of the adjectives, enclin, digne, comparable, propre. 
 
 Being preceded by the prepositions à, de, those words are iiidi- 
 rect, complements. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 Formation of the plural of French Adjectives, and use of their 
 
 Complements. 
 
 Fresh, frais; good, bon; grey, gris; rough, bru-tal; friendly, 
 
 a-mi-cal; thick, e-pais, é-pais-se; decimal, dérci-mal, dé-ci-ma-le; 
 
 fatal, fa-tal; happy, heu-reux, heu-reu-se; final, fi-nal, fina-le; 
 
 equal, é-gal, éga-le; sweet, doux, dou-ce; sober, ffu-gal; loyal^ 
 
ADJECTIVE. 127 
 
 lo3'-al, lo-ya-le; handsome^ beau, bel-le; morale mo-ral, mo-ra-le; 
 fr^zen^ gla-ci-al, gla-ci-a-le ; twin, ju-meau, ju-mel-le ; matrimonial^ 
 nia-tri-mo-ni-al, nia-tri-ino-ni-a-le; new^ nou-vcau, nou-vel-le; 
 early m rising^ ma-ti-nal, ma-ti-na-le ; musical^ mu-si-cal, mu-si- 
 ca-le ; naval, na-va-le ; inclined, en-clin, en-cli-ne ; austral, aus-tral, 
 aus-tra-le; henrficial, bé-né-fi-ci-al, bé-né-fi-ci-ale ; colossal, cô-los- 
 sa-le; canonical, ca-no-ni-cal, ca-no-ni-ca-le ; doctoral, doc-to-ral, 
 doc-to-ra-le ; diagonal, di-a-go-nal, di-a-go-na-le ; worthy, di-gne 
 (add the prep. ) ; diametral, di-a-mé-tral, di-a-mé-tra-le ; du- 
 cal, du-cal, du-ca-le; sober, fru-gal, fru-ga-le; experimental, ex-pé- 
 ri-men-tal, ex-pé-ri-men-ta-le ; native, na-tal, na-ta-le; fit, pro-pre 
 (add the prep. ) ; medicinal, mé-di-ci-nal, mé-di-ci-na-le ; compa- 
 rable, com-pa-ra-ble (add the prep. ) 
 
 Models for composition on Qualifying Adjectives, in connection with 
 DETERi^nNATE nouns, used for subjects or complements of verbs. 
 
 Un œuf frais, l'œuf frais, les œufs frais, à l'œuf frais, aux œufs 
 frais, de l'œuf frais, des œufs frais, d'un œuf frais, etc. 
 Un œuf frais coûte peu ; Je mange un œuf frais, etc. 
 
 Determinative Adjectives. 
 To determine the signification of substantives, DETERiynNATiVE 
 adjectives are used. Like the article, they agree in gender and 
 number with the substantives they precede : 
 
 Ma maison, My house. 
 
 Cette plume. That pen. 
 
 Notre père, Our father. 
 
 There are four kinds of determinative adjectives: numeral, de- 
 monstrative, possessive, indefinite. 
 
 Numeral Adjectives. 
 Numeral adjectives determine the signification of substantives, 
 adding to them ideas of number or order : 
 
 Un homme, une femme, A man, a icoman. 
 
 Un premier étage, un second A first floor, a second floor. 
 étage. 
 
 There are two kinds of numeral adjectives : Cardinal and ordinal» 
 Numeral cardinal adjectives express number: 
 Un, deux, trois, quatre, cinq, six, etc. One, two, three, four, 
 five, six, etc. Un, une, one is alone variable in gender. 
 
128 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Numeral ordinal adjectives mark order or rank: they agree in 
 gender and number with the substantives they determine : 
 
 Le premier fruit, les premiers The first fruity the first fruits, 
 
 fruits, 
 
 La première fleur, les premières The first flow en^^ the first flowers, 
 
 fleurs, 
 
 TABLE OF NTBIERAL ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Un, une, (Cardinal) 1 
 
 deux 2 
 
 trois 3 
 
 quatre \ 4 
 
 cinq 5 
 
 six 6 
 
 sept 7 
 
 huit 8 
 
 neuf 9 
 
 dix 10 
 
 onze 11 
 
 douze 12 
 
 treize 13 
 
 quatorze 14 
 
 quinze 15 
 
 seize 16 
 
 dix-pept 17 
 
 dix-huit 18 
 
 dix-neuf. 19 
 
 vingt 20 
 
 vingt et un 21 
 
 vingt-deux, etc 22 
 
 trente 30 
 
 trente et un 31 
 
 trente-deux, etc 32 
 
 quarante 40 
 
 quarante et un 41 
 
 quarante- deux, etc 42 
 
 ci nquante 50 
 
 cinquante et un 51 
 
 cinquante-deux, etc 52 
 
 soixante 60 
 
 soixante et un, etc 61 
 
 soixante-dix or septante 70 
 
 soixante -onze or septante 
 
 et un 71 
 
 Premier, première (Ordi- 
 nal) 1st. 
 
 deuxième 2d. 
 
 troisième 3d. 
 
 quatrième 4th. 
 
 cinquième 5th. 
 
 sixième 6th. 
 
 septième 7th. 
 
 huitième 8th. 
 
 neuvième 9th. 
 
 dixième lOth. 
 
 onzième llth. 
 
 douzième 12th. 
 
 treizième 13th. 
 
 quatorzième 14th. 
 
 qui nzième 1 5 th. 
 
 seizième 16th. 
 
 dix-septième 1 7th. 
 
 dix-huitème LSth. 
 
 dix-neuvième 1 9th. 
 
 vingtième 20th. 
 
 vingt et unième 21 st. 
 
 vingt deuxième, etc 22d. 
 
 trentième...; eSOth. 
 
 trente et unième 31st. 
 
 trente-deuxième, etc 32d. 
 
 quarantième 4()th. 
 
 quarante et unième 41 st. 
 
 quarante deuxième, etc.. 42d. 
 
 cinquantième 50th. 
 
 cinquante et unième 51st. 
 
 cinquante-deuxième, etc.. 52d. 
 
 soixantième 60th. 
 
 soixante et unième 61st. 
 
 soixante-dixième or sep- 
 tantième 70th. 
 
 soixante-onzième or sep- 
 tante et unième *^1 st. 
 
ADJECTIVE. 
 
 129 
 
 soixante-douze or septante- 
 deux 72 
 
 soixante-treize or septante- 
 trois 73 
 
 soixante-quatorze or septan- 
 te-quatre 74 
 
 soixante-quinze or septante- 
 cinq 75 
 
 soixante-seize or sep tan te- 
 sLx 76 
 
 soixante-dix- sept or septan- 
 te-sept 77 
 
 soixante-dix-huit or septan- 
 te-huit, etc 78 
 
 quatre-vingts 80 
 
 quatre-vingt-un 81 
 
 quatre-vingt-deux, etc 82 
 
 quatre-vingt-dix or nouante. 90 
 
 quatre-vingt-onze or nouan- 
 te et un 91 
 
 quatre-vingt-douze or no- 
 
 nante-deux, etc 92 
 
 cent 100 
 
 cent-un 101 
 
 mille, etc 1000 
 
 soixante-douzième or sep- 
 tante-deuxième 72d. 
 
 soixante-treizième or sep- 
 
 tante-tro^ ^ième 73d. 
 
 soixante-quatorzième or 
 
 septante-quatrième .. 74th. 
 
 soixante-quinzième or sep- 
 tante-cinquième 75th. 
 
 soixante-seizième or sep- 
 tante-sixième 76th. 
 
 soixante-dix-septième or 
 
 septante-septième.... 77th. 
 
 soixante-dix-huitième or 
 
 septante-huitième.... 78th. 
 
 quatre-vingtième 80th. 
 
 quatre-vingt-unième 8 1 st. 
 
 quatre-vingt-deuxième. . . . 82d. 
 
 quatre-vingt-dixième or 
 
 nonantième 90th. 
 
 quatre-vingt-onzième or 
 
 nonante et unième... 91 st. 
 
 quatre-vingt-douzième or 
 
 nonante deuxième... 92d. 
 
 centième lOOth. 
 
 cent-unième 1 01 st. 
 
 millième lOOOth. 
 
 Demonstrative Adjectives. 
 
 Demonstrative adjectives determine the signification of substan- 
 tives, adding to them ideas oî indication. They agree always with 
 the words they determine and précédée. 
 
 This^ that., Ce, cet, masculine singular forms. 
 This^ tJiat^ Cette, feminine " form. 
 
 Tliese^ tJiose, Ces, plural form for both genders. 
 
 Ce, this^ that, is employed before masculine nouns beginning 
 with a consonant or H aspirate : Ce livre, ce hameau. That hook, 
 this hamlet. 
 
 Cet, this, that^ is used before masculine nouns beginning with 
 a vowel or H mute: Cet homme, cet enfant. That man, that child. 
 
 Ces, these, those, is used before plural nouns, either masculine 
 or feminine: Ces hommes, ces femmes, ces amies, Those men, 
 these icomen , those female friends. 
 
 When the difference between this and that has to be made in 
 French, the adverbs ci, LÂ, here, there, are placed after nouns : 
 
130 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 J'ai ce cliapeau-cî, Je n'ai pas ce Ihave tliis Jiatj I have not that 
 chapeau-là, hat. 
 
 The substantive and adverb, in these cases, are connected by a 
 hyphen (-). 
 
 Possessive Adjectives, 
 
 Possessive adjectives determine or hmit substantives they pre- 
 cede, adding to their signification ideas of possession or owner- 
 ship, they call to the mind the object possessed and the possessor 
 of that object: the direct and indirect object: 
 
 J'ai mon chapeau, answering to J'ai le chapeau à moi, / have 
 my hat. 
 
 In this example le chapeau is the direct object; à moi, under- 
 stood, but suggested in the mind, is the indirect. 
 
 Possessive adjectives agree in gender and number with the nouns 
 they determine or limit. Here we subjoin a table of them : 
 
 Sing. Mon if. Ma F. Plur. Mes M. F. My, invariable in Enghsh. 
 
 Ton 
 
 Ta 
 
 Tes 
 
 Thy. 
 
 Son 
 
 Sa 
 
 Ses 
 
 His or her. 
 
 Notre 
 
 Notre 
 
 Nos 
 
 Our, 
 
 Votre 
 
 Votre 
 
 Vos 
 
 Your, 
 
 Lear 
 
 Leur 
 
 Leurs 
 
 Their, 
 
 Mon chapeau, ma jument, mes My hat, my mare, my crops of 
 
 blés, wheat. 
 
 Son père, sa mère, ses sœurs. Sis or her father, mother and 
 
 sisters, 
 Notre maison, notre canne, nos Our house, our cane, our things, 
 
 hardes. 
 
 Contrary to English syntax, possessive adjectives, in French, 
 agree in gender with substantives they determine, viz: with the 
 OBJECTS POSSESSED. Therefore, speaking of a woman's hat, with 
 the masculine form SON, hi^: answering to her. We say: son 
 chapeau, her hat, because son determines chapeau, M. S. 
 
 In this example the masculine form in French, answers to the 
 feminine in English, but with a different connection. 
 
 Before feminine substantives beginning with a vowel or H mute, 
 the possessive adjectives: mon, ton, son, my, thy, his, masculine 
 
ADJECTIVE. ^ 131 
 
 singular, are emplojxd instead of feminine forms MA, TA, SA. 
 The ear requires this euphonical change. 
 
 Mon âme, ton humeur, son épée, standing for: ma âme, ta 
 humeur, sa épée, My soul, Thy humor, His sword. 
 
 Indefinite Adjectives 
 
 Indefinite adjectives determine the signification of substantives, 
 adding to them ideas of generality. Such are : 
 
 Chaque, Every, each. Quelque, du, de, Some, any. 
 
 Nul, None, no. Plusieurs, Several, many. 
 
 Aucun, pas de, Not any. Autre, Other. 
 
 Même, Self, same. ïel, certain, Such, certain. 
 
 Tout, Eveti/, all. Quel, quelle, etc.. What, which. 
 
 Quelconque, Whatever, (goes after nouns). 
 
 Aucun élève ne sortira. No pupil will go out. 
 
 Plusieurs soldats seront punis. Several soldiers will h^ vunished. 
 
 Nul des coupables n'échappera. None of the guilty shall escape. 
 
 Like the forms of the article, determinative adjectives are 
 repeated before each noun they determine. 
 
 Mon père, ma mère, mes en- My father, my mother, my chû- 
 fants, dren, 
 
 PRACTICE 
 On Numbered Adjectives : Cardinal and Ordinal, 
 
 (Learners have to give the French forms as they are indicated 
 in the table, and add a substantive to each). 
 
 One, M. First, M. One, F. First, F. Three. Third. Nine. 
 Ninth. Two. Second. Twelve. Twelfth. Six. Sixth. Eleven. 
 Eleventh. Four. Fourth. Eight. Eighth. Ten. Tenth. Five. 
 Fifth. Thirteen. Thirteenth. Twenty. Twentieth. Thirty. 
 Thirtieth. Forty. Fortieth. Forty-one. Forty-first. One-hun- 
 dred. One hundredth, etc. 
 
 On gender and number of Demonstrative Adjectives. 
 
 This, M. S. This, F. S. This, M. S. , before vowels or H mute. 
 These, M. P. Those, F. P. That, F. S. Those, M. P. These, 
 F. P. Those, M. P., in contrast with these. This, F. S., in con- 
 trast with that. These, F. P. , in contrast with those. 
 
132 riRsa: lessons in prencii. 
 
 On person^ gender^ and number of Possessive Adjectives. 
 Thy, M. S. Their, F. S. His or her, M. S. Thy, R S. His 
 or her, F. P. Thy, M. P. My, M. S. Our, M. P. Thy, F. P. 
 His or her, F. S. Your, M. P. Their, M. S. Our, M. S. Your, 
 F. P. Their, M. P. Your, M. S. Thy, F. P. Our, F. P. His 
 or her, F. P. My, M. P. Their, F. P. His or her, M. P. My, 
 F. S. Our, F. S. Thy, M. P. Their, M. P. My, M. S. Their, 
 F. S. Our, M. S. Their, M. S. Our, F. P. 
 
 On Indefinite Adjectives. 
 
 Every, M. S. Some, F. S. ^ Whatever, M. S. What, F. S. 
 Every, F. S. Not any, M. S. None, M. S. Same, M. P. Other, 
 F. S. Several, M. P. Such, F. S. Every, F. P. Some, M. S. 
 Whatever, F. S. What, M. S. Which, F. P. Not any, F. S. 
 None, M. S. Self, F. P. Other, M. S. Which, M. P. Other, 
 F. P. Such, M. S. Some, F. P. Which, F. S. What, M. P. 
 Some, M. P. What, F. P. Not any, F. P. Self, M. S. Other, 
 M. P. Several, F. P. Such, F. P. Which, M. S. Such, M. P. 
 
 All the substantives employed in our preceding exercises, may 
 be used advantageously as the groundwork for practice on quali- 
 fying, numeral, demonstrative, possessive and indefinite 
 adjectives in connection with verbs. 
 
 Bel homme. Jolie femme. Ce garçon. Sa fille, Aucun élève. Tel 
 enfant, Premier jour. Un homme. Quelle femme, etc. 
 
 Use of the same in connection with Sttbstantives. 
 
 Thy silk gown. These poor men and poor women. A tree. 
 The second story of the house. Thy black hat. Every boy and 
 every girl must study their lessons. Our books are all instructive 
 and moral. None of those bo3^s are good [sage)^ and none of these 
 small girls are bad. It was not necessary for them to have any 
 money. The first woman was Eve [Eve], and the first man Adam. 
 This coat is old, but that hat is new. His or her horse is sick. 
 Not any of those girls are fit for that situation [place. ) Two large 
 olive trees are in my father's garden. Those fruits are not ripe. 
 One soldier has been tried. Your books are all amusing. This 
 table is old. That iron fork is rusty [rouUlé-e). Yourself will be 
 punished. My silver watch is good. Your brothers and sisters are 
 at church. Some money is necessary. This or that picture will be 
 
PRONOUN. 133 
 
 bought. Their clock strikes [sonner). His or her father is content. 
 Your friend is learned and sensible. All my friends are happy. 
 Three apples are on [sur) the table. Your carriages are sold. 
 These houses are old. That man is my friend, and these men are 
 my enemies. My friendship for that man is dead. The moment 
 of danger is past, and my honor is not stained. Some hope is left in 
 that poor old man, and he may see better days. My soul rejoices. 
 When these exercises are translated into French and corrected, 
 learners must be shown how to compose other sentences based on 
 the same principles, in which the article, the qualif^-ing and deter- 
 minative adjectives, are employed according to the general rule of 
 agreement, or with regard to the exceptional cases indicated in our 
 preceding pages. Once well acquainted with the pronunciation of 
 words, the\r signification and office, they will be fit to understand 
 the precepts of French Syntax contained in our Complete Course. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 Pronouns are words put in the place of substantives, or nouns, 
 to recall their ideas, and to avoid tedious repetitions : 
 There are five kinds of pronouns : personal, demonstrative, 
 
 POSSESSIVE, RELATIVE and INDEFINITE : 
 
 Personal Pronouns. 
 
 These pronouns have received the name of perso7ialj because, 
 more than any other pronouns, they seem particularly to represent 
 the three persons. 
 
 Personal pronouns are : 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1st person JE, me, moi, 
 
 
 J, me. 
 
 2d *' TU, TE, TOI, 
 
 
 Thou, thee. 
 
 3d ^' IL, ELLE, LUI, LE 
 
 
 He^ hùn^ she, Mm or her, htm 
 
 SE, SOI, EN, Y, 
 
 
 or tt; hùn, her or ît; of hùn, 
 of her, or of it; to him, to her, 
 to it. 
 
 Plural. 
 1st person nous, de nous, We, us, to us, of us, 
 
 2d ' ' vous, You, to you, of you. 
 
 3d *' ILS, ELLES, EUX, LES, They, them, them or to them, them, 
 LELTi, SE, SOI, EN, Y, to them, to them or of them, etc. 
 12 
 
134 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 The forms le, la, les, him^ lier^ it^ them^ when used as pronouns, 
 are always connected with verbs, as shown in the following ex- 
 amples where they stand for direct complements : 
 
 Je le vois (l'homme). Je le vois 1 see Mm (the man), I see it (the 
 
 (le pont), bridge). 
 
 Je la vois (la femme). Je la vois 1 see her (the woman), / see it 
 
 (la rivière), . (the river). 
 
 Je les connais (les hommes), Je I know them {men) ^ I know them 
 
 les connais (les vices), (vices). 
 
 Like the forms of the article those pronouns in the singular, are 
 subject to elision. 
 
 Je l'aime, nous l'honorons. Hove him^ we honor him or her. 
 
 The forms le, la, les, the^ of the article, on the contrary, always 
 precede substantives: 
 
 Le roi, les rois, la reine, les The Mng^ the kings^ the queeuj 
 reines, the queens. 
 
 Indeclinable in number the personal pronoun leur, essentially 
 plural, answering to: à eux, à elles, to them, must not be con- 
 founded with the determinative adjective leur, leurs, declinable for 
 number and determinating nouns: 
 
 Leur pain, leurs livres, Their bread, their hooks. 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns, 
 
 Demonstrative pronouns recall to mind substantives, adding to 
 them ideas of indication or demonstration. 
 
 Singular Masculine. Singular Feminine. 
 
 Ce, ceci, cela or çà, celui. Celle, This, that. 
 
 Plural Masculine. Plural Feminine. 
 
 Ceux, ceux-ci. Celles, celles-ci, These, those. 
 
 Possessive Pronouns, 
 
 Possessive pronouns recall substantives, adding to them ideas of 
 possession or ownership : They adopt the gender, person and num- 
 ber of substantives which they represent. 
 
PRONOUN. 
 
 135 
 
 JSviguIar Masculine. 
 1st person Le mien, 
 2d '' Le tien, 
 3d *' Le sien, 
 
 Plural Masculine, 
 1st person Les miens, 
 2d " Les tiens, 
 3d *' Les siens. 
 
 Singular Feminine, 
 
 La mienne, Mine. 
 
 La tienne, Thine. 
 
 La sienne, His, hers, its. 
 
 Plural Feminine, 
 Les miennes, 3Iine. 
 Les tiennes, Thine. 
 Les siennes, His, hers, its. 
 
 Invariable 
 for number 
 in English. 
 
 3Iasculine, Feminine, Singular. 3Iasculi7ie, Feminine, Plural. 
 
 1st person Le nôtre, La nôtre. Ours. Les nôtres. Ours. 
 
 2d " Le vôtre, La vôtre. Yours. Les vôtres. Yours. 
 
 3d *' Le leur, La leur. Theirs. Les leurs, Thdrs. 
 
 Remark. — Possessive pronouns, in French, are always preceded 
 by the forms of the determinate article, le, la, les, the, which are 
 integral parts of them. They require the circumflex accent on 0, 
 in nôtre, vôtre, to distinguish them from the possessive adjectives. 
 
 Relative Pronouns. 
 
 On account of their close connection with some substantives or 
 pronouns, the following words have received the denomination of 
 relative pronouns. 
 
 Singular Masculine, 
 
 Qui, que, quoi, lequel, où, au- Who, whose, which (for persons), 
 quel duquel, dont, which, that (for things and pers. ). 
 
 Singular Feminine, 
 
 Qui, que, laquelle, a laquelle, Whom, which, to which, of 
 de laquelle, dont, which. 
 
 Plural Masculine. 
 
 Qui, que, lesquels, desquelles, Whom, which, of which, ofwliom, 
 dont. 
 
 Plural Feminine. 
 
 Qui, que, lesquelles, dont, etc. Whom, which, of which, ofwhom^ 
 
 etc. 
 La seule chose qui nous reste, The only thing that is left us. 
 Le seul espoir que nous ayons, The only remaining hope. 
 Le but où je tends, The object I intend to attain. 
 
136 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Ce sont les enfants dont nous They are the children of whom we 
 parlons, etc., speak^ etc. 
 
 From the last example we see, that, when used as indirect ohjects, 
 like other pronouns, relative pronouns combine with prepositions. 
 
 Whether substantive or pronoun, the preceding word, with 
 which the relative pronoun is connected is called the antecedent of 
 the relative. Relative pronouns always agree in gender, number 
 and person with their antecedent : 
 
 II y a des enfants qui aiment les Some children like hooJcs. 
 
 livres, 
 
 Les richesses que nous recher- The riches we seek are perishable 
 
 chons sont fragiles. 
 
 L'homme bon n'est pas celui The honest man is not the most 
 
 dont on parle le plus, popular. 
 
 In the preceding examples the pronouns qui, que, dont, not ex- 
 pressed in English, have for antecedent: enfants, richesses, celui. 
 
 The pronoun qui, who, is often without apparent antecedent; in 
 those cases a substantive or a pronoun is understood : qui parle f 
 answering to: la personne qui parle est quelle personne? exam- 
 ple in which quelle determines the substantive personne under- 
 stood. 
 
 Indefinite Pronouns, 
 
 Indefinite pronouns indicate vaguely persons or things, whose 
 
 idea they recall into our mind. Such are : 
 
 On, quiconque, quelqu'un, cha- We, they or people; whoever, some 
 cun, chacune, l'autre, l'un, one, each, the other, one, the 
 l'autre, l'une et l'autre, les others, both, to others, no- 
 uns et les autres, autrui, body, etc. 
 personne, etc., 
 
 They are indefinite pronouns when used absolutely, that is to 
 say, not preceding nouns as some may in practice : 
 
 On dit, on vient, on patine, It is said, people come, they are 
 
 dancing. 
 
 Remark. — Nul, certain, plusieurs, tel, no, none, certain, several, 
 such, etc. , indefinite adjectives, are indefinite pronouns when used 
 without substantives. (See page 131.) 
 
PRONOUN. 137 
 
 Aucun n'a répondu, None have answered. 
 
 Nul n'est de mon avis, Nohody is of my opinion. 
 
 Plusieurs pensent que oui, Several think it is so. 
 
 Complements of pronouns. 
 
 Like substantives or adjectives, pronouns may require comple- 
 ments to complete their signification. 
 
 Complements of pronouns are composed of the preposition de, 
 
 of joined to some words depending on the meaning of the sentence : 
 
 Chacun de vous a tort, Ua^h of you, is wrong. 
 
 La crainte de contrarier et celle The fear of contradicting people, 
 
 de déplaire sont naturelles, and that of displeasing, are 
 
 natural. 
 
 In the preceding examples : de vous, de déplaire, are the com- 
 plements of chacun, celle. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 General use of Pronouns. 
 Like substantives, pronouns may be employed for subjects or 
 
 COMPLEMENTS. 
 
 Personal _pro??ow7is used for subjects. 
 
 Je I 1 pers. M or F. S. Je chante, I sing. 
 
 Tu Thou 2 " M or R S. Tu paries. Thou speahest. 
 
 Il He 3 " M.S. 11 mange, He eats. 
 
 Elle She 3 '' P. S. YX\q étuàie. She studies. 
 
 On It, we, they 3 '' indeclinab. On dit, It is said, we or 
 
 people say. 
 
 The pronouns moi, toi, lui, elle, /, thee, he, her, are used in 
 pleonasms as duplicate subjects: Je chante moi; Tu parles toi; 
 Il mange lui ; Elle étudie elle. 
 
 M or F. P. Nous chantons. We sing. 
 M or F. P. Yous parlez. You speak. 
 M. P. Es mangent. They eat. 
 
 F. P. Elles étudient. They study. 
 
 Nous, vous, eux, elles, answering to: ourselves, yourselves, 
 themselves, are employed also for duplicate subjects: Nous chan- 
 tons nous; Vous parlez vous; Ils mangent eux, etc. 
 12* 
 
 NOUS 
 
 We 
 
 1 pen 
 
 VOUS 
 
 You 
 
 2 " 
 
 ILS 
 
 They 
 
 3 " 
 
 ELLES 
 
 They 
 
 3 " 
 
138 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Personal pronouns used for direct complements. 
 
 Je me vois, / see me, or see 
 7)iyself, 
 
 Vois-MOl, See me. 
 
 II TE voit, He sees thee. 
 
 Vois-TOl, See thee. 
 
 Je LE crois, / believe him. 
 
 Il LA croit, ITe believes her. 
 
 II LE voit, il LA voit. He sees 
 it (the tree), he sees it 
 (the house.) 
 
 n s'estime, ITe esteems him- 
 self. ^ 
 
 Elle s'estime, She esteems 
 herself. 
 
 Tu NOUS dois. Thou owest us. 
 
 II vous voit. Ile sees j^ou. 
 
 Nous LES voyons. We see 
 them (the men, the wo- 
 men, the trees). 
 
 Ils or elles s'estiment. They 
 esteem themselves. 
 
 ME 
 
 Me 
 
 1 per. 
 
 M or F. S. 
 
 MOI 
 
 Me 
 
 1 " 
 
 M or F. S. 
 
 TE 
 
 Thee 
 
 2 " 
 
 M or F. S. 
 
 TOI 
 
 Thee 
 
 2 " 
 
 M or F. S. 
 
 LE 
 
 Him 
 
 3 " 
 
 M. S. 
 
 LA 
 
 Her 
 
 3 " 
 
 F. S. 
 
 LE, LA It 
 
 3 " 
 
 M or F. S. 
 
 
 
 {pers 
 
 . or things. ) 
 
 SE 
 
 Himself 
 
 3 " 
 
 M.S. 
 
 SE 
 
 Herself 
 
 3 " 
 
 F. S. 
 
 NOUS 
 
 Us 
 
 1 " 
 
 M or F. P. 
 
 VOUS 
 
 You 
 
 2 " 
 
 M or F. P. 
 
 LES 
 
 Them 
 
 3 " 
 
 M or F. P. 
 
 
 
 (pers 
 
 or things). 
 
 SE 
 
 Themselves 3 " 
 
 M or F. P. 
 
 TE 
 
 TOI 
 
 SE 
 
 EN 
 
 PERSONAL pronouns used for indirect complements. 
 
 ME To me 1 p. M or F. S. II me parle, 
 moi To me M or F. S. Parle-MOi, 
 
 To thee 2 p. M or F. S. Elle te parle, 
 
 M or F. S. Donne-TOi, 
 
 Ile speaks to me. 
 Speak to me. 
 She speaks to 
 thee. 
 Give to thyself. 
 
 He speaJcs to him 
 or to her. 
 
 To thee or 
 
 thyself 
 LUI To him, to 3 p. M or F. S. 11 lui parle, 
 
 her 
 
 To himself 3 p. M or F. S. II SE donne, elle He gives to him- 
 or tohers'f SE donne, self, or to herself 
 
 Of him, her. J'en parle, / speak of him, 
 
 them, it indeclin'ble of her, of them. 
 
 Of him, her, Nous Y pensons, We think of him, 
 
 them, it indeclin'ble her, them, it. 
 
PRONOUN. 139 
 
 NOUS To us 1 p. M or F. P. Vous nous par- You speak to us. 
 
 lez, 
 VOUS To you 2 p. M or F. P. Noas vous don- We give to you. 
 
 nons, 
 LEUR To them 3 p. indeclin'ble Leur avez-vous Have you spoken 
 
 parlé, to them? 
 
 Remark. — 1. Eepresenting direct objects the pronoun en is a 
 DIRECT object or complement ; it is indirect in the other case. See 
 our remark on the pronouns dont, en, page 147. 
 
 Avez-vous DU pain? J'en ai. Have you any bread? I have some. 
 
 2. The personal pronouns me, te, toi, nous, vous, se, are used 
 sometimes for direct complements, and at others for indirect. 
 
 3. When verbs are in the imperative mode, personal pronouns 
 used for complements stand after verbs, in French ; in other modes 
 they are placed before them. 
 
 Distinction to be made between attributes of subjects and 
 complements of verbs. 
 
 The substantive verb. Être, to he^ it has been said, page 59, 
 does not require complements, its signification being always com- 
 plete. Coming after that verb under the form of direct comple- 
 ments, words are the attributes of subjects whose qualities or 
 different modes of existence they represent. When preceded by 
 prepositions, those same words are indirect complements of some 
 attributes understood : 
 
 Je suis HEUREUX, I am happy. 
 
 Tu es d'un caractère aima- Thou art endowed with an amia- 
 ble, hie temper. 
 
 In the first example, expressing the quality or mode of existence 
 in the subject, heureux is the attribute of Je, /, subject of the 
 proposition. In the second, the attribute doué, endowed^ under- 
 stood in French, represents the mode of existence of the subject 
 TU, thou^ by means of its indirect complements d'un caractère. 
 
 Attributes, therefore, express the qualities or the different 
 modes of existence allotted to subjects ; complements, on the con. 
 trary, complete the signification of verbs, and represent the PER- 
 SONS or things suffering or bearing the action asserted by these. 
 
140 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 J^ aime Dieu, Hove God. 
 
 L'homme vit sur la terre, Man lives on the earth. 
 
 Here, Dieu, object of the affection, is the direct complement of 
 AIMER, to love; SUR LA TERRE, Oïl the earthy passive agent, is the 
 indirect complement of marcher, to walk. 
 
 Subjects, on the contrary, represent the persons or things 
 performing the action asserted by the verb. Representing the 
 main idea in the thought, they generally precede verbs, though, 
 through inversion, they may come after them and be preceded by 
 attributes : 
 
 C'est moi qui parle. It is I who am spealdng. 
 
 In this example, performing the action asserted by the verb être, 
 to 5e, Moi, /, is the real subject. Qui parle, who am speaking^ 
 incidental proposition, is the logical complement of the subject. 
 Est, is^ is the verb. Ce, ^^, answering to : Cela, la chose, that^ 
 the thing, though standing before the verb, is the attribute of 
 the subject, its mode of existence. 
 
 Common to the two languages, the direct construction of the 
 preceding idiom, or use of words against the common rules of 
 general Syntax, answers to : moi, qui parle, est cela; /, who 
 am spealdng, is that. 
 
 Example, in which, employed in the third person, the verb Etre, 
 to he, does not agree in person with its subject Moi, /, pronoun of 
 the first person singular. 
 
 The preceding lines are indispensable to the complete compre- 
 hension of what follows about subject, verb, attributes, and com- 
 plements. 
 
 Demonstrative pronouns employed for subjects when determined hy 
 the adverbs ci, LÂ. 
 
 CE It M. S. C'est (appartenant) h It is mine. 
 
 moi, 
 CECI This M. S. Ceci m'appartient. This hélongs to 
 
 me. 
 CELA That M. S. Cela est (appartenant) That is hers. 
 
 à elle, 
 CELUI-CI This one M. S. Celui-ci est bon, This (one) is 
 
 good. 
 CELLE-LA That one F. S. Celle-là est jolie, That is pretty. 
 
PRONOUN. 14l 
 
 CEUX-CI These M. P. Ceux-ci chantent These sing, 
 
 CELLES-lX Those F. P. Celles-là pleurent, Those cry. 
 
 Remark. — It is seen by what precedes, that, unconnected with 
 the adverbs Cl, lX, the pronouns celui, celle, ceux, celles, 
 this^ that^ these, those^ are words of indeterminate signification. 
 Therefore, to complete their meaning, they must be always fol- 
 lowed by relative pronouns subjects or co:mplements of inci- 
 dental propositions depending on principals, in which cellt:, 
 celle, etc., incomplete subjects, are determined and completed by 
 those incidental propositions : 
 
 Celui, QUI aime son père, sera He, tcho loves his father, will he 
 
 béni, blessed. 
 
 La lettre que J'attendais est The letter I expected has arrived. 
 
 arrivée, 
 
 In these examples the incidentals QUI aime son père, que j'at- 
 tendais, determine the signification of the principals: Celui 
 sera béni, La lettre est arrivée, sentences where the incom- 
 plete subjects CELUI, lettre, require the incidental propositions: 
 QUI AIME son père, QUE j' ATTENDAIS, to have a Satisfactory 
 and full meaning. 
 
 Demonstrative pronouns employed for subjects of principal 
 propositions inco^iplete, and determined by incidental determi- 
 native : 
 
 Celui qui travaille prospère, He, who works, prospers. 
 
 Celle qui est vertueuse sera es- She who is virtuoits will he es- 
 
 timée, teemed. 
 
 Ceux qui nuisent aux autres Those injuring others are hated, 
 
 sont haïs. 
 
 Celles que j ' aime sont instruites. Those I love are learned. 
 
 Demonstrative pronouns used for direct complements. 
 
 CECI This 3 p. M. S. Nous avons CECI, We have this. 
 
 cela That 3 p. M. S. Ils donnent cela They give that. 
 
 CELUI This or that 3 p. M. S. Vous avez celui. You have this or 
 
 one (qui) that one, which. 
 
 CELLE This or that 3 p. F. S. Tuas celle, (que) jTAow hast this or 
 
 one that one, which. 
 
142 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 CEUX TheseorthoseS p. M. P. J'aime ceux-ci, / like these or 
 
 mi ceux-là, those. 
 
 CELLEsTheseorthose3 p. F. P. Prenez celles-ci, Take these or 
 
 ou ceiies-la, those, 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE pronouns usedfor INDIRECT complements. 
 
 CECI This 3 p. M. S. Je parle DE ceci, I speak of thsit 
 
 CELA That 3 p. M. S. Vous parlerez You will speak of 
 
 DE cela, that. 
 
 CELUI This or that 3 p. M. S. Je succède À ce- / succeed to this 
 one lui-ci oit X ce- or to that. 
 
 lui-là, 
 CELLE This or that 3 p. F. S. Nous succédons We will succeed, 
 one X celle-ci ouX to this or that. 
 
 celle-là, 
 CEUX Theseorthose3p. M. P. Vous donnez X You give to these^ 
 
 ceux-ci et à and those. 
 
 ceux-là, 
 C5LLEsTheseorthose3p. F. P. Nous pardon- You wiU forgive, 
 
 nonsÀcelles-cij to these, not lo 
 
 non X celles-là, those. 
 
 Like the substantives they represent, pronouns combine with 
 prepositions to represent indirect objects. 
 
 Possessive pronouns usedfor subjects, 
 
 LE MIEN Mine 1 p. M. S. Le mien est joli, Mine is pretty. 
 
 (perroquet) 
 LE TIEN Thine 2 p. M. S. Le tien pousse, Thine growi well. 
 
 bien, (arbre) 
 LE SIEN His, hers, it 3 p. M. S. Le sien chante, Yours aînga. 
 
 (rossignol) 
 LA MIENNE Mine 1 p. F. S. La mienne est pré- Mine is preferable. 
 
 f érable, (rose) 
 LA TIENNE Thine 2 p. F. S. La tienne meurt, Thine is dying. 
 
 (plante) 
 LA sienne His, hers, it 3 p. F. S. La sienne viendra Hers will come. 
 
 (voiture) 
 
 Remarks. — 1. When using pronouns, require from learners to 
 name the substantives they intend to represent. Le mien, refer- 
 
PRONOUN. 143 
 
 ring to a hat^ represents a determinate noun: mon chapeau, iiij/ 
 luit^ etc., etc. 
 
 2. On the same principle that determinative adjectives, in 
 French, agree with the nouns tliey precede or determine, (not with 
 the OWNERS of the objects possessed as in EngUsh). The same, 
 also, POSSESSIVE pronouns agree in person, gender and number 
 with the objects (persons or things) they represent, and not w^ith 
 the POSSESSORS of those objects. Speaking of a man's or woman's 
 hat, in French, we must say : 
 
 Le sien, his (meaning the Le sien, hers (meaning the 
 man's), woman's). 
 
 les miens Mine 1 p. M.P. Les miens sont Mine are pretty. 
 
 jolis, 
 les tiens Thine 2 p. M.P. LESTiENSpous- Thine grow well. 
 
 sent bien, 
 LES SIENS His, her, it 3 p. M.P. Les siens chan- Theirs sing. 
 
 tent, 
 LES mENNES Mine Ip. F.P. Les miennes Mme are prefer- 
 
 sont préférables able. 
 LES TIENNES Thine 2 p. F.P. Les tiennes T\miQ are dying, 
 
 meurent, 
 LES siennes His, her, its 3 p. F.P. Les siennes Theirs wiU corne. 
 
 viendront, 
 
 Same remark for the agreement of pronouns of the third person 
 with the nouns they represent. N. B. Besides their special appli- 
 cation, teachers will remark that the preceding examples are sug- 
 gestive of other general principles known by learners, viz: the 
 agreement of adjectives and of verbs, etc., etc. 
 
 LE nôtre Ours 1 p. M. S. Le nôtre est me- Ours is letter. 
 
 illeur, [piano) 
 LE VÔTRE Yours 2 p. M. S. Le vôtre trotte, Yours trots. 
 
 [cheval) 
 LE LEUR Theirs 3 p. M. S. Le leur est mau- Theirs is had. 
 
 vais, [couteau) 
 LA NÔTRE Ours 1 p. F. S. La nôtre est neu- Ours is new. 
 
 ve, [maison) 
 
144 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 LA VÔTRE Yours 2 p. F. S. La vôtre sera Yours will he 
 
 punie, [amie) punished. 
 
 LA LEUR Theirs 3 p. F. S. La leur est per- Theirs ^s lost 
 
 due, [réputation. ) 
 
 To distinguish them from the determinative adjectives, nôtre, 
 VÔTRE, used as pronouns, require the circumflex accent on o. 
 Write without accent: notre père, notre mère. 
 
 LES nôtres Ours 1 p. M or F. P. 
 LES VÔTRES Yours 2 p. M or F. P. 
 LES LEURS Theirs 3 p. M or F. P. 
 
 Meaning our people., your 
 
 people^ LES NÔTRES, LES VÔTRES 
 
 are used substantively : Ce sont 
 
 LES NÔTRES et non LES VÔTRES 
 
 qui ont vaincu. It is our people 
 
 and not yours who have van- 
 
 ^quished. (Compl. course, 382.) 
 
 Examples of vo^^^^^iVE. pronouns used for direct Complements, 
 
 Faites trotter le nôtre, [cheval)^ Have ours trot. 
 
 Mangeons le nôtre, [pain)., Let us eat ours. 
 
 II faut qu'ils donnent le leur, [argent) ., They must give theirs. 
 
 Faisons galoper LA nôtre, [jument)., Let us have ours gallop. 
 
 Mangez la vôtre, [pomme)., Eat yours. 
 
 Prenons LA LEUR, [montre)^ Let us tahe ihûrs. 
 
 Nous buvons le nôtre, [vin)., We drinJc ours. 
 
 Learners must indicate which of the preceding sentences are 
 elliptical, and which are COMPLETE, viz: they must indicate the 
 subject, the verb, and distinguish attributes from comple- 
 
 l^IENTS. 
 
 POSSESSIVE _pronoi^?i5 used for indirect complements. 
 
 Je vais AU nôtre, [appartement)^ 1 go to ours. 
 
 Nous allons X LA nôtre [chawhre)^ We go to ours. 
 
 Vous venez du nôtre [jardin)., You come from ours. 
 
 Ils reviennent de la nôtre [maison).. They return from ours. 
 
 Nous parlons du leur [livre)., We speak of theirs. 
 
 Ils vont À LA LEUR [campagne), They go to theirs. 
 
 Remark. — By the preceding examples we see that those pro- 
 nouns combine like the others with prepositions to form indirect 
 complements of neuter verbs. 
 
PRONOUN. 145 
 
 RELATIVE pronouns used for SUBJECTS. 
 
 QUI, LEQUEL, LAQUELLE, LESQUELS, LESQUELLES, TF/iO, wMch, 
 
 Representing persons or things, these pronouns stand alwaj^s for 
 subjects in incidental propositions ; viz. : propositions depending 
 on PRINCIPAL either expressed or understood. 
 
 Qui parle? [Je demande^ qui est celui ou celle) ^ Who speaks? 
 
 Lequel est arrivé? [navire), Which is arrived? 
 
 Laquelle est malade? [femme) ^ Which is sick? 
 
 Lesquels ou lesquelles partiront [hommes^ Which will leave? 
 
 femmes)^ 
 
 In the preceding sentences the principal proposition understood 
 is: Dites-moi? or Je de^iande quelle est la personne qui parle? 
 Tell me ? or / am asking who is the person speaking ? The sub- 
 stantive personne, person, in the first example is the antecedent 
 of QUI, who; in the others, navire, femme, hommes, or femmes, 
 ship, woman, men or women, are antecedents of lequel, la- 
 quelle, LESQUELS, lesquelles, which, in English. 
 
 Relative pronouns used for DIRECT complements, 
 
 QUI, QUE, QUOI, LEQUEL, LAQUELLE, \ wi^,^,., ^z • ^ ^t^. 
 LEQUELS, LESQUELLES, J ^^ f^^tevei , wniCtl, WtlOTil. 
 
 Qui voyez-vous? [vous voyez Whom do you see? 
 
 QUI)? 
 La femme que nous voyons [nous The woman (whom) we see, 
 
 voyons la femme). 
 Quoi qu'il dise [qu'il dise quoi), Whatever he may say. 
 
 Lequel aimez-vous? [vous aimez Which do you like? 
 
 lequel) ? 
 Lesquelles choissez-vous? [vous Which do you choose? 
 
 c/ioismes; lesquelles)? 
 
 Re^OlRKS. — L Lequel, laquelle, etc., relative pronouns must 
 not be confounded with quel, quelle determinative adjectives ; 
 these limit substantives either expressed or understood : 
 Quelles sont ces dames? ( Ces dames sont quelles Who are these 
 dames)? ladies? 
 
 In this example the adjective quelles determines the substantive 
 
 13 a 
 
146 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 DAMES understood, attribute of the subject dames, through inver- 
 sion placed after the verb. 
 
 2. Interrogations are in the meaning, not in the form of 
 constructions, as we have shown in the preceding direct con- 
 structions. (See Complete Course, N. 952). 
 
 Relative pronouns used for indirect complements in principal 
 propositions. 
 
 QUI, QUOI, LEQUEL, LAQUELLE, LESQUELS, LESQUELLES, Com- 
 bining with the prepositions A, de, pour, contre, avec, form 
 indirect complements of neuter and transitive verbs: 
 
 De quoi riez-vous? Vous riez de quoi? What do you laugh 
 
 at? 
 A quoi pensez-vous? Vous pensez  quoi? What are you think- 
 ing off 
 De qui parlent-ils? Ils parlent de qui? Of whom are they 
 
 speaking ? 
 A QUI parlons-nous? Nous parlons X qui? To ivhom do ive speak? 
 Contre qui combat- Vous combattez con- Against whom are you 
 
 tez- vous ? TRE QUI ? fighting ? 
 
 Avec qui parlez- Vous parlez avec To ichom are you 
 
 vous ? QUI ? speaking ? 
 
 Pour qui donnez- Vous donnez du pain For whom you give 
 
 vous du pain? pour qui? hread? 
 
 Auquel vous adres- Vous vous adressez To which you address 
 
 sez-vous? AUQUEL? yourselff 
 
 Duquel recevez-vous Vous recevez vos or- Of whom do you re^ 
 
 vos ordres? dres duquel? ceive orders? 
 
 Remark. — The pronouns qui, que, dont being indeclinable, to 
 prevent equivocation they are replaced sometimes by lequel, au- 
 quel, DUQUEL, (see Complete Course, N. 662), which indicate the 
 gender and number of nouns they represent. 
 
 Relative pronouns used for indirect complements in incidental 
 Xoropositions. 
 
 L'homme dont nous parlons The man (of whom) wc speak is 
 est arrivé, arrived. 
 
PRONOUN. 147 
 
 La femme  LAQUELLE j ' ai écrit The looman ( to whom ) I icrote is 
 
 est morte, dead. 
 
 Les soldats dont vous parlez The soldiers {(ji wliom) you speak 
 
 sont victorieux, are victors. 
 
 niPORTANT REMARK FOR TEACHERS AND LEARNERS. 
 
 Indirect comjpleynents expressed hy the personal pronoun EN, of it, 
 and the relative pronoun DONT, of which, of whom. 
 
 Standing generally distant from the words they complete, it 
 happens frequently that students are embarrassed in finding the 
 words whose signification is completed by these two pronouns. 
 
 The following lines will clear this difficulty. 
 
 1. The pronouns dont, en, of ichich, of it^ are alwaj^s equiva- 
 lent to the preposition de, followed by the substantives represented 
 b}'^ these pronouns. Therefore, when it is said: This is the man 
 of whom I am speaking^ ceci est T homme dont je parle. I have 
 read these hooks; I am pleased with them, J'ai lu ces livres. J'en 
 suis content ; dont, of whom, answers to : de cet homme, of that 
 man; and with them, answers to: DE ces livres, with these 
 hooks. 
 
 2. DONT, EN, are always indirect complements either of a suh- 
 stantive, an adjective, or a verh. For exceptions of EN, (see our 
 Complete Course, page 357.) 
 
 3. That suhstantive, adjective or verh, is the word in the sentence 
 after which may be placed the preposition de, of and the suhstan- 
 tive represented by the pronouns dont, en, of ichom, of if. 
 
 Accordinglj", in the following examples : / have read a speech, 
 the eloquence OF WHICH is admirahle; the style OF IT is harmonious; 
 J'ai lu un discours dont l'éloquence est admirable; le style EN est 
 harmonieux. We recognise that dont, of which, is the ind. compl. 
 of ELOQUENCE, eloquence, and EN, of it, that of STYLE, style, be- 
 cause sense allows to say: The eloquence OF that speech is 
 admirable, the style of tHxIT speech is harmonious. 
 
 Again, in these examples: He received rewards of which he is 
 worthy, he is pleased w^ith them, II a reçu des récompenses dont 
 il est digne, il en est content. We recognize that dont, of ichich, 
 is the ind. complement of the adjective digne, worthy, and en, 
 loith them, the ind. compl. of the adjective content, pleased, be- 
 
148 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 cause we may say : lie is worthy OF rewards, lie is pleased WITH 
 
 THE REWARDS. 
 
 Remark. — In tlie preceding example the preposition with, in 
 English, answers to DE in French. 
 
 Lastly, when it is said : / know the events OF which you are 
 speaking^ I rejoice AT them, Je connais les événements dont vous 
 parlez je m' en réjouis. It is known that dont, of which, is the 
 ind. compl. of vous parlez, you speak, and EN, at them, that of 
 JE ME RÉJOUIS, I rejoice, because it may be said in the two lan- 
 guages: you speak of events, I rejoice at these events. 
 
 PRACTICE ON INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 On, quiconque, chacun, chacune. Tun, T autre, Tun et Vautre^ 
 les uns et les autres, personne, employed for suhjects in proposi- 
 tions. 
 
 This is reported. 
 
 Whoever wants to succeed succeeds. 
 
 Somebody speaJcs, 
 
 Some sing. 
 
 Every one tries to get instruction. 
 
 One wants this, the other wants 
 
 that. 
 Both are had. 
 Nobody approves him. 
 
 On dit cela, 
 
 Quiconque veut réussir réussit, 
 Quelqu'un parle. 
 Quelques unes chantent. 
 Chacun essaie de s'instruire. 
 L'un veut ceci, l'autre veut 
 
 cela, 
 L'un et l'autre sont mauvais. 
 Personne ne l'approuve. 
 
 Quelqu'un, chacun, V un et V autre. Vautre, Vun T autre, les uns et 
 les autres, les uns les autres, personne, employed for direct comple- 
 ments in propositions. 
 
 Nous aimons quelqu'un, 
 Nous les voyons chacun à son 
 
 tour, 
 Vous aimez l'un et l'autre, 
 Elle voit l'autre. 
 Ils se flattent l'un l'autre, 
 
 Nous les craignons LES UNS ET 
 
 LES AUTRES, 
 
 Vous ne voyez personne, 
 
 We love somebody. 
 
 We see them each in his turn. 
 
 You like both. 
 
 She sees the other. 
 
 They flatter reciprocally each 
 
 other. 
 We dread them all. 
 
 You see nobody. 
 
PRONOUN. 149 
 
 The same indefinite pronouns employed for indirect complements, 
 
 Nous parlons 1 quelqu'un, We speak to somebody. 
 
 Ils donnent  chacun sa part, Tliey give to each his share. 
 
 Nous nous opposons À l'un et We oppose to both. 
 
 À l'autre, 
 
 Elle succède À l'autre, She succeeds to the other. 
 
 Nous nous opposons aux uns et We oppose to all. 
 
 aux autres, 
 
 Ils parlent DES uns et DES au- They speak of evei^yhody, 
 
 très. 
 
 Elle n'a rien dit de personne, She said nothing about any one. 
 
 Autrui — to others^ from the others, represents always indirect 
 complements : 
 
 Faire du bien X autrui est un Doing good to others is a duty, 
 
 devoir. 
 Nuire aux autres est un mal, To injure others is an evil. 
 Parler mal d' autrui est blâma- To slander others ù blâmable, 
 
 ble, 
 
 The last examples show that each language has its proper con- 
 nections : direct complements, in English, answer to indirect in 
 French. 
 
 to teachers. 
 
 To practice on the complements of pronouns, employ the exer- 
 cise on the complements of substantives (page 118), and have 
 learners replace each noun by a pronoun of the same person, 
 gender, and number: 
 
 Le pain du boulanger, Celui du boulanger. 
 
 Les maisons de pierre. Celles de pierre. 
 
 La montre d'or, Celle d'or. 
 
 Les cadres de tableaux. Ceux de tableaux. 
 
 Showing them, that on the same principle that substantives 
 connect with complements by means of the preposition DE, the 
 same pronouns standing substitutes for nouns must use the same 
 preposition in regard to their complenients, 
 13* 
 
150 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Place of pronouns co^niplements of verhs. 
 
 Verbs having two complements, one direct, the other indirect, 
 when the first is formed of pronouns of the first or second person 
 the indirect precedes the direct ; on the contrary, should the 
 INDIRECT be formed of pronouns of the third person, it must be 
 placed after the direct. 
 
 II TE le donne, il NOUS l'a donné, He gives it to thee, he has given it 
 
 to vs. 
 Elle LE lui prête, Il LA leur don- She lends it to him, he will give it 
 nera, to them. 
 
 In the imperative mode pronouns complements, like in English, 
 are placed after verbs, the direct preceding the indirect. 
 
 Donnez-LE-moi, donnons-le-leur, Qive it to me, let us give it to them. 
 
 With verbs combined with negations, pronouns complements 
 retake their places before verbs, in French : 
 
 Ne LE lui donnez pas, Do not give it to him. 
 
 practice. 
 
 Place of substantives and pronouns complements of verbs. 
 
 1. I must narrate it to you that interesting history. 2. He will 
 give us some of that excellent broth [houill-on, M). 3. It was ne- 
 cessary to communicate it to them, that good and unexpected news. 
 4. We saw them in the flower garden [par-ter-re) yesterday. 5. 
 Speak to him of me and of my children. 6. They pushed him 
 and her into the water. 7. Did you return to him the knife I had 
 lent to you? 8. We must tell him what is to be done [fautfai-re), 
 9. Do not deceive him, I entreat [prier) you of it. 10. You must 
 remember it {se rap-pe-ler) and do as you promised him. 11. I 
 drink it to your health, sir! 12. Speak, but do not strike him. 
 13. Will you give it to them, madam? 14. Have they received it 
 from them; I ask you? 15. Let us hope that we shall see him 
 back {de re-tour) in good health. 16. Give them tl^ose two hand- 
 some books, or return them to me. 17. We love and esteem them 
 as {ain-si que) you know it. 18. They were both in my uncle' ^ 
 yegetable garden {Jar-din po-ta-ger, M). 19. Send it to me tOr 
 
ADVERB. 151 
 
 morrow with some pears and grapes. 20. I thank them [re-mer- 
 cier) for it with [de) all my heart. 
 
 ADVERB. 
 
 Adverbs are invariable words added to verbs, adjectives, or ad- 
 verbs to modify their signification : 
 Elle chante agréable:sient, Slie sings agreeably, 
 
 II est TRÈs-studieux, Se is very studious. 
 
 Vous parlez bien éloqtje^bient, You speak very eloquently. 
 
 Used substantively for subjects or complements, according to 
 general rule, the following adverbs of quantity require the prepo- 
 sition de; substantives following them being their indirect 
 complements, as it is shown by the following examples : 
 
 Combien cZ" hommes. How many men. 
 
 Trop de maux. Too mxiny sorrows. 
 
 Beaucoup de patience, Much patience. 
 
 Assez de vertu. Virtue enough. 
 
 Peu de bien, lÂttle good. 
 
 Guère cZ' ambition, Not much amhition. 
 
 Pas de chagrins. No cares. 
 
 Passablement de temps, Time enough. 
 To express degrees of equality the following adverbs are 
 employed : 
 
 AUSSI, 05, AUTANT, OS much, as many. 
 
 Aussi sage que belle, As good as handsome. 
 
 Autant de l'un que de l'autre. As much of one as of the other. 
 
 Elliptical sentences in the two languages, answering to the fol- 
 lowing constructions : 
 
 Elle est aussi sage qu'ELLE est She w as good as she is hand- 
 aussi belle, some. 
 
 To express superiority or inferiority employ : 
 
 Plus, meilleur (instead oî plus 3Iore, Letter, 
 
 hoiiy not used). 
 Moins, pas autant, pire, Less, not so much, not so many^ 
 
 icorse, the least. 
 Plus riche QUE pauvre, Richer than poor. 
 
 Moins d'esprit que D'argent, Less wit than money. 
 
152 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Before adjectives than is rendered by QUE : before substantives 
 by QUE DE. 
 
 To express qualities carried to the highest or to the lot\t:st 
 degree, place the forms LE, LA, LES, tlie^ of the article, before the 
 adverbs plus, moins, ikiEÎLLEUR, pire, moindre : 
 
 Les plus riches quelquefois sont The richest sometimes are the 
 LES moins heureux, least happy. 
 
 Le meilleur parti c'est de se Tlie best thing for us, it is to 
 taire, keep silent 
 
 List of Adverhs most in ^e in French, 
 
 Ailleurs, 
 
 Ulsewhere. 
 
 Guère, 
 
 Little^ few. 
 
 Alentour, 
 
 Thereabout. 
 
 Hier, 
 
 Yesterday, 
 
 Alors, 
 
 Then. 
 
 Ici, 
 
 Here. 
 
 A ssez. 
 
 Enough. 
 
 Jadis, 
 
 Once., of yore. 
 
 Aujourd'hui, 
 
 To-day. 
 
 Jamais, 
 
 Ever or never. 
 
 Auparavant, 
 
 Before, 
 
 Là, y, 
 
 There. 
 
 Auprès, 
 
 Near, 
 
 Loin, 
 
 Far, yonder. 
 
 Aussi, 
 
 Also. 
 
 Maintenant, 
 
 Now, actually. 
 
 Aussitôt, 
 
 As soon. 
 
 Même, 
 
 Even, 
 
 Autant, 
 
 As much. 
 
 Mieux, 
 
 Better. 
 
 Autrefois, 
 
 Formerly. 
 
 Moins, 
 
 Less. 
 
 Autrement, 
 
 Otheinjoise. 
 
 Ne, 
 
 Not or no. 
 
 Beaucoup, 
 
 3Iuch^ a great deal. Où, 
 
 Where. 
 
 Bien, 
 
 Well. 
 
 Partout, 
 
 Everywhere. 
 
 Bientôt, 
 
 Soon. 
 
 Pas, 
 
 Not. 
 
 Combien, 
 
 How much. 
 
 Point, 
 
 Not. 
 
 Comment, 
 
 How. 
 
 Peu, quelque 
 
 , FeWj little. 
 
 Davantage, 
 
 More, some more. 
 
 Plus, 
 
 More. 
 
 Dedans, 
 
 Inside. 
 
 Plutôt, plus 
 
 Rather^ sooner. 
 
 Dehors, 
 
 Outside. 
 
 tôt. 
 
 
 Déjà,^ 
 
 Already. 
 
 Presque, 
 
 Almost. 
 
 Demain, 
 
 To-morrow, 
 
 Quand, 
 
 When. 
 
 Désormais, 
 
 Hereafter, 
 
 Quelque, 
 
 Whatever. 
 
 Dessous, 
 
 Under. 
 
 Souvent, 
 
 Often. 
 
 Dessus, 
 
 Above. 
 
 Tant, 
 
 So much. 
 
 Dorénavant, 
 
 For the future. 
 
 Tantôt, 
 
 By-and-by. 
 
 Encore, 
 
 Yet. 
 
 Tard, 
 
 Late. 
 

 
 ADVERB. 
 
 
 Enfin, 
 
 At last. 
 
 Toujours, 
 
 Ahcays, 
 
 Ensemble, 
 
 Together, 
 
 Tout, 
 
 All 
 
 Ensuite, 
 
 Afterwards, 
 
 Très 
 
 Very, 
 
 Fort, 
 
 Very. 
 
 Trop, 
 
 Too much. 
 
 153 
 
 Aggregation of words used as adverbs are called adverbial ex- 
 pressions. Such are : 
 
 Rire saiis-cesse, To laugh incessantly. 
 
 Courir long-temps, To run a long time. 
 
 Venir à-dessein, To come purposely. 
 
 A-jamais, 
 
 A-la-fin, 
 
 A-présent, 
 
 Long-temps 
 
 Sans-cesse, 
 
 A-dessein, 
 
 List of Adverbial expressions most used in French. 
 
 En-général, 
 En-arrière, 
 
 Forever, 
 
 At last, 
 
 JSow. 
 
 For a long time. 
 
 Incessantly. 
 
 Purposely. 
 
 Generally, 
 Bachward, 
 By chance, 
 Aneio, 
 By turns. 
 Suddenly, 
 
 Au-liasard, 
 De-nouveau, 
 Tour-à-tour, 
 Tout-à-coup, 
 
 Besides these adverbs, there is a numerous class ending in ment 
 formed of qualifying adjectives. 
 
 1. Adjectives ending in E mute, having but one form for the two 
 genders : sage, pauvre, honnête, etc. , add i^ient to become ad- 
 verbs: sage:siENT, pauvi^e:siENT, honneteMENT, etc. 
 
 2. Adjectives ending in ANT or ENT change ANT into AMMENT, 
 and ENT into emment : 
 
 Constant, constamment; puissant, puissamment; patient, pa- 
 tiemment, etc. (See Synoptical Table, N. 16). 
 
 Ee:>l\rk. — Some adjectives ending in E mute, or inflected in us, 
 ÈS, OND, IS, take an acute accent on e: confus, confiiséMENT ; ex- 
 près, expressé:MENT ; profond, profondéMENT ; précis, préciséMENT, 
 viz : they add an acute accent to their feminine form. 
 
 Adjectives ending in IF : actif, progressif, successif, administra- 
 tif, add also ment to their feminine form : active, progressive, 
 ADMINISTRATIVE : actif. activc-iMENT, progressif, progressive-:MENT, 
 administratif, administrative-MENT. 
 
 Employed to modify verbs adjectives become adverbs. In 
 that case they remain invariable : 
 
 Chanter juste, parler haut. To sing in tune, to speaJc aloud. 
 
154 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 Adverbs modifying Adverbs. 
 harmonieuse- More or less harmoniously. 
 
 Plus oit moins 
 ment, 
 
 Très ou fort habilement, 
 
 Plus ou moins prudemment, 
 
 Aussi généreusement, 
 
 Plus ou moins attentivement, 
 
 Bien chaudement ou bien froi- 
 dement, 
 
 Adverbs modifying Verbs. 
 
 Very shilfully. 
 
 llore or less prudently. 
 
 As generously. 
 
 More or less attentively. 
 
 Very warmly or very coolly. 
 
 Parler agréablement et bien. 
 Chanter élégamment, 
 Marcher promptemment. 
 Dormir profondément, 
 Bien chanter ou mal chanter. 
 
 To speak agreeably and well. 
 
 To sing elegantly. 
 
 To walk hastily. 
 
 To sleep soundly. 
 
 To sing prettily or to sing badly. 
 
 Adverbs modifying Adjectives, 
 
 Plus ou moins sage. More or less wise^ or good. 
 
 Très ou bien habile. 
 
 Très- GRAND ou très-PETlT, 
 
 Fort INSTRUIT ou fort igno- 
 rant, 
 
 Aussi VERTUEUX OU moins ver 
 tueux, 
 
 Adjectives modifying Verbs. 
 
 Parler haut, nous parlons haut. To speak aloud^ we speak aloud. 
 
 Very skilful. 
 
 Very large or very small. 
 Extremely learned or very igno* 
 
 rant. 
 As virtuous^ or less virtuous. 
 
 Chanter faux, elle chante faux. 
 
 Voir clair, Ils y voient clair. 
 Crier fort, nous crions FORT, 
 
 To sing out of tune, she sings out 
 
 of tune. 
 To see clearly, they see clearly. 
 To screech aloud, we screech aloud. 
 
 Adverbs of quantity employed substantively, either for SUBJECTS, 
 DIRECT or INDIRECT complements of verbs. 
 
 Many men work. 
 
 SUBJECTS 
 
 Beaucoup rZ' hommes travaillent, 
 Combien de maux sont soufferts ! 
 
 I Trop de bien nuit, 
 
 How many sorroivs 
 
 are si offered ! 
 Too much good is a 
 
 nuisance. 
 
ADVERB. 
 
 155 
 
 Nous voyons beaucoup c?' enfants, We see many chil- 
 dren. 
 DTR. J lis ont souffert bien des maux, They have suffered 
 COMPL. I many evils. 
 
 J'ai éprouvé trop de malheurs, I have experienced too 
 
 many misfortunes, 
 
 E,e:mark. — Employed substantively, bien rejects the preposition 
 DE, and connects with its complement by means of the contraction 
 DES of the determinate article. 
 
 IND. 
 COMPL. 
 
 Nous vivons à peu de frais, We live at a little expense. 
 Ils donnent à beaucoup de They give to many poor. 
 
 pauvres. 
 Elle parle à bien peu de She speaJcs to very few 
 
 gens, persons. 
 
 TO TEACHERS. 
 
 To the extensive practice indicated in the foregoing lines, might 
 be added that of forming adverbs ending in ant or ent, by means 
 of adjectives. 
 
 preposition. 
 Prepositions are invariable words, showing the connection be- 
 tween two words in a sentence. Their signification depends 
 always on complements, as it is shown in the following example : 
 
 Between these two words : Je vais Eau, I go Water, 
 
 many connections or relations may be found and expressed, viz. : 
 
 f tendency. fvERS 1 ( towards 
 
 1 ,. POSITION. 
 
 ^^^^f RESISTANCE. ^ 
 ^ [ SUPERIORITY. 
 
 iVERS 1 
 DANS 
 CONTRE 
 SUR 
 
 ^^K^ I against 
 
 ^ Ion or above ^ 
 
 In those cases the words vers, dans, contre, sur, towards, in, 
 agai7ist^ on^ above, expressing those different connections are pre- 
 positions. 
 
 Used alone prepositions have incomplete significations. Words 
 completing their meaning are called complements of prepositions; 
 They form always indirect co:\iple:ments. 
 In the expressions 
 Aller \ Kome, To go to Rome. 
 
 Parler de nos amis. To speak of our fiiends. 
 
 Travailler pour la gloire. To work for glory. 
 
156 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 The words Rome — nos Ams — la gloire, are complements 
 of the prepositions, A, DE, pour. 
 
 Re]viark. — Used as a determinative adjective, answering to 
 QUELQUE, some, in English, changing office, the preposition DE 
 may precede subjects or direct objects of verbs. 
 
 De bon pain est nécessaire. Some good bread is necessaii/. 
 Nous avons de bon pain. We have some good bread. 
 
 In negative cases, answering to, aucun, none, not any, in Eng- 
 lish, DE precedes direct complements : 
 
 Nous n'avons pas de couteaux, We have not any knives. 
 
 List of Prepositions most in use. 
 
 A, 
 
 At, to, in. 
 
 
 Malgré, 
 
 In spite of. 
 
 Après, 
 
 After. 
 
 
 Moyennant, 
 
 With. 
 
 Attendu, 
 
 Whereas. 
 
 
 Nonobstant, 
 
 , Notivithstanding. 
 
 Avant, 
 
 Before. 
 
 
 Outre, 
 
 Besides. 
 
 Avec, 
 
 With. 
 
 
 Par, 
 
 By, through. 
 
 Chez, 
 
 To, at, amongst. 
 
 Parmi, 
 
 Amongst. 
 
 Contre, 
 
 Against. 
 
 
 Pendant, 
 
 During. 
 
 Dans, 
 
 In. 
 
 
 Pour, 
 
 For, in order. 
 
 De, 
 
 Of, from, \ 
 
 with. 
 
 Sans, 
 
 Without. 
 
 Depuis, 
 
 Since. 
 
 
 Sauf, 
 
 Sa.ve, except. 
 
 Derrière, 
 
 Behind. 
 
 
 Selon, 
 
 According. 
 
 Dès, 
 
 In, 05 soon 
 
 , upon. 
 
 Sous, 
 
 Under. 
 
 Devant, 
 
 Before, oj)posite. 
 
 Suivant, 
 
 According. 
 
 Durant, 
 
 During. 
 
 
 Sur, 
 
 Upon, to the, hy^ 
 
 En, 
 
 In, to, at. 
 
 
 
 about. 
 
 Entre, 
 
 Betiveen. 
 
 
 Touchant, 
 
 Touching. 
 
 Envers, 
 
 Toivards. 
 
 
 Vers, 
 
 Towards. 
 
 Hormis, 
 
 Besides. 
 
 
 Vis-à-vis, 
 
 Opposite. 
 
 Hors, 
 
 Except. 
 
 
 
 
 Used as prepositions, aggregations of words are called preposi- 
 tive EXPRESSIONS. Such are: 
 
 A l'égard de, In consideration Quant Â, As for. 
 of. 
 
 En faveur DE, In favor of. Jusqu'à, As far, tiU then, 
 
 A la réserve de, With the excep- 
 tion of. Au-delà de, Beyond. 
 
PREPOSITION. 
 
 157 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 Prepositions connecting Verbs vnth their (indirect) complements. 
 
 We speah to somebody. 
 
 Nous parlons 1 quelqu'un, 
 Ils parlent de nous, 
 Vous parlez contre eux, 
 Il parlait avec elle. 
 On a parlé SUR ce sujet, 
 Courir sur l'herbe, 
 Courrons après la fortune, 
 Elle marche sur un tapis. 
 Nous marchons contre l'ennemi. 
 Allez X la maison, AU jardin, 
 Nous allons en Amérique, \ la 
 
 ville, 
 Vous venez de France et d'An- 
 gleterre, 
 Us montent X leurs chambres. 
 Vous montez de la cave. 
 Elle nuit À tout le monde, 
 Nous persistons dans nos projets. 
 Ils persisteront X le faire. 
 
 Tliey speaJv of us. 
 You speak against them. 
 He was speaking with her. 
 They spoke on* that matter. 
 To run on the grass. 
 Let us run after fortune. 
 She walks on a carpet. 
 We go against the enemy. 
 Go to the house J to the garden. 
 We go to America^ to the town. 
 
 You come from Prance and 
 
 from England. 
 They go up to their rooms. 
 You come up from the cellar. 
 She is an injury to every one. 
 We persist in our plans. 
 They will persist in doing it. 
 
 Infinitives direct complements of Verbs^ though preceded by Prepo- 
 sitions. 
 
 Prepositions, sometimes do not announce indirect coiviple- 
 ISŒNTS, and infinitives preceded by them may stand for direct 
 complements of active verbs. It is known that infinitives preceded 
 by prepositions are direct complements, when they answer to the 
 query quoi ? What ? made on active verbs, or on reflective 
 made of active or transitive verbs. 
 
 II cherche X nuire; Il craint de succomber; Il se propose de 
 venir. Se seeks to injure; He fears to he overcome; He intends to 
 come. 
 
 Queues : He seeks what? To injure; He fears what? . To be 
 overcome. He intends what? To come. Therefore, to injure, 
 TO BE OVERCOME, TO COME are the DIRECT complements of to seek, 
 to fear., and to come. In those cases the prepositions A, de are 
 EUPHONIC words. 
 14 
 
158 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Nous aimons  nous instruire, We like to get learning. 
 
 II me reproche de mentir, He reproaches me with lying. 
 
 Vous cherchez  parvenir, You seek to advance in the world. 
 
 Elle se propose de venir vous She intends to come and see you. 
 
 voir, 
 
 Vous craignez de vous ruiner, You fear to lose your wealth <yr 
 
 fortune. 
 
 D appréhende de mourir, He apprehends to die. 
 
 Infinitives indirect complements of neuter verbs are not always 
 preceded by prepositions, these being understood. 
 
 Nous venons ( pour) dîner avec We come to dine with you. 
 
 vous. 
 
 Nous allons {pour) souper chez We go for supper at his father* s, 
 
 son pere^ 
 
 Je cours [pour) le secourir, I run to his help. 
 
 TO TEACHERS. 
 
 Simple in its principles, the correct employ of prepositions, con- 
 necting words with their complements, is one of the greatest diffi- 
 culties met in the study of languages. Therefore, we recommend 
 highly the development of exercises, such as we have indicated in 
 the practice of that invariable part of speech, namely: connecting 
 ACTIVE, NEUTER, REFLECTIVE vcrbs, and QUALIFYING adjectives 
 with their indirect complements, (see page 126). 
 
 Je donne du pain, AUX pauvres, I give (some) bread to the poor. 
 
 Nous parlons À, DE, POUR, CON- We speak to^ of for^ against. 
 TRE, etc. 
 
 Elle va CHEZ son père, 
 
 Il se repent de sa faute, 
 
 Vous vous réjouissez de son mal- 
 heur, 
 
 Nous nous nous sommes succédé, 
 
 She goes to her father s house. 
 He repents (of) hû fault. 
 You rejoice at his or her mis- 
 fortune. 
 We succeeded to ourselves, etc. 
 
 CONJUNCTION. 
 
 Conjunctions are invariable words connecting PROPOSITIONS or 
 parts of sentences, to other propositions or parts of sentences. 
 A verb in a personal mode is what is called a proposition. 
 
CONJUNCTION. 
 
 159 
 
 Therefore, J'adie, / love^ is a proposition; NOUS parlons, we 
 
 speak., is another. 
 
 Every proposition contains three logical terms. The subject, 
 the VERB, and the attribute. The expression J'aime, / love, 
 answers to : Je suis abLtVNT, I am loving. Proposition in Which. 
 Je, I, is the subject; Suis, am, the verb; and aimant, loving the 
 attrihiife. 
 
 When the construction of sentences is inverted, conjunctions 
 may sometimes be placed at the beginning of sentences: 
 
 Quand il arriva nous dinions. When he amved we were dining. 
 To ascertain how the conjunction quand, when, connects the 
 two members of the preceding sentence, it is only necessary to 
 replace the words in their natural position : 
 
 Nous dinions quand il arriva. We were dining when he arrived. 
 List of the Conjunctions most used. 
 
 Ainsi, 
 
 So. 
 
 Néanmoins, 
 
 Nevertheless. 
 
 Car, 
 
 because. 
 
 Ni, 
 
 Neithei'. 
 
 Cependant, 
 
 Meanwliile, yet. 
 
 Or, ou. 
 
 Noiv, then, or. 
 
 Comme, 
 
 As, like. 
 
 Pourtant, 
 
 However. 
 
 Donc, 
 
 Therefore. 
 
 Quand, 
 
 Whenever. 
 
 En, enfin, 
 
 As, at last. 
 
 Quoique, 
 
 Though. 
 
 Et, 
 
 And. 
 
 Si, 
 
 If 
 
 Lorsque, que. 
 
 When, as. 
 
 Sinon, 
 
 Unless, if not, 
 
 Mais, 
 
 But. 
 
 
 otherwise. 
 
 Aggregation of words used as 
 
 conjunctions are 
 
 called CONJUNC- 
 
 TiYE EXPRESSIONS. Such are: 
 
 
 
 Au reste, 
 
 Besides. 
 
 Ainsi que, 
 
 As, so as. 
 
 Au surplus, 
 
 However. 
 
 Tandis que. 
 
 Whilst. 
 
 Par conséquent. Consequently, 
 
 A moins que, Unless. 
 
 
 therefore. 
 
 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 
 Connection of Subjects, of attributes, and of complements, by 
 
 means of conjunctions. 
 
 Le père et la mère travaillent, The father and the mother are 
 
 working. 
 Cet homme et cette femme sont This man and that man are 
 heureux, happy. 
 
160 
 
 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Nous voyons le pont et la ri- 
 vière, 
 
 Ils sont bons ET généreux, 
 
 Vous parlez de sciences ET 
 d'histoire, 
 
 Connection of two propositions. 
 
 We see the bridge and the river. 
 
 They are good and generous. 
 You speak of sciences and history. 
 
 I must eat 
 
 You require that we should go. 
 
 When will you come f 
 
 He went off as soon as he arrived. 
 
 Though poor he is generous. 
 
 II faut QUE je mange, 
 Vous exigez que nous partions, 
 Quand viendrez- vous? 
 Aussitôt arrivé, il est parti, 
 Quoique pauvre il est géné- 
 reux, 
 
 In these examples que, quand, aussitôt, quoique, are con- 
 junctions. Therefore, conjunctions precede generally incidental 
 propositions (for exceptions, see Complete Course, 478), depend- 
 ing always on a principal, either expressed or understood. 
 
 In the third example: quand viendrez vous? there is an ellipsis; 
 viz. : the principal proposition is understood. That proposition 
 is : Je demande ? or dites-moi ? The two last examples are also 
 elliptical, the verb in the incidental propositions being understood. 
 Quoique pauvre answering to : quoiqu' il soit pauvre, though he 
 be poor, etc. 
 
 INTERJECTION. 
 
 Interjections are words suddenly spoken to express some 
 
 lively emotions. The most usual, in French, are : 
 
 ' Surprise or joy. Ha ! quoi ! My ! what ! 
 
 Pain, Ah ! aie ! hélas ! Alas ! 
 
 To mark 
 
 eh! 
 
 Oh! ah! 
 
 Fi! 
 
 Paix! chut! si- 
 lence ! 
 
 Hé bien! 
 
 Bah! 
 
 Holà, hé! 
 
 Interjectional expressions consist in the union of some words 
 used as interjections : 
 
 Parbleu! Morbleu! Corbleu! Zounds! the deuce! 
 
 Juste ciel ! By heaven! my! 
 
 Dame ! à d' autres ! Bless me ! fudge I 
 
 Admiration, 
 
 Aversion, 
 Silence, 
 
 Interrogation, 
 Impatience, 
 , Calls, 
 
 Oh! 
 
 Fie! fie on! 
 
 Tut !' hush! be still / 
 
 Well! 
 
 Pooh! 
 Ho! halloo! 
 
INTERJECTION. 161 
 
 PRACTICE. 
 1. M3M what does tliis mean, my friend? 2. Alas! how unfor- 
 tunate we are in having lost such a tender mother. 3. Oh ! what 
 a beautiful picture I perceive hanging on the wall. 4. Fie ! fie ! on 
 you, despicable villain! 5. Tut! be still, little noisy creatures! 
 6. Ho! Halloo! come here, bo^^s! 7. Well! what are you to 
 answer me, sir? 
 
 TO TEACHERS. 
 
 Before translating them into English, the following models must 
 be carefully and correctly read by learners. Once acquainted with 
 their signification, in order to make application of the principles 
 they have been taught, they must proceed gradually and compose 
 sentences based on principles indicated in the headings of these 
 models. 
 
 Nevertheless, previous to composition, merely to test the 
 power of their intellect, develop that noble faculty and teach them 
 reflection ; let them, first modify or extend the signification of 
 those models, such as we indicate in the following lines : 
 
 La jeunesse est présomptueuse, {et difficile à gouverner). Le 
 temps fuit [loin de nous avec rapidité). Le rossignol chanta {har- 
 monieusement pendant la nuit). Caïn devint coupable {envers 
 Dieu, par le meurtre de son frère Ahel), etc. 
 
 The words in italics show the extension given to the primitive 
 sentences. 
 
MODELS OF SENTENCES. 
 
 FOR GRADUATE AND ELEMENTARY C03IP0SITI0N, WHERE LEARNERS 
 HAVE FIRST TO EXPRESS THE SUBJECT BY A SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 La jeunesse est présomptueuse. Le temps fuit. Les bons ex- 
 emples sont précieux. Le rossignol chanta. Caïn devint coupa- 
 ble. Les ennemis seront vaincus. Le commerce et les sciences 
 fleuriront. L'homme sage vit heureux. Démosthène et Eschine 
 furent rivaux. Nos guerriers avaient triomphé. Les étoiles et le 
 soleil sont lumineux. 
 
 Subjects expressed hy Pronouns, 
 
 Us sont pieux. Vous êtes étourdi. Nous voyageâmes. Tu 
 avais été blâmé. Je serais attentif. Chacun étudiait. Personne 
 n'est coupable. Aucun ne sera puni. L'un est studieux; l'autre 
 est dissipé; celui-ci est ignorant; celui-là est instruit. On est 
 estimé quand on est sage. 
 
 Complements of substantives and Pronouns, 
 
 La vue de la campagne réjouit, celle de la mer étonne. Nul de 
 vous ne réussira. L'heure de combattre a sonné, celle de vaincre 
 est arrivée. Aucune des productions de l'homme n'est éternelle. 
 Athalie et Mérope sont admirables; le sujet de l'une et de 
 l'autre de ces tragédies intéresse vivement. 
 
 Complements of Adjectives, 
 La pauvreté est difficile à supporter. L'homme sage est con- 
 tent de son destin. L'élève studieux est avide de travailler. 
 L'ambition de Catilina lui a été funeste. Le sage est économe de 
 temps et de paroles. Nous sommes indulgents pour nous et 
 sévères envers les autres. 
 162 
 
MODELS OF SENTENCES. 1G3 
 
 Direct œmpïements expressed hy Substantives, 
 Le temps détruit les monuments des arts. Nous encourageons 
 le mérite modeste. La vertu seule assure une gloire immortelle. 
 Vous adorez un Dieu puissant. Les préventions obscurcissent les 
 lumières de la raison. Une attention forte et persévérante carac- 
 térise le génie. La crainte de mourir abrège la durée de la vie. 
 L'homme inutile à ses semblables ne mérite pas leur affection. 
 
 Substantives standing for subjects or direct complements though 
 preceded by the preposition DE. 
 
 De la générosité annonce de la grandeur d'âme. La fortune fait 
 des sots orgueilleux; l'adversité forme des bommes. Des diffi- 
 cultés n'arrêtent pas un homme courageux. La lecture des poètes 
 a des charmes. De grands succès ne prouvent pas toujours des 
 talents supérieurs. 
 
 Observation. — Although the office of prepositions is to form 
 indirect complements, it happens sometimes that the preposition 
 DE may precede substantives employed for subjects or direct 
 complements. When taken in a partitive sense, it stands for 
 quelque, quelques, some in English : Du travail lui est nécessaire, 
 some work is necessary to him. II possède des amis, he possesses 
 some friends, (see page 120). 
 
 Direct Complements expressed by Pronouns. 
 L'éclat du soleil nous éblouit. Sa chaleur bienfaisante me rani- 
 mait. Ta légèreté le compromettra. Les méchants vous persé- 
 cutèrent. La vue d'une bonne action les a enchantés. Le désir 
 de plaire nous rend aimables. La prudence le dirigea. Le temps 
 et la réflexion vous éclaireront. Quand on cherche la vérité on la 
 trouve. 
 
 Same subject — Possessive, demonstrative, relative, and indefinite 
 Pronouns used for complements. 
 
 Hercule coupa chacune des têtes de l'Hydre. Partageons les 
 malheurs des autres, et nous sentirons moins les nôtres. J'admire 
 les exploits de Baj^ard, mais j'estime davantage ceux de Turenne. 
 La modestie ajoute au talent qu'on renomme. Celui qui a vu le 
 Panthéon et les Invalides, admire l'un et l'autre de ces monuments. 
 
164 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Tico suhjects and two direct complements. 
 
 Les sciences et les lettres ornent l'esprit et le cœur. L'amour 
 de la vertu et celui du prochain font le grand homme, et l'homme 
 de bien. Racine et Fénelon font les délices des cœurs sensibles, et 
 l'admiration des gens de goût. Le génie et les talents supérieurs 
 procurent la gloire et l'immortalité. 
 
 Indirect complement of verbs ^ expressed hy Substantives, 
 
 Sésostris régna en Egypte. Un mortel bienfaisant approche de 
 Dieu. Bayard défendit un pont contre deux cents Espagnols. 
 L'ennui naquit de l'uniformité. L'exemple parle au cœur. La 
 vérité vient de Dieu ; l'erreur provient des hommes. Les guerres 
 commencent par l'ambition des princes; elles finissent par le mal- 
 heur des peuples. Le bonheur ne dépend pas des richesses. 
 
 Indirect complements of verbs exp>re^sed by Pronouns. 
 Votre prudence vous a mérité des éloges. L'homme modeste 
 ne parle jamais de lui. Les orateurs anciens l'emportent sur les 
 nôtres. Les conseils dictés par la raison plaisent rarement. Les 
 plaisirs innocents conviennent à chacun de nous. Vos élèves ont 
 été surpassés par plusieurs des nôtres. 
 
 Pronouns standing sometimes for direct, and sometimes for indirect 
 complements of Verbs, 
 Nous nous sommes déclaré la guerre. Ils se sont érigés en juges. 
 Vous vous êtes lancé des javelots. Nous nous sommes déclarés 
 contre lui. Tu t'es donné de grands ridicules. Je me suis préparé 
 au combat. Ils se sont érigé des statues. Vous vous êtes lancés 
 au millieu des flammes. Je me suis préparé des chagrins. Tu 
 t'es donné en spectacle. 
 
 Two indirect complements depending on the same Verb, 
 
 L'aigle l'emporte sur les autres animaux en force et en dignité. 
 Les découvertes se succédèrent sous le règne de Ferdinand. 
 L'Italie fut déUvrée d'Annibal après dix-sept ans de guerre. Les 
 idées des hommes changent avec les siècles et selon les lieux. Les 
 Romains se signalèrent en Espagne par de nombreux exploits. 
 L'ennui est entré dans le monde par la paresse. 
 
MODELS OF SENTENCES. 165 
 
 Indirect complements expressed hy the pronouns DONT, EN. 
 Vous m'avez rendu service, et j'en suis reconnaissant.'^ Les 
 sages paroles dont Mentor se servit apaisèrent la multitude. Si la 
 religion était l'ouvrage de l'homme, elle en serait le chef-d œuvre, 
 Aurëlien, dont la mémoire fut chère aux Romains, se distingua 
 par ses belles actions. Le succès ne répondit pas à l'idée que je 
 m'en étais formée. Ils ont reçu des récompenses dont ils étaient 
 dignes. 
 
 Infinitives standing for subjects, for direct and indirect complements 
 
 of Verbs. 
 
 L'impunité commence par rendre les lois inutiles, et elle finit 
 par les rendre ridicules. On est capable de tout, quand on sait 
 profiter des conseils. Faire de grands progrès sans travailler est 
 impossible. L'homme sensé ne doit pas rougir d'avouer qu'il a 
 tort. Tel excelle à rimer qui juge sottement. Se venger d'une 
 offense est indigne d'un homme de bien. Celui qui est soupçon- 
 neux invite à ce qu'on le trahisse. Un instant peut détruire un 
 siècle de bonheur. 
 
 Infinitives employed for direct complements^ tliough preceded by 
 prepositions. See page 157. 
 
 L'homme sage craint de compromettre sa réputation. La reli- 
 gion nous apprend à aimer nos semblables. Peut-on espérer de 
 vivre demain? Dieu permet aux conquérants de punir les hommes. 
 Nous cherchons à nous faire illusion sur nos défauts. Un premier 
 succès nous enseigne à obtenir de nouveaux triomphes. L'homme 
 commence à souffrir dès qu'il commence à vivre. 
 
 Infinitives complements of neuter verbs are always indirect^ let 
 the preposition be expressed or understood. Examples : Je viens 
 (pour) diner ^ Je parle d'y aller: here, diner, d'y aller, are indirect 
 complements of the neuter verbs, venir ^ parler. 
 
 Adverbs etnployedfor subjects, for direct or indirect complements. 
 Trop de repos diminue la vigueur du corps. L'éloquence de 
 Bossuet à beaucoup d'élévation; celle de Fénelon a plus de dou- 
 
 * The pronouns dont, en, are indirect complements of the words written in 
 Italics, 
 
16(> riRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 ceur, mais elle n'a pas autant d'énergie. On réussit dans bien des 
 choses avec un peu de patience. As^ez de misère tourmente le 
 peuple. Ce jeune homme unit beaucoup d'esprit à infiniment de 
 modestie. 
 
 Entire propositions standing for direct complements. 
 
 Les anciens savaient que la terre tourne autour du soleil. Mentor 
 leur dit: Traitez vos peuples avec humanité, si vous voulez qu'ils 
 vous aiment. Le temps, disait-il, ressemble à un torrent qui 
 détruit tout. Ovide pensait avec raison que l'étude adoucit les 
 mœurs. Les lettres, dit Cicéron, font notre consolation et notre 
 bonheur dans tous les états et à tous les âges. 
 
 Substantives and pronouns employed for attributes. 
 
 La prospérité des gens de bien est ce qui désespère les méchants. 
 Encourager la vertu est punir le vice. Le mépris des richesses est 
 le principe et l'effet de la modération. Répondre aux injures est 
 les encourager. Le premier pas est celui dont dépend le reste de 
 nos joars. Les préjugés sont les dieux du vulgaire. Le plus heu- 
 reux mortel est celui qui sait vaincre ses passions. 
 
 Inversion of the subject and direct complement. 
 
 L'univers est un temple où siege l'Eternel. La liberté périt où 
 régne la licence. La colère ne sert à rien où manque le pouvoir. 
 Que peuvent contre Dieu tous les rois de la terre? Quels combats 
 se livrent les passions dans un cœur faible ! Quelles fautes com- 
 mettent ceux qui s'y abandonnent, et quels remords ne se pré- 
 parent-ils pas! 
 
 In order learners should understand perfectly these figurative 
 constructions, let them place each member of a sentence in its gram- 
 matical place. 
 
 Inversion of the indirect complements of Verbs. 
 Jamais sous le malheur un grand cœur ne s'abat. Dans l'es- 
 prit de l'ambitieux l'insuccès couvre la honte des moyens. Du 
 désir d'être heureux naît souvent le malheur des hommes. A 
 s'exposer au danger, tôt ou tard on succombe. De l'âme du mé- 
 chant toute paix est bannie. Du bonheur de nos jours le premier 
 pas décide. Aux malheureux la solitude est chère. 
 
MODELS OF SENTENCES. 167 
 
 Inversion of complements of siihjecfs^ and of complements depend- 
 ing from other complements. 
 
 Du méchant la fortune est quelquefois prospère. L'homme de 
 bien des médians méprise les propos. Du coupable le rêve est 
 son premier supplice. De la terre et des cieux les nombreuses 
 merveilles attestent l'existence d'un être tout-puissant. Des h}^- 
 pocrites le language artificieux a souvent l'apparence de la vérité. 
 
 Inversion of the attribute. 
 
 Le signe de la corruption est le mépris des lois. La principale 
 qualité de nôtre langue est la clarté. Les plus beaux chefs-d'œuvre 
 de l'antiquité sont l'Iliade et l'Enéide. La victoire qui nous 
 honore le plus est celle que nous remportons sur nos passions. Le 
 châtiment des méchants est d'éprouver des remords. Le plus 
 grand éloge d'une femme est qu'on ne parle pas d'elle. 
 
 Inversion of complements of the attribute. Inversion of the quali- 
 fier^ either Adjective or Past Participle. 
 
 Des plaisirs purs et vrais le travail est la source inépuisable. 
 Docile à la voix de son maître, le cheval sait réprimer ses mouve- 
 ments impétueux. La reconnaisance est d'une belle âme le pre- 
 mier besoin, et la plus douce jouissance. Toujours occupé de lui, 
 l'égoïste ne songe pas aux infortunes des autres. De tous les sots 
 métiers, médire est le plus sot. Fort de sa conscience, l'homme 
 vertueux supporte avec courage les maux qu'il n'a pas mérités. 
 
 Invo'sion of complements of Adjectives and Participles. Inversion 
 of the Adverb. 
 
 A tous les cœurs bien nés que la patrie est chère ! Chacun 
 pour soi-même est toujours indulgent. Du droit de ses enfants une 
 épouse jalouse, pardonne rarement aux fils d'une autre épouse. 
 Toujours quelques crimes précédent de grands crimes. Jamais des 
 trésors la soif ne me tourmente. Déjà j'entends des mers rugir 
 les fiots troublés. 
 
 Ellipsis : No qualifying or determinative Adjective without a 
 qualified or determined substantive. JSio relative Pronoun without 
 an antecedent. 
 
 Le quatrième et le sixième livre de l'Enéide sont le chef-d'œuvre 
 
168 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 de l'épopée. Qui ne sait obéir ne sait pas commander. Le plus 
 esclave des hommes est celui qui a ses passions pour tyrans. Qui 
 l^arle sème, qui écoute recueille. D'un bout de la terre à l'autre 
 les hommes ont les mêmes vertus et les mêmes vices. Qui vit 
 content de peu de choses connaît l'indépendance. 
 
 Ellipsis : No subject witliout a Verb in a personal mode. 
 
 Nous nous devons assistance les uns aux autres. La loi doit 
 être comme la mort, qui n'épargne personne. Le monde est fait 
 pour l'homme, et l'homme pour les cieux. La honte, l'infamie 
 accompagne le crime. Une parole, un geste suffit pour trahir 
 nôtre pensée. Prières, larmes, rien n'a d'empire sur un cœur 
 insensible. La crainte ou l'espérance règne dans le cœur de 
 r homme. 
 
 Ellipsis : iVô direct complement icitliout an active Verb, or a verb 
 used transitively, 
 
 Fontenelle regardait la vie comme un songe dont le réveil est la 
 mort. Que devons-nous estimer plus que la science? la vertu. 
 Chaque homme a ses vertus, ainsi que ses défauts. Les Romains 
 ont subjugué l'Asie aussi bien que l'Afrique. Quelle qualité ad- 
 mire-t-on principalement dans Bossuet? la profondeur des pensées 
 et l'éloquence du style. 
 
 Ellipsis: No indirect complement without a Verb^ a Participle^ 
 an Adjective^ or a Substantive preceding it. 
 
 Notre premier juge est dans nos cœurs. Outrager est d'un fou; 
 flatter est d'un esclave. La modestie est au mérite, ce que les 
 ombres sont au tableau. La vertu sur le trône est dans son plus 
 beau lustre. La patrie est aux lieux où l'âme est enchaînée. La 
 vertu dans l'infortune est dans son plus bel éclat. 
 
 Teachers must show their pupils, in what the ellipsis consist in 
 such sentences. 
 
 Ellipsis: No indirect complements without Prepositions preceding 
 
 them.. 
 
 Le printemps va bientôt succéder à l'hiver, et bientôt l'hirondelle 
 reviendra visiter nos campagnes. On court venger une oiFense 
 
MODELS OF SENTENCES. 169 
 
 légère, et l'on pardonne souvent un tort bien grave. L'inconstance 
 est recueil où nos projets viennent échouer. Les méchants sont 
 amis du mystère : ils semblent craindre le grand jour, et ne parais- 
 sent se plaire que dans le trouble. 
 
 Pleonasms employed for subjects in propositions. 
 Moi je cesserais de suivre les traces de mes ancêtres ! Je lui 
 parlerai moi-même. Anacharsis et moi, nous venons parmi vous 
 pour assister à vos jeux. Tu t'es perdu toi-même, infortuné jeune 
 homme. Vous encouragerez le mérite, vous qui devez au vôtre 
 toute la considération dont vous jouissez. Vous et Télémaque 
 vous regretterez d' avoir offensé Calypso. 
 
 Same suLject. 
 Boire, manger, dormir, c'est le partage de la brute; penser 
 avec liberté, sentir avec délicatesse, agir avec prudence c'est le 
 partage de l'homme sage. Orner l'esprit des jeunes gens et les 
 disposer à la vertu, c'est l'objet principal de leur éducation. Se 
 montrer modéré dans la prospérité, c'est le comble de la sagesse. 
 
 Pleonasms employed as direct complements. 
 
 Il m'accuse d'ingratitude moi qui sacrifiai mes intérêts aux 
 siens. Je te remercie, ô mortel généreux, toi qui fis pour moi 
 ce que n'eût point fait le meilleur des pères. passions, vous qui 
 avez causé tant de maux, je vous redoute plus que la mort. Lui 
 que l'honneur a toujours guidé, comment ne l'estimerai-je pas? 
 
 Pleonasms employed as indirect complements. 
 
 Que m'ont fait à moi ces ennemis que je combats? Que nous 
 fait à nous le jugement des insensés? Que t'a-t-on répondu à toi? 
 Qui vous a reproché, à vous, d' être ingrats? On ne lui a pas 
 pardonné ses fautes, à lui qui fut si indulgent. Je leur ai in- 
 spiré, à eux, qui désirent vous retenir, la pensée de brûler votre 
 vaisseau. 
 
 Pleonasms employed for attributes. 
 
 La base de toutes les vertus, c'est la religion. La principale 
 qualité qui distingue la langue française, c'est la clarté. Le plus 
 heureux de tous les hommes, c'est celui qui pratique la sagesse. 
 15 
 
170 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Le meilleur mo3"en de bien vivre avec soi, c'est de bien vivre avec 
 les autres. Le véritable caractère d'un clirétien, c'est qu'il par- 
 donne à ses ennemis. 
 
 Same suhject. 
 
 Ce qui nous fait supporter patiemment l'adversité, c'est l'espé- 
 rance d'un meilleur sort. Ce qui plaît le plus dans La Fontaine, 
 c'est la simplicité jointe à la grâce. Ce qui m'afflige c'est de voir 
 les méchants prospérer. Ce qui fait que les riches ne sont presque 
 jamais heureux, c'est qu'ils usent mal de leurs richesses. 
 
 Verbs Jiavmg for suhjects collective Nouns. 
 
 Une nuée de barbares ravagèrent l'empire romain. La plupart 
 des hommes vont chercher leur bonheur où ils ne sauraient le 
 trouver. La moitié des humains rit de l'autre moitié. Une mul- 
 titude d' animaux répandent la vie et l'enchantement dans ces 
 belles retraites. Peu de personnes sont douées d'un goût pur et 
 délicat. 
 
 Present Participles and Verbal Adjectives, 
 
 On apercevait çà et là quelques arbres s' élevant jusqu' aux 
 nues. Des fleuves qui roulent leurs vagues écumantes semblent 
 menacer la terre d'un envahissement. On ne goûte les charmes de 
 l'étude qu'en s'y livrant, avec ardeur. C'est en supportant avec 
 courage le poids de l'adversité qu'on se rend la fortune favorable. 
 
 Past Participles, 
 
 La vertu obscure est souvent méprisée. Charlemagne a encour- 
 agé les sciences et les lettres. Sémiramis a régné sur les Assyriens. 
 Conservez précieusement les amis que vous avez faits. Nous 
 avons consolé les malheureux, nous les avons secourus quelquefois ; 
 aussi nous ont-ils bénis. Le long usage des plaisirs les leur a 
 rendus inutiles. Je ne regrette pas les biens que m'a ravis la 
 colère Céleste. 
 
 TO TEACHERS. 
 
 Before giving to learners short sentences to imitate, it is most 
 important they should be shown first how they may modify their 
 
MODELS or GRAMMATICAL PARSING. 171 
 
 own models, either in adding complements to the suLjects, or in 
 modifying qualifying adjectives and verbs by niv^aiis of adverbs, 
 etc., as for instance: La jeunesse de nos jours e.st très-présomptu- 
 euse. Here the words de nos jours, of our days^ illustrates a fun- 
 damental principle of the French tongue, viz : That the comple- 
 ment of a substantive must be preceded by the preposition DE, o/, 
 accordingly, we must say in parsing these words: 
 
 De, preposition. 
 
 Nos^ possessive adjective, masc, plural, determines yo?^?'s. 
 
 Jours, common subst, masc. plur., ind. compl. of jeunesse. 
 
 In the last example the adverb très modifies the qualifying ad- 
 jective présomptueuse. 
 
 It is, only, by repeated imitations of these models and pre- 
 ceding examples, that learners will acquire a free expression of 
 their thoughts and full}^ exercise their intellectual faculties. For- 
 bidding INVENTION, translations cannot be of a very great service 
 to them. This is proved by a long experience and undeniable 
 facts. On the contrar3^, refreshing the memory with the general 
 principles of the French language, requiring to mention the 
 nature, classification, office and functions of every French word, 
 these simple exercises, on grammatical parsing, will improve the 
 intelligence of learners. 
 
 MODELS OF GRAIVIMATICAL PARSING. 
 Subject expressed hy Suhstantives. 
 La jeunesse est présomptueuse, Youth is presumptuous. 
 
 La, ' article fem. sing, announces that jeunesse is em- 
 
 ployed determinatel}^ 
 
 Jeunesse^ com. subs., fem. sing, subject of the verb est. 
 
 Est^ substantive verb, present indicative, 3d person, 
 
 singular, 4th conjugation. 
 
 Présomptueuse^ qualifjdng adjective, fem. singular, qualifying 
 jeunesse. 
 
 To develop their intelligence, learners must progressively analyze 
 all the sentences given at page 162, and following ; or modify them, 
 and compose others based on the same principles. 
 
172 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Subjects expressed hy Pronouns, 
 
 Bs sont pieux, They are pious, 
 
 lis, personal pronoun, 3d person plur., subject of the verb 
 sont. 
 
 Sont, substantive verb, 3d person, present indicative, 4th. con- 
 jugation. 
 
 Pieux, quahfying adjective, masc. plur., qualifying the subject 
 lis. 
 
 Complements of Substantives and Pronouns. 
 
 La vue de la campagne réjouit, celle de la mer étonne, The sight 
 of the country gladdens, that oftly^ sea astounds. 
 
 La, article fem. sing. , announces that vue is used deter- 
 
 minately. 
 
 Vue, com. subs., fem. sing., subject of the verb réjouit. 
 
 De, preposition. 
 
 La, article, fem. sing., announces that campagne is used 
 
 determinately. 
 
 Campagne, com. subst. , fem. sing. , indirect compl. of vue. 
 
 Réjouit, active verb, used intransitively, près. ind. , 3d pers. 
 sing., 2d conj. 
 
 Celle, demonstrative pronoun, 3d pers. fem. sing., subject 
 
 of étonne. 
 
 De, preposition. 
 
 La, article, fem. sing., announces that mer is used de- 
 
 terminately. 
 
 Mer, com. subs., fem. sing., ind. compl. oï celle. 
 
 Etonne, active verb, used intransitively, près. ind. , 3d pers. 
 sing., 1st conjugation."^ 
 
 Complements of Adjectives, 
 
 La pauvreté est difficile à supporter. Poverty is hard to hear. 
 
 La, art. fem. sing. , announces that pauvreté is used de- 
 
 ter mina tel}^ 
 Pauvreté, com. subs., fem. sing., subject of 65^. 
 
 * Active verbs are used intransitively, wlien they have no direct com- 
 plements. 
 
MODELS OF GRAMMATICAL PARSIXG. 173 
 
 Est^ substantive verb, près, ind., 3d pers. sing., 4th con- 
 
 jugation. 
 
 Difficile^ qualifying adj., fern, sing., qyxaX^ÎLQS pauvreté, 
 
 A^ preposition. 
 
 Supporter^ active verb, près, infinitive, 1st conj., ind. compl. of 
 difficile. 
 
 Direct complements expressed hy Substantives. 
 
 Le temps renverse les monuments des arts. Time destroys the 
 monuments of art. 
 
 Xe, art. masc. sing. , announces that teinps is employed 
 
 determinately. 
 
 Temps, com. subs., masc. sing., subject of the verb renverse. 
 
 Renverse, active verb, près, ind., 3d person sing., 1st conjuga- 
 tion. 
 
 Les^ art. masc. plur. announces that monuments is used 
 
 determinately. 
 
 Monuments, com. subs., masc. plur., direct compl. qî renverse. 
 
 Des, contracted article; de, preposition, les, art. masc. 
 
 sing., announces that arts is used determinately. 
 
 Arts, com. subs., masc. plur., ind. compl. oî monuments. 
 
 Substantives standing for subjects or direct complements though 
 preceded by the preposition de, of. 
 
 De la générosité annonce de la grandeur d'âme, Some generosity 
 announces some greatness of soul. 
 
 De, preposition used in a partitive sense. 
 
 La, art. fem. sing., announces that générosité is employed 
 
 determinately. 
 Générosité, com. subs. , fem. sing. , subject of the verb announce. 
 Annonce, active verb, près, ind., 3d pers. sing., 1st conjugation. 
 De, preposition used in a partitive sense. 
 
 La, art. fem. sing., announces that grandeur i^ employed 
 
 determinately. 
 Grandeur, com. subs., fem. sing., direct comi}l. of annonce. 
 De, i^reposition. 
 
 Ame, com. subs., fem. sing., ind. compl. of grandeur. 
 
 Observation. — Though the office of prepositions be to form 
 
 15* 
 
174 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 indirect complements, it happens sometimes that the preposition 
 DE may precede substantives employed as subjects or direct comple- 
 ments ; it is when that preposition is used partitwely^ i. e. : signi- 
 fying ; quelque, quelques, some^ or any in interrogations. 
 
 In negative French cases, de, answering to the determinative 
 adjective aucun, not any, announces also a direct object, as shown 
 by the following : Je n'ai pas d'amis, I have no friends. 
 
 Je, pers. pron., 1st pers. M. S., subj. of the verb ai 
 
 Ne J pas, adverbs of negation. 
 
 Aï, trans, verb, près, ind., 1st pers. sing., 3d conj. 
 
 De, preposition, standing for ne, aucun, employed determi- 
 nately, determines amis. See page 120. , n. 4. 
 
 Amis, com. subs. , mas. plur. , direct compl. of avoir. 
 
 Analyze thus all the partitive and determinate cases where the 
 preposition de stands for substitute of determinative adjectives. 
 
 Direct complements expressed by pronouns. 
 L'éclat du soleil nous éblouit, the brightness of the sun dazzles us. 
 
 Le, art. mas. sing., announces that éclat is used determi- 
 
 nately. 
 
 Eclat, com. subs., mas. sing., subj. of the verb éblouit. 
 
 Du, contracted article; de, prep., le, art., mas. sing., an- 
 nounces that soldi is employed determinately. 
 
 Soleil, com. subs., mas. sing., ind. compl. of éclat. 
 
 Nous, personal pron., 1st person plur., direct compl. of the 
 verb éblouit. 
 
 Éblouit, active verb, près. ind. , 3d pers. sing. , 2d conjugation. 
 
 Saivde subject: Possessive, demonstrative, relative, and indefinite 
 pronouns used as complements. 
 
 Hercule coupa chacune des têtes de l'hydre, Hercides eut off each 
 of the heads of the hydra. 
 
 Hercule, proper name, masc. sing., subject of the verb coupa. 
 Coupa, active verb, past definite, 3d pers. sing., 1st conj. 
 Chacune, indef pron., 3d pers, fern, sing., direct pompl. of 
 coupa, 
 
MODELS OF GRAMxMATICAL PARSING. 175 
 
 Des^ contracted art.; c7c, preposition, ?65 article fern, plur., 
 
 announces that têtes is used determinatel3^ 
 
 Tetes^ com. subs., fern, plur., ind. compl. of chacune. 
 
 De, preposition. 
 
 Le, art. mas. sing. , announces that Jtydre is used determi- 
 
 nately. 
 
 Hydre, com. subs., mas. sing., ind. compl. of têtes. 
 
 Two subjects and two direct complements. 
 Les sciences et les lettres ornent l'esprit et le cœur; sciences and 
 literature adorn the mind and the heart 
 
 Les, art. fern, plur., announces that sciences is used deter- 
 
 minately. 
 Sciences, com. subst., fem. plur., subj. of the verb ornent. 
 Et, conjunction. 
 
 Les, art. fem. plur. , announces that lettres is employed de- 
 
 terminately. 
 Lettres, com. subs., fem. plur., subj. of the verb ornent. 
 Ornent, act. verb., près, ind., od pers. plur., 1st conjugation. 
 Le, article, announces that esprit is used determinately. 
 
 Esprit, com. subs. , masc. sing. , direct compl. of ornent, etc. 
 
 Indirect complements of verbs expressed by substantives. 
 
 Sesostris régna en Egypte, Sesostris reigned in Egypt. 
 
 Sesostris, proper name, masc. sing. , subj. of régna. 
 
 Régna, intransitive verb, past def , 3d pers. sing., 1st conj. 
 
 En, preposition. 
 
 Egypte, proper subs. , fem. sing. , ind. compl. of régna. 
 
 Indirect complements of vei^bs expressed by pronouns. 
 
 Votre prudence vous a mérité des éloges, your prudence has pro- 
 cured you some j)raises. 
 
 Votive, poss. adj., fem. sing., détermines prudeiice. 
 Prudence, com. subs., fem. sing., subj. of a ménté. 
 Vous, pers. pron. , 2d pers. plur. , ind. compl. of a mérité, 
 A mérité, act. verb, past indef , 3d pers. sing., 1st conjugation. 
 Des, contracted art. ; de, prep, used in a partitive sense, 
 
 les art. masc. plural determines éloges. 
 
176 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 Eloges^ com. subs. , masc. plur. , direct complement of a mérité. 
 
 Pronouns standing sometimes for direct^ and sometimes for indirect 
 complements of Verhs, 
 
 Nous nous sommes déclaré la guerre, We have declared war to 
 ourselves, 
 
 JSFouSj pers. pron., 1st pers. plur., subject of sommes 
 
 déclaré. 
 Nous, pers. pron., 1st pers. plur., ind. compl. of 
 
 sommes déclaré. 
 Sommes déclaré^ pronominal verb, past indef., 1st pers. plur., 
 
 1st conjugation. Part, invariable. 
 La, art. fem. sing., announces that guerre is used 
 
 determinately. 
 Guerre, com. subs., fem. sing., direct compl. of sommes 
 
 déclaré. 
 
 Tu t'es donné en spectacle, Thou hast made a show of thyself. 
 
 Tu, pers. pron., 2d pers. sing, masc, subj. of the verb es 
 
 donné. 
 Te, pers. pron., 2d pers. sing, masc, direct compl. of es 
 
 donné. 
 Us donné, pron. verb, past indef, 2d pers. sing., 1st conj. 
 En, preposition. 
 
 Spectacle, common subs. , masc sing. , ind. compl. of tlie verb 
 
 es donné. 
 
 Two indirect complements depending on the same Verb. 
 
 L'aigle l'emporte sur les autres animaux en force et en dignité: 
 The eagle surpasses the other animals in strength and dignity. 
 
 Le, ' art. masc sing., announces that aigle is employed 
 
 determinately. 
 
 Aigle, com. subs., masc. sing., subj. of the verb emporte. 
 
 Le, pers. pron. , 3d pers. masc sing. , referring vaguely to the 
 
 eagle's qualities, direct complement of emporte. 
 
 Emporte, active verb, près, ind., 3d pers. sing., 1st conj. 
 
 Sur, preposition. 
 
 Les, art. masc plur. , announces that ariimaux is used de- 
 
 terminately. 
 
MODELS OF GRAMMATICAL PARSING. 177 
 
 Autres, indefinite adjective, masc. plur., determines animaux. 
 
 Animaux^ com. subs., masc. plur., ind. compl. oî emporte. 
 
 En, preposition. 
 
 Force, com. subs., fern, sing., ind. compl. oî emporte. 
 
 Et, conjunction. 
 
 En, preposition. 
 
 Dignité, com. subs., fern, sing., ind. compl. oî emporte. 
 
 Indirect complements expressed hy the pronouns DONT, EN. 
 
 Yous m'avez rendu service et j'en suis reconnaissant, You have 
 obliged me, and I am thankful for it. 
 
 Vous, pers. pron., 2d pers. plur., subject of the verb 
 
 avez rendu. 
 Me, pers. pron., 1st pers. masc. sing., ind. compl. of 
 
 avez rendu. 
 Avez rendu, act. verb, past indef , 2 pers. plur., 4th conj. 
 Service, com. subs., masc. sing., direct compl. of avez 
 
 rendu. 
 Et^ conjunction. 
 
 Je, pers. pron., 1st pers. masc. sing., subj. oî suis. 
 
 En, pers. pron., 3d pers., masc. sing., ind. compl. of 
 
 reconnaissant, its antecedent is service. 
 Suis, substantive verb, près, ind., 1st pers. sing., 4th 
 
 conj. 
 Reconnaissant, qualif. adj., masc. sing., qualifies Je. 
 
 Ds ont reçu des récompenses dont ils étaient dignes, they received 
 rewards they deserved. 
 
 Ils, pro. pers., 3d pers. masc. plur. subj. oî ont reçu. 
 
 Ont reçu, act. verb, past indef., 3d pers. plur., 3d conj. 
 Des, contracted art ; de prep, used partitively, les art. 
 
 announces that récompenses is employed de- 
 
 terminately. 
 Récompenses, com. subs., fern, plur., direct compl. oî ont reçu. 
 Dont, rel. pron., 3d pers. fem. plur., ind. compl. of 
 
 dignes^ Its ant., is récompenses. 
 Ils, pers. pron., 3d pers. plur., subj. oî étaient. 
 
 Etaient, subst. verb, imperf ind., 3d pers. plur., 4th conj. 
 
 Dignes, quai, adj., masc. plur.. qualifies Ils, 
 
178 FIRST LESSONS IN FUENCH. 
 
 Injinitives standing for suhjects^ for direct and indirect complements 
 
 of VerJjs. 
 
 Etudier est agréable, To study is agreeable. 
 
 Etudier^ active verb, used intransitively, près. inf. subj. of 
 
 est, 
 Est^ subs, verb, present, ind. , 3d pers. sing. , 4tli conj. 
 
 Agréable J qual. adj., masc. sing., qualifies travailler. 
 
 L'impunité commence par rendre les lois inutiles, et elle finit par 
 les rendre ridicules. Impunity commences by rendering laws useless^ 
 it ends in rendering them ridiculous. 
 
 La^ art. fern, sing., announces that impunité is used 
 
 determinately. 
 
 Impunité., com. subs., fem. sing., subj. o? commence. 
 
 Commence., act. verb, près, ind., 3d pers. sing., 1st conj. 
 
 Par., preposition. 
 
 Rendre^ act. verb., près, inf., 4tli conj., dir. compl. of com^- 
 mence. (See observation, page 124.) 
 
 EeSj art. fem. plur. , announces that his is used determi- 
 
 nately. 
 
 Lois, com. subs., fem. plur., dir. compl. of rend. 
 
 Inutiles, qualif. adj., fem. plur., qualifies his. 
 
 Elle, pers. pron., 3d pers. fem. sing., subj. of finit. 
 
 Finit, act. verb, près. ind. , 3d pers. sing. , 2d conj. 
 
 Par, preposition. 
 
 Les, pers. pron., 3d pers. fem. plur., dir. compl. of 
 
 rendre. 
 
 Rendre, act. verb, près, infinitive, 4th conj. direct compl. 
 of finit. 
 
 Ridicules, qualif adj., fem. plur., qualif les, representing his. 
 
 Nous nous avançâmes pour combattre, we advanced to fight 
 
 Nous, loers. pron., 1st pers. plur., subject of avançâmes. 
 
 Nous, pers. pron., 1st pers. plur., dir. compl. of avan- 
 
 çâmes. 
 
 Avançâmes, pron. verb., past def , 1st pers. plur., 1st conj. 
 
 Pour, preposition. 
 
 Combattre, act. verb, used intransitively, près, inf , 4tli conj., 
 ind. compl. of avançâmmes. 
 
MODELS OF GRAMMATICAL PARSING. 179 
 
 liijlaitives emxjloycd for direct complements^ tJiough preceded hy 
 
 prepositions. 
 
 L'liomme sage craint de compromettre sa réputation, the wise 
 man fears to endanger his reputation. 
 
 Le, art. masc. sing. , announces that man is used de- 
 
 terminatel3\ 
 
 Homme, com. subs., masc. sing., subj. of craint. 
 
 Sage, qual. adj., masc. sing., qualifies Ao??i?ne. 
 
 Craint, act. verb., près, ind., 3d pers. sing., 4tb conj. 
 
 De, preposition. 
 
 Compromettre, act. verb, près, inf., 4tli conj., direct compL of 
 craint. 
 
 Sa, poss. adj., fern, sing., determines rep^^^a^?o?i. 
 
 Réputation, com. subs., fem. sing., dir. compl. of compro- 
 mettre. 
 
 Adverhs employed for subjects, for direct or indirect complements. 
 
 Trop de repos diminue la vigueur du corps, too imich ease dimin- 
 ishes the body s strength. 
 
 Trop, adverb used substantively, grammatical subject of 
 diminue. 
 
 De, preposition. 
 
 Repos, com. subs., masc. sing., ind. compl. of trop, and 
 sylleptical subj. of diminue. 
 
 Diminue, act. verb, près, ina., 3a pers. sing., 1st conj. 
 
 La, art. fem. sing. , announces that vigueur is used deter- 
 
 minately. 
 
 Vigueur, com. subs., fem. sing., dir. compl. of diminue. 
 
 Du, contracted art. ; de, prep. , le, art. , masc. sing. , an- 
 
 nounces tbat corps, is used determinately. 
 
 Corps, com. subs., masc. sing., ind. compl. of vigueur. 
 
 L'éloquence de Bossuet a beaucoup d'élévation, the eloquence of 
 Bossuet is very elevated. 
 
 La, art. fem. sing. , announces that eloquence is used de- 
 
 terminately. 
 Eloquence, com. subs. , fem. sing. , subject of a. 
 De, preposition. 
 
 Bossuet^ proper name, ind. compl. of eloquence. 
 
180 FIRST LESSONS IN FRENCH. 
 
 J., active verb, près, ind., 3d pers. sing., 3d conj. 
 
 Beaitcovj^, adverb, used substantively, dir. compl. of a. 
 
 De^ preposition. 
 
 Elévation^ com. subs., fern, sing., ind. compl. of heaucoiip. 
 
 Having shown what are the principles of grammatical parsing, 
 teachers using our method will complete what we have summarily- 
 indicated in the foregoing pages. They will show pupils how to 
 fill the ellipsis in supplying the words elided, and with cases of 
 pleonasm or inversion they must explain to them in what consists 
 the superahimdance of words, or indicate the direct construction 
 in placing words in the analytical order of the thought. Full in- 
 formation on these different subjects will be found in our Complete 
 Course, more suitable for English pupils than Noël and Chapsal, 
 Poitevin, or any French text-book intended for French native 
 learners. 
 
 THE END. 
 
A NEW SYSTEM OF INSTRUCTION IN FRENCH, 
 
 By PEOPESSOE, JEAN B. SUE, A.M., 
 
 Instructor of French at the University of Pennsylvania, 
 
 SUE'S FRENCH COURSE 
 
 COMPRISES 
 
 I. FIRST LESSONS IN FSENCH; Ax Introduction to the Practical 
 
 AND Intellectual Method op Learning French. Price; $1. 
 
 II. A NEW PRACTICAL AND INTELLECTUAL METHOD OF LEARN- 
 
 ING FRENCH, grounded on Nature's Teachings ; adapted to the Sys- 
 tem of Xoel and Chapsal : with critical remarks on Grammars used in 
 our Schools. 12mo. Price, $1.50. 
 
 III. EXERCISES ON THE FRENCH SYNTAX; or, Practice of the New 
 Practical and Intellectual Method for Learning French, wherein learn- 
 ers have to make direct application of French Rules, and rectify the 
 deviations made from the French Syntax. 12mo. Price, 75 cents. 
 
 IV. THE VICAR OF WAKEFIELD. By Oliver Goldsmith, M.B. Ar- 
 ranged as a Guide for the Construction of French Sentences, completing 
 the System of the Practical and Intellectual Method for Learning French. 
 12mo. Price, $1.50. 
 
 V. A KEY for the use of Teachers; and Learners who, after completing the 
 
 regular course, may further wish to prosecute their study of the French 
 tongue. 12mo. Price, 75 cents. 
 The whole forming a complete oral and synthetical course. 
 
 From Prof. George Allen, 
 Professor of Greek and Latin in the University of Pennsylvania. 
 
 Having examined M. Sue's French Course, with the assistance of 
 his own oral explanations, I do not hesitate to pronounce it to be the 
 well-considered work of one who shows himself to be at the same 
 'time a critical grammarian and a practical teacher of singular tact 
 and judgment. I am acquainted with no other published course that 
 appears to me to be so well calculated — by its method, by the clear- 
 
 1 
 
2 TESTIMONIALS. 
 
 ness and precision of its rules, and by the appropriate.ness of its exer- 
 cises — to ground the pupil solidly in an accurate and familiar know- 
 ledge of the language. 
 
 From Prop. Robert H. Labberton. 
 
 I have examined with much attention Professor Sue's Practical and 
 Intellectual Method of learning French, and am happy to bear testi- 
 mony to the practical tact and sound scholarship which he has shown 
 in the preparation of the series. 
 
 The arrangement is simple and lucid, and the gradual steps by which 
 the learner is introduced to the difficulties of grammar are such as, 
 in my estimation, to render the book deserving of the patronage of 
 every instructor. 
 
 It is " French made easy," not by leaving out all the hard parts, but 
 oy presenting the difficulties one at a time, and in the order most con- 
 sonant to nature and reason. 
 
 From Prof. A. L. Fleury, 
 Professor of Technology at the Western University, Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 Dear Sir: — Having read with great attention and interest your com- 
 plete course of the French language, it is with a full conviction that I 
 can point out the progress that has therein been made in the w^ay of 
 instruction, and to acknowledge the new impulse which your practically 
 intellectual grammar is calculated to give to the study of a language that 
 is nearly universal in the scientific world, and much esteemed in good 
 American society. 
 
 Truly, dear sir, you have filled up a great and deplorable gap in this 
 too much neglected part of a good and solid education, and you have, 
 by a practical and well-graduated instruction, rendered easy of access 
 and comprehension what others have hitherto made so difficult to 
 understand because of their want of knowledge and logic, or by 
 obscure theories followed by still worse practice. . Those who will take 
 the pains to examine more closely most of the known French gram- 
 mars cannot fail to acknowledge that they are impositions on the good 
 sense and judgment of the American public; they are an insult to tho 
 corps of teachers, and a great wrong to the scholars, whose judgment 
 they corrupt by teaching them false theories. 
 
 A prominent but very simple point of your method of teaching ^ 
 French, and one that cannot be too much dwelt upon, and one that 
 
TESTIMONIALS. ô 
 
 is found in none even of tlie most elementary instruction-books, is tlie 
 practical, complete, and intelligent way of teaching the verb in all its 
 modes, tenses, and persons, by means of the characteristic inflection 
 of this part of speech in the French language. By the aid of your 
 method, and by simply employing the verb, deprived of all theory, 
 brought to play without effort, the mind of the youngest scholar is 
 developed by means of well-graduated and natural exercises. He 
 learns the signification of the words, forms simple propositions, and 
 modifies them himself. The exercises for beginners, such as are indi- 
 cated in the first part of your grammar, based on the study of the verb, 
 on its general principles, and combined with the other parts of French 
 speech, are truly gymnastically graduated for the intellect of the begin- 
 ners. We vainly look for these in other elementary works. In other 
 words, with such exercises the young scholar learns to think before he 
 speaks, a privilege that is refused to him by all methods that occupy 
 themselves only with translations, and which cultivate the memory at 
 the expense of the intellect. To teach the scholar to think, to reflect, is, 
 according, to my idea, a great and indisputable progress. Without 
 obviating the difficulties that ever must accrue to any kind of study, 
 your syntax contains, in my opinion, developments which will be a 
 great assistance not only to the student, but even to those who already 
 possess a general knowledge of the French language ; while at the 
 same time the numerous exercises and examples contrasted in the two 
 languages form a practically developed course, the complement to 
 which is found in your elegant translation of the Yicar of Wakefield, 
 in which we encounter the elements of a lively, natural, and truly 
 French conversation, and wherein you have very skilfully intro- 
 duced a great number of idiomatic expressions which defy all analy- 
 sis and rules of syntax. This opinion I have formed with a full know- 
 ledge of the subject. 1 can add that I find my opinion participated in 
 by other persons, who are more competent thcin myself to judge of the 
 merits of your work. I have no hesitation in predicting that, notwith- 
 standing the opposition and obstacles which ignorance and stupidity 
 will ever place in the way of progress, the intelligent public will ren- 
 der full justice to him who has employed his intellect and valuable 
 time in producing a so much needed work of reform. 
 
 Wishing you full success, I have the honor to be, dear sir. 
 Yours, most respectfully. 
 
 To Jean B. Sue, Esq. A. D. FLEURY. 
 
4 TESTIMONIALS. 
 
 From Mad. Caroline Corson. 
 
 Mr. Sue's New Method of imparting the French language is un- 
 doubtedly the best that has as yet appeared. Complete throughout, it 
 leaves nothing undecided, and answers every possible query that can 
 arise in the French student's mind. Based upon the well-known 
 grammar of Noël and Chapsal, used in the French colleges and insti- 
 tutions, it contains most valuable additions to facilitate the acquisition 
 of the language by foreigners. What particularly recommends the 
 course is its elementary part. Mr. Sue furnishes his pupil at once 
 with the proper tools necessary to accomplish his object. He puts 
 him immediately in possession of the verb, — the most important element 
 in all languages, and especially of the French, — and enables him to 
 frame sentences from the beginning. The simplified manner in which 
 Mr. Sue teaches the difiSculties of the verb is also a most valuable 
 feature of his course. A long experience in teaching the French lan- 
 guage has assured me that pupils never become thoroughly familiar 
 with the verb by the method of paradigms : it is a slow and unsatis- 
 factory process. Mr. Sue has wisely chosen that of inflection, which 
 the pupil seizes much more readily, and which greatly facilitates the 
 study of the verb, by relieving the memory of numberless rules and 
 exceptions unnecessarily complicated and which but too often dis- 
 courage him in his studies. 
 
 It is to be hoped that teachers will recognize the superiority of the 
 course to the unsatisfactory methods we have been obliged to use 
 heretofore, and that it will be generally introduced into our institutions 
 of learning. 
 
 From Prof. C. M. Estabrook, 
 Principal of the Union School, Ypsilanti, Mich. 
 
 Dear Sir: — I have examined your ^'Practical and Intellectual 
 Method" with interest, and am much pleased with its manner of pre- 
 senting the principles of the French language. Its concise definitions 
 and methodical arrangement give it a marked superiority to those 
 collections of isolated principles and phrases which so often bear the 
 title of "French Grammar." 
 
 I trust that the use of your series may produce the happy result of 
 elevating the study of the French from a mere exercise in translation, 
 to its proper position among the living languages. 
 
TESTIMONIALS. O 
 
 From Peof. S. S. Greene, 
 Brown University, Providence, R. I. 
 
 My dear Sir: — I have given some attention to tlie books, and am 
 very much pleased with them. I think they are the best French series 
 I have ever seen. 
 
 You merely ask me to give them a place in my library on condition 
 that they are as good as their predecessors. I most cheerfully give 
 them a place there on higher grounds, and thank you besides. 
 
 From Professor P. Moband. 
 
 The French course by M. Jean B. Sue, just published in this city, is 
 a work which I consider far superior to any of the kind that has 
 appeared on this side of the Atlantic. The author, as it appears, has 
 ■wisely not attempted to represent with English characters the Celtic 
 sounds of the French language, and has, moreover, had the excellent 
 idea to begin his book by exercises upon the verb, — the most important 
 •part of speech. Another merit of this production is the adaptation 
 of the excellent grammar of MM. Noël and Chapsal to the teaching of 
 the French language in American schools. May the undertaking be 
 crowned with success, and justice will be done to the work. 
 
 From Chancellor Tappan and Prof. Evans, 
 
 Of the University of Michigan. 
 
 We have examined the manuscript of Mr. Sue's Grammar, based 
 on that of Noël and Chapsal, so deservedly popular in France. It is 
 the work of one who is evidently familiar with the deficiencies of many 
 of the grammars and systems now in use, and is well adapted to aid 
 the pupil in overcoming the difficulties and in learning to appreciate 
 the beauties and peculiarities of the French language. Mr. Sue's 
 treatment of the verbs (especially of his subjunctive mood) and his 
 exercises on the idiomatic use of the verbs present a new and admi- 
 rable feature of the work. 
 
 His translation of the Vicar of Wakefield, with references to his 
 Grammar, combines a faithful rendering of the original with great 
 idiomatic purity, and forms a valuable reading-book. 
 
 We take pleasure in recommending these works to all those inte- 
 rested in the study of the French language. 
 
6 TESTIMONIALS. 
 
 From Prof. Guillemet, 
 Of the University of Pennsylvania. 
 
 After a close examination of your complete French Course, I do not 
 hesitate to say that teachers who will adopt your method of teaching 
 will obtain satisfactory results. 
 
 Combining in due proportion practice and theory, your system seems 
 in a superior degree adapted to the instruction of pupils. 
 
 From Prof. J. J. Reed, 
 
 Author of " Outlines of Universal History," etc. 
 
 I have examined Prof. Sue's **New French Course" with a good 
 deal of care, and I have no hesitation in saying that in my judgment 
 it is the best system yet published for the use of the English student 
 in acquiring a knowledge of the French language. The author seems 
 to me to have succeeded admirably in so anglicizing and adapting to 
 his purpose the best native French methods, as to render his work 
 eminently fitted for the use of the English pupil. 
 
 His excellent translation of ** The Vicar of Wakefield" into corre- 
 sponding idiomatic French — the English text being on one page and the 
 translation opposite to it — is a splendid study, and will reward the 
 student with a clear perception of the relative characteristics of the 
 two languages. 
 
 I am sure that competent teachers will find Prof. Sue's ** New Course'* 
 a very useful work in the hands of their classes. 
 
 From Prof. Leo Romeb, 
 
 Principal Michigan Female Seminary of Detroit. 
 (extract from a private letter.) 
 
 * -îf -x- To supply a want long felt. Professor Sue has written a new 
 French Grammar, which I can pronounce, after a thorough examina- 
 tion, as superior to any French Grammar used in the country. He has 
 avoided the gross errors and vague expressions of Fasquelle and others. 
 * -^ ^ All those who have some knowledge of the French language 
 will prefer it to any book in use now ; and I would introduce it at once 
 in the institution under my charge. * ^ -5^